Punjab

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

MINISTRY OF TOURISM & CULTURE

DEPARTMENT OF TOURISM

MARKET RESEARCH DIVISION

FINAL REPORT

ON

20 YEAR PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR DEVELOPMENT OF SUSTAINABLE TOURISM IN

PUNJAB

FEBRUARY 2003

DALAL MOTT MECDONALD

(FORMERLY DALAL CONSULTANTS & ENGINEERS LIMITED)

Study Report on Preparation of 20 Years Perspective Plan for Dalal Consultants and Engineers Limited Development of Sustainable Tourism in Joint Director General (MR), Department of Tourism Punjab

Study Report on Preparation of 20 Years Perspective Plan for

Development of Sustainable Tourism in

Punjab

August 2002

//A/21 August 2002 C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/

Study Report on Preparation of 20 Years Perspective Plan for Dalal Mott MacDonald Development of Sustainable Tourism in Joint Director General (MR), Department of Tourism Punjab

Joint Director General (MR), Department of Tourism Ministry of Tourism & Culture C-1, Hutments, Dalhousie Road New Delhi 110001 India



Punjab

February 2003

Dalal Mott MacDonald (Formerly Dalal Consultants & Engineers Limited) A-20, Sector-2, Noida-201 301 India

1450//A/February 2003 C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01


1450//A/ February 2003

C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Report.doc/01



Punjab

This document has been prepared for the titled project or named part thereof and should not be relied upon or used for anyother project without an independent check being carried out as to its suitability and prior written authority of Dalal MottMacDonald being obtained. Dalal Mott MacDonald accepts no responsibility or liability for the consequence of thisdocument being used for a purpose other than the purposes for which it was commissioned. Any person using or relying onthe document for such other purpose agrees, and will by such use or reliance be taken to confirm his agreement toindemnify Dalal Mott MacDonald for all loss or damage resulting therefrom. Dalal Mott MacDonald accepts noresponsibility or liability for this document to any party other than the person by whom it was commissioned.


i 1450//A/ February 2003i of x


List of Contents Page

Executive Summary S-1

Chapters and Appendices

1 INTRODUCTION 1-1

1.1 Tourism Scenario in India – An Overview 1-1 1.1.1 Contribution to the Economy 1-1

(i) Employment Generation 1-2 (ii) Capital Investment 1-2 (iii) Government Expenditure 1-2 (iv) Share of World Tourism Traffic 1-2 (v) International Tourism Receipts 1-3 (vi) Trends in International Tourist Arrivals 1-3 (vii) Trends in Foreign exchange earnings 1-5 (viii) Trends in domestic tourism 1-5 (ix) National Tourism Policy 1-6 (x) Plan outlays for tourism 1-8 (xi) Major tourist circuits and destinations 1-9 (xii) Bali Declaration 1-12 (xiii) SWOT Analysis of India as a Tourist Destination 1-13

1.2 Study Objective 1-13

1.3 Scope of the Study 1-13

1.4 Approach and Methodology 1-15

1.5 Report Format 1-17

1.6 Limitations of the Study 1-18

2 CURRENT STATUS OF TOURISM IN THE STATE 2-1

2.1 Introduction 2-1

2.2 State Profile 2-1 2.2.1 Position of State in India 2-1 2.2.2 Year of Establishment 2-1 2.2.3 Geographical Coverage 2-2 2.2.4 Administrative Set Up 2-2 2.2.5 Climate 2-2 2.2.6 Demographic Profile 2-2 2.2.7 Economy 2-3

2.3 Significance of Tourism to the State 2-4


ii 1450//A/ February 2003ii of x


2.4 Share in GDP and Employment 2-4 2.4.1 Employment Generation 2-4 2.4.2 Multiplier Effect 2-5 2.4.3 Tourism Based Industries 2-5

(i) Directly Related 2-5 (ii) Indirectly Related 2-5

2.5 State Tourism Policy 2-6

2.6 State Plan Outlays 2-7 2.6.1 Sector-Wise Outlays 2-7

2.7 State Plan Outlays on Tourism 2-8 2.7.1 Provision for Tourism in the 9th Five Year Plan 2-8 2.7.2 Central Financial Assistance for Tourism Sector 2-9

2.8 Trends in Tourist Arrivals and Growth 2-10

2.9 Tourist Destinations / Attractions 2-10 2.9.1 Religious 2-11

(i) Gurudwaras 2-11 (ii) Temples 2-11 (iii) Mosque and Mausoleums 2-11 (iv) Other Places of Pilgrimage 2-12

2.9.2 Historical & Heritage Attractions 2-13 (i) Palaces 2-13 (ii) Museums 2-13 (iii) Archaeological Sites 2-13 (iv) Freedom Fighter Related Destinations 2-13

2.9.3 Wetlands and Leisure Sites for Eco-Tourism 2-13 (i) Hari-ke-pattan 2-13 (ii) Kanjli Wetland, Kapurtala 2-14 (iii) Ropar Wetland 2-14

2.9.4 Greenlands and Gardens 2-14

2.10 Travel circuits 2-15 2.10.1 Amritsar – Ram Tirath - Sarai Amanat Khan -Wagha Border – Amritsar 2-15 2.10.2 Amritsar - Dera Baba Nanak -Qadian-Kala naur-Gurdaspur- Pathankot. 2-16 2.10.3 Amritsar-Tarn Taran-Hari-Ke-Pattan - Goindwal Sahib - Sultanpur Lodhi – Kapurthala( Kanjli lake) –Jalandhar 2-17 2.10.4 Amritsar - Baba Bakala – Kartarpur - Jalandhar. 2-17 2.10.5 Chandigarh, Ropar (Rup Nagar), Anandpur Sahib, Bhakra - Nangal, Ropar, Chandigarh. 2-18 2.10.6 Ludhiana - Moga - Ferozepur - Bhatinda - Malout - Muktsar-Faridkot 2-19 2.10.7 Patiala-Nabha-Malerkotla - Ludhiana - Fatehgarh Sahib - Chandigarh. 2-19 2.10.8 Jalandhar-Hoshiarpur-Jalandhar / Ropar-Chandigarh. 2-20

2.11 Current Status of Integrated Tourist Infrastructure / Facilities 2-21 2.11.1 Internal Transport System 2-21 2.11.2 Hotels Accommodation Facilities for Tourists 2-21


iii 1450//A/ February 2003iii of x


2.11.3 Punjab State Tourism Development Complexes 2-22 2.11.4 Restaurants 2-22 2.11.5 Entertainment & Recreational Avenues 2-23 2.11.6 Shopping Arcades, Emporia, Souvenir/Gifts Shops etc. 2-23 2.11.7 Tourism Information Centres 2-24 2.11.8 Intermediaries 2-24 2.11.9 Basic Amenities 2-24 2.11.10 Facilities for Elders / Disabled and Families with Young Children 2-24 2.11.11 Others - Paying Guest Accommodation, Language Interpreters, Tourist Safety / Security 2-25

2.12 Current Status of Tourism Related Basic Infrastructure 2-25 2.12.1 Airports 2-25 2.12.2 Railways 2-25 2.12.3 Roads 2-25 2.12.4 Water 2-25 2.12.5 Electricity 2-25 2.12.6 Communication Facilities 2-26 2.12.7 Banking Facilities 2-26 2.12.8 Medical Facilities 2-26 2.12.9 Educational Facilities 2-26

2.13 Current Status of Environment 2-26 2.13.1 Seasons 2-26

(i) Hot Season (mid-April to the end of June): 2-26 (ii) Rainy Season (early July to the end of September): 2-26 (iii) Cold Season (early December to the end of February): 2-27

2.13.2 Temperature 2-27 2.13.3 Rainfall 2-27 2.13.4 Land Use 2-28 2.13.5 Bio- Diversity 2-28

(i) Hari-ke-pattan Wetland: 2-28 (ii) Kanjli Wetland: 2-29 (iii) Ropar Wetland: 2-29

2.14 Current Status of Institutional Framework 2-30 2.14.1 Financing of Tourism Project 2-30

(i) Tourism Finance Corporation of India Ltd. (TFCI) 2-30 2.14.2 Human Resources Development 2-30

3 FIELD SURVEY FINDINGS 3-1


3.2 Sampling plan and Methodology 3-1

3.3 Sample Size 3-3

3.4 Survey Findings 3-3

3.5 Survey of Foreign Tourists 3-4


iv 1450//A/ February 2003iv of x


3.5.1 Demographic Profile 3-4 3.5.2 Port of Entry and Country of Origin 3-4 3.5.3 Purpose of Visit 3-5 3.5.4 Travel Pattern 3-5 3.5.5 Tour Arrangements and Mode of Transport 3-6 3.5.6 Frequency of Visit 3-6 3.5.7 Source of Information 3-6 3.5.8 Average Length of Stay 3-6 3.5.9 Average Spending 3-6 3.5.10 Spending Pattern 3-7 3.5.11 Type of Accommodation 3-7 3.5.12 Level of Satisfaction 3-7 3.5.13 Overall Experience 3-8 3.5.14 Major items of interest 3-9 3.5.15 Problems faced during stay 3-9 3.5.16 Suggestions for improvement of tourist destination 3-9 3.5.17 Main areas of concern 3-10

3.6 Survey of Domestic Tourists 3-10 3.6.1 Demographic Profile: Domestic Tourists 3-10 3.6.2 Purpose of visit 3-11 3.6.3 Travel Pattern 3-11 3.6.4 Package Tour 3-11 3.6.5 Mode of Transportation 3-12 3.6.6 Average Length of Stay 3-12 3.6.7 Frequency of Visits 3-12 3.6.8 Source of information 3-13 3.6.9 Average Spending 3-13 3.6.10 Share of Expenses 3-14 3.6.11 Type of Accommodation 3-14 3.6.12 Level of Satisfaction 3-14 3.6.13 Overall experience 3-15 3.6.14 Problems faced during stay 3-15 3.6.15 Suggestions for improvement of tourist destination 3-16 3.6.16 Main areas of concern 3-16

3.7 Survey of Tour operators/Travel agents 3-16 3.7.1 Range of services 3-16 3.7.2 Origin of Tourist Traffic 3-17 3.7.3 Preferred Tourist Attractions/Circuits 3-17 3.7.4 Preferred Tourist Destinations 3-17 3.7.5 Tourist Season - Important Fairs and festivals 3-18

(i) Hola Mohalla, (National Fair) Anandpur Sahib: 3-18 (ii) Baisaki National Fair (April), Talwandi Sabo, Bathinda 3-18 (iii) Ram Tirath, Amritsar 3-18 (iv) Chhapaar Mela, Village Chhapaar (Ludhiana) 3-18 (v) Other Religious Fairs 3-19 (vi) Other Fairs and Festivals 3-20


v 1450//A/ February 2003v of x


3.7.6 Suggestions from Tour Operators 3-20 3.7.7 Inferences 3-20

3.8 Interaction with State Government Departments, Associations and Institutions 3-21

3.9 State Tourism Directorate 3-21

3.10 Punjab Tourism Development Corporation 3-22

3.11 Interactions with Associations / Institutions in Punjab 3-22 3.11.1 Hotel & Restaurant Association 3-22 3.11.2 Tour operators/ Travel agents Association 3-23

3.12 Tourism Promotional Initiatives 3-23

3.13 Tourism linkages with other Govt. departments 3-23

3.14 Assessment of existing tourist and basic infrastructure 3-24 (i) Patiala Zone 3-25 (ii) Amritsar Zone 3-26 (iii) Ludhiana Zone 3-26 (iv) Bathinda Zone 3-27

3.15 Major issues 3-27 3.15.1 Policy Related 3-27 3.15.2 Infrastructure Related 3-28 3.15.3 Organisational Issues 3-28 3.15.4 Environmental 3-28 3.15.5 Marketing and Promotion 3-28 3.15.6 Identification of bottlenecks 3-28

3.16 Suggestions / Recommendations 3-29

4 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION, SELECTION AND VIABILITY 4-1


4.2 Destination Prioritisation for Tourism Development 4-1

4.3 Project ideas / concepts (destination wise) 4-4 4.3.1 Religious Tourism 4-4 4.3.2 Cultural and Heritage Tourism 4-4 4.3.3 Rural Tourism/ Participative tourism 4-5 4.3.4 Nature Tourism 4-5

(i) Eco Tourism 4-5 (ii) Adventure Tourism 4-6

4.3.5 Leisure Tourism 4-7 4.3.6 Food Tourism 4-7 4.3.7 Special Interest tourism 4-7 4.3.8 Highway Tourism 4-8 4.3.9 Educational Tourism 4-9

4.4 Project Selection/ Prioritisation 4-9 4.4.1 Destination Prioritisation 4-9


vi 1450//A/ February 2003vi of x


4.4.2 Project Prioritisation 4-10 4.4.3 Project Prioritisation Model 4-13

4.5 Project Viability of Selected / Shortlisted Project 4-15

5 PERSPECTIVE PLAN 5-1


5.2 Review of the Tourism Policy / Tourism Sector of Punjab 5-1 5.2.1 Tourism as Industry 5-4 5.2.2 Areas of Concern 5-5 5.2.3 Redefining the Role of the State in view of changing market trends 5-6 5.2.4 Focus on Tourism Products 5-7

(i) Religious Tourism 5-7 (ii) Leisure Tourism 5-7 (iii) Culture & Heritage Tourism 5-8 (iv) Business Tourism 5-8 (v) Highway Tourism 5-8 (vi) Tourism based on Traditional Art, Craft and Cultural Activities 5-8 (vii) Rural Tourism 5-8 (viii) Nature Tourism 5-8

5.3 Environmental Protection and Cultural Preservation 5-8

5.4 Competition Analysis 5-10 5.4.1 Tourist Needs Analysis 5-10 5.4.2 Competing States 5-10 5.4.3 SWOT Analysis – Position of Punjab 5-10

(i) Strengths 5-10 (ii) Weaknesses 5-11 (iii) Opportunities 5-11 (iv) Threats 5-12

5.5 Market Analysis 5-12 5.5.1 Tourist Trends and behaviour 5-12

(i) Spending Levels of Tourists in Punjab 5-12 (ii) Occupancy and Tariff Trends 5-13

5.5.2 Market Potential 5-13 5.5.3 Market Segments and Possible Target Markets 5-14 5.5.4 Market Segments 5-14

5.6 Perspective Plan 5-15 5.6.1 Methodology 5-15

(i) Collection of Data 5-15 (ii) Accommodation requirement 5-16 (iii) Tourist need analysis and project ideas 5-16 (iv) Development of Destinations 5-17

5.6.2 Tourism Contribution to GDP 5-17 5.6.3 Destination development 5-18 5.6.4 Feasibility/Sustainability Study 5-19


vii 1450//A/ February 2003vii of x


5.6.5 Strategy/ Marketing 5-20 5.6.6 Assumptions 5-20 5.6.7 Targets 5-20

(i) Tourism product mix 5-20 (ii) Investments 5-20

5.7 Summary of 20 years Perspective plan for sustainable development of tourism in Punjab 5-23

5.7.1 Scope 5-23 5.7.2 Investments 5-24 5.7.3 Employment Opportunities 5-24 5.7.4 Key Characteristics 5-24 5.7.5 Tourist Circuits 5-24

6 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY 6-1


6.2 Communication of Plans / Programmes 6-4 6.2.1 Developing a institutional Framwork 6-5 6.2.2 Other Relevant Departments 6-8

(i) Market Research and Planning Cell 6-8 (ii) Environment Cell 6-8 (iii) Promotion/ Marketing Cell 6-9 (iv) Regional Execution Offices 6-9

6.3 Marketing Strategy 6-9 6.3.1 Marketing and Publicity 6-9 6.3.2 Defining marketing objectives 6-9

6.4 Marketing Strategies with reference to publicity and advertisement 6-11 6.4.1 Media Publicity 6-11 6.4.2 Road shows and exhibitions 6-11 6.4.3 Newspaper articles and interview 6-11 6.4.4 Familiarity (FAM) Tours for Tour Operators 6-12 6.4.5 Alliances with Transporters, International Airways, International Tour Operators etc 6-12 6.4.6 Tourist Information Centers and Kiosks 6-12

6.5 Marketing strategy to attract investors 6-12

6.6 Development Strategy 6-13 6.6.1 Destination Development Strategies 6-13

(i) Religious Tourism 6-14 (ii) Leisure Tourism 6-15 (iii) Culture and Heritage Tourism 6-15 (iv) Business Tourism 6-16 (v) Nature Tourism 6-17 (vi) Rural Tourism 6-17 (vii) Highway Tourism 6-17


viii 1450//A/ February 2003viii of x


6.7 Financing 6-17 6.7.1 Funding sources for projects 6-19

(i) Commercial Banks 6-19 (ii) TFCI 6-19 (iii) International funding agencies 6-19

6.8 Institutional Strengthening Strategy 6-20

6.9 Human Resources Development 6-21

6.10 Implementation 6-22 6.10.1 Implementation Strategy 6-22

6.11 Infrastructure Development 6-23

6.12 Identification of Executing Agencies 6-23

6.13 Action programs 6-24

6.14 Recommendations 6-25

Figures

Figure 1.1: Share of T&T economy and T&T industry (as % of GDP) 1-1 Figure 1.2: Projected growth of T&T economy and T&T industry as % of GDP 1-1 Figure 1.3: Projected share of Employment 1-2 Figure 1.4: Trend in international tourist arrivals in India 1-3 Figure 1.5: Share of different regions in International tourist arrivals 1-4 Figure 1.6: Trend in foreign exchange earnings 1-5 Figure 1.7: Trends in domestic tourism 1-5 Figure 1.8: Break up of 9th plan allocation 1-9 Figure 1.9: Major Tourist Circuits in India 1-10 Figure1.10: Methodology Adopted for the Study 1-16 Figure 2.1: District Map of Punjab 2-2 Figure 2.2: Year Wise GDP and Per Capita Income 2-3 Figure 2.3: Places of Religious Interest in Punjab 2-12 Figure 2.4: Wetlands in Punjab 2-14 Figure 2.5: Gardens in Punjab 2-15 Figure 2.6: Amritsar – Ram Tirath - Sarai Amanat Khan -Wagha Border 2-16 Figure 2.7: Amritsar - Dera Baba Nanak -Qadian-Kala naur-Gurdaspur- 2-16 Figure 2.8: Amritsar-Tarn Taran-Hari-Ke-Pattan - Goindwal Sahib - Sultanpur Lodhi - Kapurthala

(Kanjli lake) 2-17 Figure 2.9: Amritsar - Baba Bakala – Kartarpur 2-18 Figure 2.10: Chandigarh, Ropar (Rup Nagar), Anandpur Sahib, Bhakra - Nangal, Ropar, 2-18 Figure 2.11: Ludhiana - Moga - Ferozepur - Bhatinda - Malout - Muktsar-Faridkot 2-19 Figure 2.12: Patiala-Nabha-Malerkotla - Ludhiana - Fatehgarh Sahib - Chandigarh 2-20 Figure 2.13: Jalandhar-Hoshiarpur-Jalandhar / Ropar-Chandigarh 2-20 Figure 3.1: Different Zones in Punjab 3-1


ix 1450//A/ February 2003ix of x


Figure 3.2: Demographic Profile 3-4 Figure 3.3: Port of Entry – Foreign Tourists 3-5 Figure 3.4: Purpose of Visit– Foreign Tourists 3-5 Figure 3.5: Travel Pattern – Foreign Tourists 3-5 Figure 3.6: Average Length of Stay – Foreign Tourists 3-6 Figure 3.7: Average Spending – Foreign Tourists 3-7 Figure 3.8: Spending Pattern – Foreign Tourists 3-7 Figure 3.9: Level of Satisfaction – Foreign Tourists 3-8 Figure 3.10: Overall Experience – Foreign Tourists 3-8 Figure 3.11: Demographic Profile – Domestic Tourists 3-10 Figure 3.12: Occupational Background – Domestic Tourists 3-11 Figure 3.13: Purpose of Visit– Domestic Tourists 3-11 Figure 3.14: Travel Pattern– Domestic Tourists 3-11 Figure 3.15: Mode of Transportation – Domestic Tourists 3-12 Figure 3.16: Average Length of Stay – Domestic Tourists 3-12 Figure 3.17: Source of Information – Domestic Tourists 3-13 Figure 3.18: Average Spending – Domestic Tourists 3-13 Figure 3.19: Share of Expense – Domestic Tourists 3-14 Figure 3.20: Type of Accommodation– Domestic Tourists 3-14 Figure 3.21: Overall Rating for Different Facilities 3-15 Figure 5.1: Projected Domestic Tourist Inflow to Punjab 5-13 Figure 5.2: Projected Foreign Tourist Inflow to Punjab 5-14 Figure 5.3: State GDP Goals 5-18 Figure 5.4: Approach to destination development through investment planning 5-19 Figure 6.1: Conceptual framework of Strategy Formulation 6-3 Figure 6.2: Process of Communication of the Perspective Plan – Govt. Department 6-7 Figure 6.3: Process of Communication between Government and Private Investors 6-8 Tables Table 1.1: Growth in international tourist arrivals 1-3 Table 1.2: The percentage share in total arrivals from different regions 1-4 Table 1.3: Growth in foreign exchange earnings 1-5 Table 1.4: Domestic arrivals - Estimates 1-6 Table 1.5: Ninth plan outlay (1997-2002) 1-9 Table 1.6: Top 10 States: Foreign Tourist Arrivals (2001) 1-12 Table 1.7: Top 10 States: Domestic Tourist Arrivals (2001) 1-12 Table 1.8: SWOT analysis 1-13 Table 2.1: Annual Plan outlays for the state 2-7 Table 2.2: Sector-wise Plan outlays 2-7 Table 2.3: Investment during 1999-2000 in Punjab 2-8 Table 2.4: State Tourism Sector Outlays and Expenditure during the 9th & 10th Five Year Plan 2-8 Table 2.5: Central Financial Assistance under the 5-year Plans 2-9 Table 2.6: Central Assistance Sanctioned and Released during 1998-99 2-9 Table 2.7: Central Assistance Sanctioned and Released during 1999-2000 2-10 Table 2.8: Tourist Arrivals – Punjab 2-10 Table 2.9: Famous Gurudwaras in Punjab 2-11


x 1450//A/ February 2003x of x


Table 2.10: Category-wise Number of Approved Hotels and Rooms in Punjab 2-21 Table 3.1: Region wise and theme wise tourist destinations and places 3-2 Table 3.2: Sample Size Surveyed 3-3 Table 3.3: Details of Hotels and Restaurants in Five Big Cities of Punjab 3-22 Table 4.1: Ranking of Destinations 4-3 Table 4.2: Zone wise prioritisation of Tourist Destinations and places. 4-3 Table 4.3: Proposed Ecotourism Sites in Punjab for Development 4-6 Table 4.4: National Highways Passing Through Punjab 4-8 Table 4.5: Selected Themes at Different Destinations 4-10 Table 4.6: Region wise ranking of tourism projects 4-11 Table 4.7: Project Prioritisation Model 4-13 Table 4.8: Timeframe for Projects Development 4-14 Table 4.9: Key Financial Indicators for Suggested Projects 4-15 Table 4.10: Summary of Projects with Possible Locations 4-16 Table 5.1: Destination Wise Projected Tourist Arrivals 5-14 Table 5.2: Market Segment and Possible Target Markets 5-15 Table 5.3: Investment Sources & distribution (during 2002 – 03 to 2022 – 23) 5-21 Table 5.4: Summary of Investments for 20 Years 5-21 Table 6.1: Profile of Tourists and the influencing factors 6-2 Table 6.2: Role of Stakeholders in Integrated Tourism Development in Punjab 6-5 Table 6.3: Suggested Media Mix 6-11 Table 6.4: Executing Agency for Tourism Project 6-24




Issue and Revision Record Rev Date Originator Checker Approver Description

//A/21 August 2002

C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\Executive Summary.doc/

This document has been prepared for the titled project or named part thereof and should not be relied upon or used for anyother project without an independent check being carried out as to its suitability and prior written authority of MottMacDonald being obtained. Mott MacDonald accepts no responsibility or liability for the consequence of this documentbeing used for a purpose other than the purposes for which it was commissioned. Any person using or relying on thedocument for such other purpose agrees, and will by such use or reliance be taken to confirm his agreement to indemnify


S-1 of S-21

E. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

E.1 INTRODUCTION

The Ministry of Tourism, Government of India entrusted Dalal Consultants and Engineers Limited (DCEL), New Delhi to carry out a study and prepare a 20 years perspective tourism plan for the state of Punjab.

E.1.1 Scope of the Study

The Ministry has provided guidelines to be followed for preparation of perspective plan. The 20 years perspective plan should focus on sustainable tourism giving year wise phasing of investment. The plan should indicate short term and long term plans, targets and ground realities reviewing the status of existing development / investment plans of schemes for the development of tourism in the region. The plan should also indicate all activities to be undertaken by different agencies clearly indicating the time frame for each activity.

The plan should undertake product conceptualisation cum feasibility exercise inter alia for identified projects covering aspects like location evaluation, schematic product planning and conceptualisation including quantification of individual project parameters, assessment of overall investments levels and project viability cum feasibility exercise etc and prepare an action plan for implementation of identified potential development scheme/projects/products and for development of infrastructure in conformity with the policy objectives and guidelines provided by the concerned state / central agencies /departments and the requirements of national development and funding agencies.

E.1.2 Approach and Methodology

A two-pronged methodology was adopted to carry out the study. This included

• Collection of information from the relevant secondary sources • Conducting field exercises, including site visits to select tourism destinations including

potential destinations, and • Interaction with all possible stakeholders to assess the present tourism scenario,

infrastructure available and shortages therein, potential tourism destinations, likely tourists inflows, requisite infrastructure, investment requirements, prioritising the same and presenting the whole into a comprehensive perspective plan for development of sustainable tourism in the state over the next 20 years

E.1.3 Limitations of the Study

1. There is limited published data available on the tourism industry. Information about tourist arrivals and infrastructure availability at many destinations provided in the report are largely based on the limited available data and estimates of the local tourism department at these locations.

2. Research studies to estimate the carrying capacity of the environment have rarely been carried out. Norms on the extent of development that can be allowed at various tourist destinations have yet to be developed by the state / local administration. Detailed destination specific

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-2 of S-21

studies will need to be carried out by the state tourism department in association with the Town planning department, environment department and other relevant Govt. Departments.

3. Every effort has been made to meet the guidelines provided by the Ministry for preparation of perspective plan. Separate master plans (destination specific) will need to be prepared by the state governments for various identified tourist destinations in the report.

E.1.4 Report Format

The draft report is presented in two volumes: Volume 1: Main report Volume 2: Annexures The main report (Volume 1) is presented in 6 chapters: Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Current Status Of Tourism In The State Chapter 3 Field Survey Findings Chapter 4 Project Identification, Selection and Viability Chapter 5 Perspective Plan Chapter 6 Implementation Strategy The annexures (Volume 2) contain

• Profiles of the major destinations • Profiles of projects • Questionnaires and checklists used for the survey • List of contacts made during the survey,

E.2 CURRENT STATUS OF TOURISM IN THE STATE Destination profiles have been prepared for most of the existing and potential tourist destinations and these profiles capture the status of these destinations in terms of infrastructure availability and other parameters. (see Annexure III).

An assessment of the tourist infrastructure availability and basic infrastructure availability has also been provided in Chapter III – Field Survey findings.

E.2.1 Significance of Tourism to the State

Though Punjab as a state has been considered largely as a transit point by the domestic and foreign tourists visiting Jammu & Kashmir and Himachal Pradesh, there is much more to it. Punjab is known as the land of great gurus, has a great heritage of famous religious shrines, palaces, ancient monuments and historical embodiments, wetlands and much more to attract all categories of tourists. Punjab is also famous for its handicrafts, woodcrafts and intricately designed in rich traditional patterns and motifs and needlework products, which are much sought after by the domestic as well as foreign tourist.

E.2.2 Share in GDP and Employment

Though no authentic data is available as regards the share of Tourism industry in the state GDP, the services sector which includes Tourism and Hotels industry, contributes about 33% of the total state GDP. However, the net share of tourism in the state GDP is estimated at 1.63% only, at present.

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-3 of S-21

E.2.3 State Tourism Policy

To promote its tourism potential, Punjab State Tourism Department had formulated a Tourism Policy in 1999. The state’s tourism policy has a coherent feature – The policy is rooted on one hand in convergence of socio-economic benefits, eco-friendliness and employment generation, while on the other hand, the policy has to fulfil the growing demand for tourism products in the state brought about by the rapid industrial development.

The main objective of the tourism policy is:

• To identify and develop tourist destinations giving special focus to pilgrimage & religious tourism.

• To improve, diversify and expand marketing of the tourism products of the state. • Strengthen tourism infrastructure in the state and create new infrastructure wherever

necessary. The tourism policy also envisages promotion of rural tourism and lays emphasis on defining the role of the government mainly as a facilitator and the private sector as the main operators who would be given all possible incentives and encouragement to invest in various projects and encouragement to invest in various projects and operate them also so as to promote sustainable development of tourism sector, besides ensuring participation of all stakeholders in the society including the travel trade and tourism industry.

E.2.4 State Plan Outlays and Provision for Tourism Development

The Planning Commission has approved an outlay of Rs.14300 Crore for the State’s 9th Five Year Plan (19997-2002). However, there is no separate head to indicate any plan allocation for Tourism sector. The same is included under the sub-head “General Economic Services”. The overall development programme for the State of Punjab for the year 1999-2000 involved a total investment of Rs.8247.74 Crores.

Though Punjab has given the status of Industry to Tourism, the 9th Five Year Plan (1997-2002) for Punjab provided a very small outlay of Rs.250 lakhs for this sector which constituted a mere 0.02% of the total plan outlay for five years. An outlay of Rs. 90.00 lakhs was proposed in the Annual Plan 1999-2000 in order to provide wayside amenities to tourists.

E.2.5 Central Financial Assistance for Tourism Sector

The sanctioned financial assistance (plan outlay) for 2001-02 for Punjab by the Central Government Department of Tourism was Rs. 61.01 Lakhs

E.2.6 Trends in Tourist Arrivals and Growth

The domestic Tourist arrivals to Punjab increased from 3.28 Lakhs in 1995 to 3.85 Lakhs in 2000 i.e. at ACGR of 3.2%. The inflow of foreign tourists has reduced over the years.

Available information about tourist arrivals indicates that the largest number of tourists arrived in the winter months i.e. November, December and January. The lean months are May, June and July. A large number of NRIs visiting Punjab often stay with their relatives. The numbers of such visitors is not reflected in the official data, which is compiled from data obtained from hotel establishments in

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-4 of S-21

the state. Similarly, no details of tourists’ arrivals data are being compiled for the state, with regards to country wise, purpose of visit wise or specific attractions wise number of tourists visiting Punjab state.

E.2.7 Current Status of Integrated Tourist Infrastructure / Facilities

E.2.7.1 Hotels Accommodation Facilities for Tourists

As per Ministry of Tourism data, as on 31.3.2001 there were a total of 65 approved category hotels having 1851 rooms in different categories in Punjab state. Of these the maximum number of Hotels were in Jalandhar (23 with 682 rooms), followed by Ludhiana (18 with 583 rooms) and Amritsar (7 with 299 rooms). These include two 5 - star hotels, (under construction) five 4 stars and nineteen 3 star hotels. It is also observed that the Hotel accommodation in the state had considerably increased in the recent past. It increased from 16 Hotels with 554 rooms in 1996 to 42 hotels with 1055 rooms in 2000, to 65 hotels with 1851 rooms as on 31.3.2001.

Punjab State Tourism Development Corporation (PTDC) has also set up several tourist complexes, which provide quality accommodation to the tourists at affordable rates.

Reasonable accommodation facilities ranging from star category hotels to Dharamshalas and PWD / Canal and paying guesthouses are available for tourists of various income groups in all major cities in the state. PWD has one Circuit House located at every district headquarters and several rest houses in each district. Further Irrigation Department rest houses are also located at different places covered under the following circles.

E.2.7.2 Tourism Information Centres

Punjab Tourism Department has also brought tourism related documents for publicity. Besides, other literature highlighting various historical and religious sites, PTDC complexes at different locations as well as information about festivals and fairs celebrated in the state are also available at the information centres.

E.2.7.3 Transportation Facilities

Punjab has three airports including two domestic airports at Chandigarh and Ludhiana and one international airport at Amritsar. All major cities and towns of Punjab are well connected with other parts of the country by railway network. The state has an excellent network of roads connecting all cities, towns and major villages.

E.2.8 Facilities for Elders / Disabled and Families with Young Children

No Wheel Chair or other special arrangements for the visit and movement of the disabled have been noticed at the tourist sites.

E.3 FIELD SURVEY FINDINGS DCEL undertook primary field visits of the existing & potential destinations in Punjab. 90% of the tourist attractions were visited during the field survey. During the field visits, the study team interacted with domestic & foreign tourists, tour operators, State Govt. officials, various associations & institutions of the state including, hotel owners & property developers, tourism experts and community heads. The details of the respondents contacted as part of this study are given in Annexure 3.1. The detailed profiles of the destinations visited by the DCEL team is enclosed as Annexure III (Volume II) to this report.

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-5 of S-21

E.3.1 Survey Findings

DCEL undertook a survey of domestic & foreign tourists and obtained their opinion on various issues. The survey team interviewed 53 domestic tourists and 25 foreign tourists. During the field visits, it was noticed that the visitors to a destination were of two distinct groups – Tourists and Day Visitors. To analyse the profile of the tourists visiting Punjab, the tourists were segmented into two sections – Domestic & Foreign tourists. The survey findings are presented in Table E.1.

Table E.1: Survey findings

Information Foreign Tourists Domestic Tourists Demographic Profile 52% in the age group of 35 to 54

68% male 43% in the age group of 25-34

Port of Entry 92% Delhi -- Purpose of Visit Leisure (48%) followed closely by culture-

heritage and monuments Leisure and religious purposes, 36% each

Travel Pattern 60% travelling alone 68% with family Tour Arrangements and Mode of Transport

96% not on package tour 68% of the tourists travelled by rail and 32% by road

88% not on package tour 57% travelled by train

Frequency of Visit 92% on first visit 47% on their repeat visits Source of Information 72% from government tourism offices 71% from their friends and relatives Average Length of Stay

3 days 3 days

Average Spending US $ 84 per day Rs.840 per day Spending Pattern 51 %on accommodation

72% prefer to stay in star category hotels 33% on accommodation followed by transportation (31%) 38% prefer to stay in government approved & budget

accommodation, tourist attractions, sight seeing, road transport, railway, safety of tourists, health, communication and banking facilities on an average scale

Airport, road transport, railway, sanitation, safety of tourist, communication and banking facilities received the highest ranking at 4

Level of Satisfaction

Availability of guides, domestic airline services and facilities for elderly was ranked as poor by most of the foreign tourists

The lowest ranks were awarded to availability of domestic airlines, and guide services

Overall Experience 56% satisfied; 44% would like to visit again 66%satisfactory; 86% would visit againMajor items of interest Culture & heritage, handicrafts, archaeological

attractions, monuments and special interests like shopping of local stuffs

Gurudwaras

Problems faced during stay

Food, local transport, no tourist information centres, emergency medical facilities, few ATM booths and non acceptance of credit cards, sanitation and language barrier

Local transport, no tourist information centres, poor hotel services, lack of trained guides and wayside amenities.

E.3.2 Suggestions for improvement of tourist destination

The suggestions received from the tourists for further improving the tourist destinations are as follows:

• Setting up of more number of information outlets. • Availability of foreign language tourist guides and better public and civic facilities. • Better and cheaper accommodation and local conveyance. Pre-paid auto and taxis at the

destinations mostly frequented by the tourists. • Facility for smooth banking and wider acceptance of credit cards. • Improvement of the hotel services which have to become more tourist friendly.

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-6 of S-21

• Better informed guides and travel / tour operators. • Cleanliness at tourist spots and attention to the needs of old and disabled people. • More publicity through media about the destinations and attractive Package tours

E.3.3 Survey of Tour operators/Travel agents

The survey team interacted with three categories of tour operators/ Travel agents i.e. those working at the Regional, Interstate and the International level. Most of the regional and interstate tour operators/ travel agents travel/ tour operators are concentrated in Chandigarh and Amritsar. The International tour operators are mostly located in Chandigarh, Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Amritsar. The Regional and Interstate Tour Operators/ Travel Agents are undertaking very limited activities within the state. Their range of services primarily includes Air/ Railway Ticket booking, provision of transport facilities and Hotel Booking. There are very few Tour Operators offering package tour services within the state.

Presently, some international tour operators are organising tours in Punjab. However, mostly they are offering services like hotel booking, package tours, transport facility, tour guides, event management, etc

E.3.4 Suggestions from Tour Operators and other institutions

Some of the tour operators showed their interest to have linkages with the tourism department of Punjab. They are interested to work as approved tour operators. The international tour operators suggest that the cultural identity of Punjab needs to be publicised through various means to attract the tourists. Basic tourism related and wayside amenities need to be upgraded. The interactions revealed that the tourists face problems due to the lack of proper and trained guides. Proper information about the places is not available to the tourists.

The main objectives of the state government should be to identify and develop tourist destinations giving special focus to pilgrimage and religious tourism. The State Tourism Department is also trying to improve, diversify and expand marketing of the tourism products of the state and strengthen tourism infrastructure in the state and create new infrastructure wherever necessary. The government also envisages promotion of rural and highway tourism, laying emphasis on defining the role of the government and private sector in the development of tourism sector, besides ensuring participation of all stakeholders in the society including the travel trade and tourism industry.

E.3.5 Tourism Promotional Initiatives

Some big tourism related infrastructure projects are in pipeline, which will definitely give a big push to the state’s tourism industry. Proposed ropeway between Anandpur Sahib and Naina Devi will be a major attraction, which can boost the present tourist inflow manifolds. Science City at Jalandhar, government’s focus on Harike Pattan, Khalsa Centenary Complex at Anandpur Sahib are some of the other major initiatives which will carry the state tourism a long way.

E.3.6 Assessment of existing tourist and basic infrastructure

Although there are tourist information centres at the major destinations and tourist attractions, in the form of PTDC information offices, these are not well equipped to handle the needs of the tourists. There is a greater need to revamp and systematise these centres for providing useful and specific tourist information with regard to tourist places of attraction, accommodation facilities, journey booking facilities, tour guides and updating of the available documents etc. There is also a need to

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-7 of S-21

open up more information centres at the strategic locations like Main Bus stand, Railway Station, Airport, mostly frequented tourist spots, major state entry points etc.

Regarding tourist accommodation, though there are enough facilities to accommodate the current tourist flow, quality and budget accommodation facilities are required in more numbers. Looking at the future and a continuous increase in the tourist inflow into the state, the requirement of such infrastructure has been presented in the project identification chapter of this report. There is also requirement of five star category hotels in the long run.

The facilities for civic amenities and public facilities like Toilets, Drinking water, Rest rooms etc are to be improved manifolds in almost all the tourist destinations. The facilities for elderly persons, children, physically handicapped or sick persons are also to set up in all the places. A hassle-free arrangement for availing the benefit of local transportation is also required.

E.4 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION, SELECTION AND VIABILITY Investment planning for tourism entails identification of investment opportunities at various destinations and prioritising them. Revenue producing opportunities have to be evaluated for their commercial feasibility so that they can be marketed to potential entrepreneurs. The study team undertook an exercise to prioritise the various destinations and tourist places by ranking them, based on personal observations. The rankings were assigned to various parameters on a scale of 1 to 5, where 1 was lowest and 5 was highest. The evaluation parameters are:

• State Govt. Priority • Tourism related basic infrastructure availability • Volume of current/potential traffic flow • Sustainability for tourism development • Number of tourist attractions • Potential for socio-economic development • Significance of tourist destination

(historical/religious/cultural) • Strengths and weaknesses of each of the

destinations • Tourist infrastructure availability • Availability - Institutional/support mechanisms The evaluation of the various destinations provided an overall framework of the type of projects that could be implemented and gave insights into the phasing of the projects. The first seven destinations which came high on the prioritisation include: Amritsar, Patiala, Anandpur Sahib, Jalandhar, Bathinda, Gurdaspur and Ludhiana.

Based on the above assumptions, we recommend that the destinations be prioritised for tourism development in the following manner.

• Destinations / tourist places securing a score of 3 or more shall be taken up for tourism development in the short term, i.e. within the next 5 years.

• Destinations / tourist places securing a score between 2 and 3 or shall be taken up for tourism development in the middle term, i.e. within the next 5 to 10 years.

• Destinations / tourist places securing a score of below 2 shall be taken up for tourism development in the long term, i.e. within the next 10 to 20 years.

E.4.1 Project ideas / concept (destination wise)

An important component in plan formulation is understanding the ‘types of tourism’ and ‘tourism products’ that can be developed in the state. The concepts have evolved based on tourism potential of the destination / region, the personal visits of the DCEL team to various places of tourist interest and the gaps observed thereof, the requirements arising from these gaps, interactions with local people and

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-8 of S-21

experts, hotel owners and entrepreneurs, etc. The basic idea is to enhance the visitors’ experience to the place. The project concepts have been described theme wise, which has been broadly classed as:

• Religious Tourism • Leisure Tourism • Culture and Heritage Tourism • Adventure Tourism • Rural/ Participative tourism • Highway tourism • Nature Tourism • Educational Tourism • Special Interest Tourism (Border, Dam, etc)

E.4.2 Project Selection, Evaluation and Prioritisation

The project ideas that were evolved were mainly based on tourism potential of the destination / region, the personal visits of the DCEL team to various places of tourist interest, the gaps observed thereof, the requirements arising from these gaps, interactions with local people and experts, hotel owners and entrepreneurs, etc.

The projects are classified into three basic heads such as:

• Tourism Projects • Tourism Infrastructure Projects and • Basic Infrastructure Projects

E.4.3 Project Prioritisation

The identified project ideas were placed before the officials of Govt. of Punjab in the form of a structured presentation, whereby they also provided their valuable inputs. Thereafter, DCEL undertook an exercise to prioritise the various project ideas by ranking them, based on our personal observations and inputs received from the Govt. of Punjab officials. The rankings were assigned to various parameters on a scale of 1 to 5, where 1 was lowest and 5 was highest. The evaluation parameters are listed as under

• Prima Facie potential • Tourist infrastructure and facilities • Land Use regulation and other regulations • Environmental Sustainability • Availability of relevant natural resources • Local Entrepreneurship / promoters • Present Infrastructural availability and cost • Socio-Economic Development • Planned investments in infrastructure • Institutional Support mechanism • Other factors like risk and amenability to

financing by financial institutions, etc

Based on the parameters mentioned above, the potential project ideas identified by the DCEL team were ranked and are presented in Table 4.5. Priority for a project primarily depends on the ranking of the tourist destination along with the ranking of the specific tourism project itself. Therefore, if a destination is being developed on a priority, then projects have to be simultaneously set up at the place.

E.4.4 Project Prioritisation Model

The study team developed a model for prioritisation of tourism projects, which is in conjunction with prioritisation of destinations. The premise is that a tourist destination will be developed first, followed by the specific tourism projects in that destination. Using this premise the team developed a matrix to

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-9 of S-21

short list and prioritise specific tourism projects in the destinations visited by the DCEL team. This matrix and the model are explained and illustrated in Table E.2.

Table E.2: Project Prioritisation Model

Projects Destinations High ranking

(score more than 3.5) Medium ranking (score

between 2.5 to 3.5) Low ranking (score less

than 2.5) High ranking (score > 3.0) ST ST ST Medium ranking (score between 2.0 and 3.0)

MT MT LT

Low ranking (score < 2.0) MT LT LT # In the above table: ST – Short term, MT – Medium term, LT – Long term

As shown in the above table, the priority for a project primarily depends on the ranking of the tourist destination along with the ranking of the specific tourism project itself. Therefore, if a destination is being developed on a priority, then projects have to be simultaneously set up at the place.

The summary table of prioritised projects is illustrated Table E.3.

Table E.3: Timeframe for Projects Development

Number of Projects In the next 5 years Between 5 to 10 years Between 10 to 20 years Zones Themes / Type of Projects

(Short term) (Medium term) (Long term) Adventure 1 Culture 1 4 Culture & Heritage 1 2 Eco & Leisure 1 Gateways 1 Heritage 1 Heritage & Leisure 1 Infrastructure 3 4 6 Leisure 3 3 Religious Religious & Leisure 1

Patia

la Z

one

Village 1 Adventure 1 2 1 Culture 4 4 Eco & Leisure 1 Eco & Village 1 Gateways 2 Heritage 2 1 Heritage & Leisure 1 Infrastructure 4 1 8 Leisure 1 1 Nature 1 Religious 1 2

Am

rits

ar Z

one

Special Interest (Boarder) 1 Adventure 1 Gateways 2 Heritage 1 Heritage & Leisure 1 Infrastructure 3 2 8 Religious 2 1 L

udhi

ana

Zon

e

Special Interest (Educational) 1

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-10 of S-21


(Short term) (Medium term) (Long term) Adventure 1 Culture 2 Culture & heritage 1 Heritage 2 B

athi

nda

Zon

e

Infrastructure 1 4 Highway Patrol 1 Patiala palace on wheels 1 Signages 1

Gen

eral

Pr

ojec

ts

Wayside amenities /Sinages 1 Nawanshar Infrastructure 1 Moga Infrastructure 2 Firizpur Infrastructure 1 Muktsar Infrastructure 1 G Total 25 38 53

The key financial indicators for the suggested projects are given in Table E.4.

Table E.4: Key Financial Indicators for Suggested Projects

Project Capacity Project Cost (Rs Lakhs)

Employment Potential(In Numbers)

IRR (In %)

Average Cash

BEP(In %)

DSCR (in 4th Year)

ROI (in 4th Year)

Commercial Projects 5 Star Hotel 100 Rooms 550.39 50 16.5 24 2.48 62.14 Amusement Park 301.36 26 32 20.41 2.02 50.02 Beach Cottage with Restaurant 10 Huts 68.23 19 16.08 39 2.41 43.29 Budget Accommodation 25-30 Rooms 77.01 25 25.6 33 2.46 66.35 Golf Resorts 18 Hole 926.76 28 17.82 17 2.94 56.17 Heritage Guest House/Lodge 40 Rooms 252.24 23 17.81 33 2.74 52.93 Heritage Train 11680

Tourist/Annum 340.31 29 18.43 35 2.12 54.17

Lake Complex 47.23 11 19.4 25 2.87 78.00 Live Theatre Stall-15

Theater-100 Seater

89.68 12 14.5 18 2.23 59.77

Meena Bazaar 15 Shops 40.00 11 17.29 28 2.40 71.20 Nature Tourism 24.20 10 20.30 34 3.34 91.47 Palace on Wheel 49640 Tourist

/Annum 2047.20 58 17.81 33 2.74 56.44

Parking cum Shopping Complex 30 Shops Parking-200 Vehicles

85.07 5 19.1 18 2.57 71.17

Restaurants, Bars and Cafeterias 50 person/ day 38.00 7 16.5 24 2.48 67.95 Rope Way 445500

Passengers / Annum

898.00 20 14.52 29 1.83 45.33

Sada Pind 7.21 16 19.69 65 2.41 64.40 Sound and Light Shows 100 Tourist 30.00 8 24.16 28 3.06 80.79 Water Sports Complex 14.00 7 15.9 34 2.63 71.20 Yoga and Meditation Centre Yoga-120/day

Ayurvedic Centre-30/day

11.47 9 22.6 45 3.06 84.26

Non Commercial Projects Art Gallery 21.22 2 Deer Park 7.91 9 Public Utilities 61.25

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-11 of S-21



IRR (In %)

Average Cash

BEP(In %)

DSCR (in 4th Year)

ROI (in 4th Year)

Tourist Information Centres(KIOSKS) 7 Places

14.60 28

Upgradation of PTDC Complexes (17 Numbers)

404.57

Wayside Amenities/Sinage(30 Numbers)

94.70 60

E.5 PERSPECTIVE PLAN The Perspective Tourism Plan of Punjab needs to be both optimistic and realistic. The plan should be visionary and ambitious and at the same time it should remain within the policy framework of the state. The perspective plan shall encompass:

• State vision as per the state’s tourism policy. • Environmental, Social, and techno-economic constraints. • Tourism Potential of the State • Most of the projects are not eligible for loans from the banks or the State Financial Agencies.

It will be necessary to make suitable changes in the lending criteria for viable projects in the listed activities in order that their financial requirements are met. Suitable schemes will be designed to market tourism products, and particularly wide publicity will be secured with respect to various facilities being offered by the travel agents, tour operators etc.

E.5.1 Areas of Concern

Some of the major areas of concern, hindering the tourism development in the State include:

• Lack of tourism infrastructure • Poor marketing • High taxation on tourism industry • Multiplicity of authorities dealing with tourism • No focus on domestic tourism • Lack of safety and security • Insufficient budget allocations for tourism

development and promotion in the State Plan • Lack of efforts to identify and develop new

areas of tourism promotion

E.5.2 Redefining the Role of the State in view of changing market trends

In view of the changing market trends and the importance of the Tourism Sector, the role of the State should be as follows:

• The Department of Tourism should finalise the Tourism policy of the state. • The Government should make commercial services available entirely through private sector

or in association with it. • A Single window clearance system should be instituted for speedy clearance of various

permissions, approvals required under different laws and rules. • Intensive efforts should be undertaken to attract investors from outside the State as well as

from other countries including Non-resident Indians (especially Punjabis) to invest in tourism sector on large scale.

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-12 of S-21

E.5.3 Focus on Tourism Products

Theme wise tourism products should be developed and promoted. The themes that should be focused in Punjab include:

• Religious Tourism • Leisure Tourism • Culture & Heritage Tourism • Business Tourism • Highway Tourism • Tourism based on Traditional Art, Craft and Cultural Activities • Rural Tourism • Nature Tourism

E.5.4 SWOT Analysis – Position of Punjab Strengths

• Number of important pilgrimage centres • Active government support • Good core infrastructure • Number of historic heritage sites • Large number of NRIs visits every year. • Rich in art and culture and unique handicrafts • High standard of living • High spending tendency. • Typical dance / music form of the state • International icons like Gurdas Maan and Daler

Mehandi have made significant impact of them in India and abroad

• Entrepreneurial / hardworking nature of the locals

Weaknesses • State owned facilities not maintained properly • Lack of publicity • Lack of effective tourism policie • Inadequate Tourism Infrastructure • Ineffective Marketing • Inadequate tourist information centers / kiosks • Inadequate knowledge about opportunities

amongst tourists & tour operators • Low provision for tourism in the state budget • Tourism in the State has been affected by a long

militancy period and current disturbances along the international border.

Opportunities • Rich in Culture & Heritage • Excellent general infrastructure. • Tremendous scope for tourism development • Proximity to national capital • Strategic geographical location • Potential for development of Niche Products • Potential for attracting large number of outbound

tourists and non-resident Indians • Possibilities of joint efforts with neighbouring States • Border tourism – USP • Tourism accorded industry status • Private Entrepreneurs interested in the tourism sector

Threats • Competition from other neighbouring States

focusing aggressively on tourism (Himachal Pradesh, Rajasthan)

• Security restrictions - Border state

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-13 of S-21

E.5.5 Market Analysis

• The domestic tourist arrival to the state has not significantly increased over the years. During the last five years it has grown at CAGR of around 3%. As the tourists from within the State form a major share of total tourist arrivals in Punjab, retaining these tourist as well as attracting tourists from other States will play a pivotal role in development of tourism in Punjab.

• Non Resident Indians (NRIs) are an important tourist segment. Estimates of the tourist inflow (based on which projections have been done) to the State have been worked out based on the available hotels in the state and their occupancy rates (as found out during the market survey). The future growth of tourist arrivals in Punjab have been worked out based on the destination wise increase in tourist arrivals keeping in view the proposed infrastructure development projects in and around these destinations, State Government priorities for each destination and the proposed investments in tourism related projects as specified in this Perspective Plan.

The projected tourist inflow (domestic and foreign) to Punjab during the next 20 years is based on the current tourist arrivals as worked out from hotel rooms and their occupancy rates. The overall compound annual growth in tourist arrival to Punjab during the year 2001 to 2021 is 4.6%. The destination wise projected tourist arrivals and the CAGR for the Tourist Arrivals in Punjab is given in Table E.5.

Table E.5: Destination Wise Projected Tourist Arrivals

Tourist Arrival (in nos.) Sr. No. Destination Year 2001 Year 2021 CAGR

1 Gurudaspur 58479 211953 6.65% 2 Amritsar 261765 547609 3.75% 3 Kapurthala 17913 51772 5.44% 4 Jalandhar 81946 183308 4.11% 5 Hoshiarpur 9107 25831 5.35% 6 Nawanshahar 7903 14816 3.2% 7 Rupnagar 18214 51141 5.29% 8 Fatehgarh Sahib 11515 39429 6.34% 9 Ludhiana 200561 500815 4.68%

10 Moga 6586 12347 3.19% 11 Firozpur 4742 8890 3.19% 12 Muktsar 5795 10865 3.19% 13 Faridkot 4425 8591 3.37% 14 Bathinda 12328 44682 6.65% 15 Sangrur 1204 2258 3.19% 16 Patiala 8692 31506 6.65%

Total 711175 1745813 4.6%

E.5.6 Perspective Plan

E.5.6.1 Accommodation requirement

The number of additional beds required at all the visited destinations was calculated based on estimated tourist arrivals, existing bed capacity of that destination and average duration of stay at that destination.

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-14 of S-21

No. of additional beds required = No. of Tourists X Average length of stay No. of nights X Accommodation occupancy factor

No. of rooms required = No. of additional beds required Average room occupancy

E.5.6.2 Tourist need analysis and project ideas

The tourism projects where private investment is envisaged has been classified into the major head like:

• Restaurants and Food Joints • Parking cum Shopping Complex • Water Sports Complex • Punjabi cultural and Food Festivals • Folk Village • Amusement Park • Sound and Light shows • Golf Course • Ropeway • Casino • Heritage train and Palace-on -wheels •

All the above tourism projects are revenue generating and cater to different market segments.

E.5.6.3 Development of Destinations

Private sector investment in tourism is only possible at popular destinations where the minimum number of tourists per year is large enough to make the proposed project viable.

Carrying capacity is a point beyond which any further development would result in negative growth of tourist arrivals. This implies that any further development beyond the carrying capacity of a destination depletes the natural resources and the potential for tourism at that place resulting into it being less attractive for tourists.

At such a point, where a destination reaches its carrying capacity, there should be another similar primary destination ready to substitute the destination in its maturity phase, so that the tourists are retained in Punjab and not move to other states. The destination development and investment planning thereof is discussed below.

E.5.6.4 Tourism Contribution to GDP

Presently the contribution of tourism to the state GDP is in the range of around 1.63%.

Based on basic premise of possibility of exploiting tourism potential of the State, this Perspective Plan aims to enhance tourism contribution to State GDP from the present level of 1.63% to 5.21% in the next 20 years

Details of the contribution of tourism to the state GDP spread over a 20 year perspective is given as Table 5.1 (volume-1)

E.5.6.5 Feasibility/Sustainability Study

The projects identified at each destination during the survey, and after discussions with experts and government authorities, were assessed for their sustainability on Technical, Financial, Environmental

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-15 of S-21

and Social aspects. Private sector investment projects have been included in the Perspective Plan. Projects that are not financially viable but are essential for tourism development like providing of basic and tourism infrastructure are proposed for funding through budget outlays.

E.5.6.6 Investments

The perspective plan envisages a total investment of around Rs. 281 Cr in next 20 years for the sustainable development of tourism in Punjab. This investment can be segregated depending upon the source of funding. The three sources of investment and their total investment is given below in Table E.6.

Table E.6: Investment Sources & distribution

Source Projects Type Investment 2002-2022 Rs Lakh

% Share

Public Sector

Promotion, Basic Infrastructure, Tourism Infrastructure, projects in restricted zones like forts/railway, Human resource management, Tourism management and administration and incentives etc

4836.46 17.19

Private Sector

Revenue earning projects at primary and secondary destinations 23284.85 82.76

Public + Private

Joint projects like cultural and food festivals 15.00 0.05

Total 28136.31 100%

The year wise investment plan for all the above heads is given in Appendix 5, Table 5.3. A summary of investments in next 20 years is given in the Table E.7.

Table E.7: Summary of Investments for 20 Years

Short Term (2002-03 to 2006-07

Mid Term (2007-08 to 2011-12)

Long Term (2012-13to2022-23

S. No Description

Total Investment

(Rs in Lakh)

% Share Total Investment

(Rs in Lakh)


(Rs in Lakh)

% Share

1 Accommodation 811.42 53.39 3966.06 59.65 15719.44 78.71 2 Tourism Projects 273.98 18.03 2099.05 31.57 3684 18.45 3 Tourism Infrastructure 259.6 17.08 294.4 4.43 61.25 0.31 4 Promotion 67.25 4.42 47.70 0.72 97.32 0.49 5 Human Resource

Management 33.63 2.21 31.80 0.48 97.32 0.49 6 Tourism

Management/ Administration 40.35 2.65 47.70 0.72 116.79 0.58

7 Others (Incentives/Subsidies) 33.63 2.21 158.99 2.39 194.65 0.97

Total 1519.85 100.00 6645.69 100.00 19970.77 100.00

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-16 of S-21

E.5.6.7 Employment Opportunities

It can be said that with the projected increase in the number of tourists around 1.34 Lakh persons will be employed in tourism related activities by 2022. Special focus can be given to women where in specific jobs like handicrafts promotions, guides, tourism facilitation centres, way side amenities can be reserved for women. We suggest that around 30 % of the jobs should be reserved for women. By way of this the objective for socio economic development of the area will be achieved. Also this would also lead to sustainability of the tourism in the area.

E.6 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY

The aim of devising development strategy is to develop and sustain Punjab as a major tourist destination. Based on findings of the survey and focus group discussion among key stakeholders of the tourism sector, the following have been identified as key factors around which the development strategy has been formulated:

• High Profile • High Quality • Customer Focus • Good Value for Money • Planning & Management

The destination development strategy would basically include:

• Careful selection and prioritisation of destinations • Phasing of Development • Customer focus • In order to sustain the competitive pressures, it would be essential to provide “Value for

Money” to tourists through enhanced quality levels and appropriate pricing strategy.

For successful implementation of plans / programmes suggested in the Perspective Plan, there is a need to create proper institutional set up to:

• Communicate Plans / Programmes to Key Stakeholders • Monitor the developments envisioned in the plans

Facilitate co-ordination between State Government / Tourism & other related departments and other Stakeholders of tourism sector

The other area of concern for the development of this sector especially in Punjab is the dearth of good professionals. It is absolutely necessary to carve out human resources development plan for this sector.

The overall strategy should focus on:

• Communication of Plans / Programmes • Overall Marketing and Promotion • Funding Strategy • Human Resource Development • Overall Institutional Strengthening • Destination Development Strategy

The various stakeholders directly or indirectly associated with the tourism promotion in the state can be grouped essentially into following categories:

• Policy makers for Tourism Development

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-17 of S-21

• Implementing Agencies of Tourism related policies in the state • Beneficiaries of Tourism policies and Tourism development

E.6.1 Developing a institutional Framework

The tasks of communicating this plan should be primarily with Punjab Tourism Development Corporation (PTDC) Formation of Tourism Development and Co-ordination Committee (TDCC) under PTDC would ensure co-ordinated efforts towards attainment of unified goal of Integrated Tourism Development in the state. Table 6.2 (volume 1) describes the extent of involvement of important stakeholders in the process of Integrated Tourism Development.

The communication process with various government bodies is shown in Figure 6.2 (volume-1)

Tourism Development Co-Ordinations Committee (TDCC) will be responsible for the implementation of the perspective plan. The other important cells that need to be developed are:

• Market Research and Planning Cell • Environment Cell • Promotion/ Marketing Cell • Regional Execution Offices

E.6.2 Marketing Strategy

Marketing and Publicity will play a pivotal role in successful implementation of the Perspective Tourism Development Plan. The marketing effort for tourism projects should be addressed to both tourists and investors of tourism projects.

The marketing objectives would broadly involve the following elements for formulating the marketing strategy:

1. Destination Prioritisation 2. Target customer – Location-wise, Income-wise, Purpose-wise

3. Targeted Tourist inflow 4. Target investment inflow at each destination

The marketing strategy will be aimed at:

1. Increasing the average duration of stay of foreign tourists 2. Sustaining the growth of domestic tourists at an annual compound growth rate of 4.4% during

the next 20 years 3. Providing avenues for expenditure so that the average expenditure of foreign tourists is

increased.

It is proposed that Government would spend an amount of Rs.67.25 lakhs for promotion during. Short term i.e. between 2002-3 to 2006-07.

The marketing strategy should incorporate-

• Opening/revamping Liaison Offices in other important cities and in the Indian embassies in selected countries

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-18 of S-21

• Publish a multimedia CD-ROM containing audio, video and text based information on all the tourist spots in Punjab and launching an Internet edition of the contents that go into the CD-ROM.

• Active participation in international travel markets, festivals, fairs and exhibitions. • Efficient feedback mechanism • Package oriented, specific and practical approach.

A massive publicity drive is required that should cover:

• Media Publicity • Road shows and exhibitions • Newspaper articles and interview • Familiarity (FAM) tours for tour operators • Alliances with transporters, international airways, international tour Operators etc • Tourist Information Centers and Kiosks

E.6.3 Marketing strategy to attract investors

Apart from the strategies outlined in the earlier paragraphs, a special marketing effort also has to be made to attract and convince the private entrepreneurs and funding agencies. Marketing department of PTDC/DOT should target private entrepreneurs, funding agencies like TFCI, World Bank, ADB, etc for investments in different types of projects in Punjab.

Some of the steps or strategies which can be taken up for promoting tourism in Punjab and attract investment in the sector can be as follows:

• Seminars, presentations and exhibitions (Road Shows) showcasing investment opportunities in the State at national and international travel and tourism exhibitions

• Presentation to various organizations in the tourism industry such as Indian Association of Amusement Parks and allied Industries (IAAPI), FHRAI etc and convey to them the perspective plan proposed by the Government

Distributing printed brochures to potential investors

E.6.4 Development Strategy

Punjab’s tourism development strategy should focus on the following priorities:

• The management and implementation of the Tourism Perspective Plan

• Promoting Highway Tourism of religious, heritage and rural tourism

• Promoting travel in Punjab • Promoting repeat visits • Promoting educational trips • Increasing visitor arrivals • Restoration and preservation of

tourism attractions • Raising Punjab’s profile and

showcasing the state as a global destination

• Positioning Punjab as a hub for meetings, conventions and exhibitions

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-19 of S-21

E.6.5 Destination Development Strategies

The State does not have much to offer so far as natural resources are concerned. Hence, some manmade features/attractions need to be created in the state to attract tourists. The state has excellent road network (both National and State Highway). Emphasis should be, hence, laid on highway tourism by creating projects lined on the highways. Destinations need to be developed focussed on Religions, Leisure, Culture and Heritage, Natural and Rural Tourism.

E.6.6 Financing

The need for funding in the tourism sector arises for:

• Investments in new tourism circuits & tourism infrastructure projects • Investments for expanding existing tourism facilities • Upgradation and renovation of PTDC properties

Largely, the source for direct revenue generating project will be private sector investment, but in newly developing areas the PTDC/DOT would be the pioneer developer until the private sector gains confidence to make investments.

For entrepreneurs willing to invest in direct revenue generating projects like accommodation facility, etc., will have access to finance from various domestic funding agencies and international funding institutions such as Commercial banks, ICICI, IDBI, TFCI, World Bank, ADB, UNDP, etc.

E.6.7 Funding sources for projects

The various funding sources available for the development of tourism projects are:

• Commercial Banks • TFCI • International funding agencies

E.6.8 Institutional Strengthening Strategy

The Perspective Plan envisages a critical catalytic role of Tourism Corporation of Punjab in the overall development of tourism sector in the State. The two areas which clearly need strengthening and realignment are:

• Organisation Focus • Marketing

The shift in the functional orientation of the organisation will bring about significant changes in some of the functional areas like Marketing & Market Research, Public Relations, Publicity and Information Systems. PTDC will have to commence building expertise, both the software and the hardware, to effectively perform these functions. The Marketing Research role of the Corporation is very critical, since it would be the basis for formulating policies and giving strategic direction to the future growth of the sector. The following key marketing functions need to be strengthened at PTDC :

• Research and analysis • Product development

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-20 of S-21

• Travel trade co-ordination • Information services • Consumer services • Advertising • Public Relations and promotion

Apart from marketing & research, other areas which PTDC needs to strengthen capabilities are:

• Environmental Management • Project Structuring • Project Evaluation • Infrastructure Evaluation

E.6.9 Human Resources Development

Keeping in view the approach of market-led development, the State Government / agencies involved in tourism activities need to take following actions for human resources development in this sector:

Encourage and support creation of training facilities in the private sector by private agencies/individuals.

Following specialised courses needs to be introduced at Industrial Training Institutes:

• Hotel Management courses • Courses meant for guides, caterer and other supervisory and non-supervisory staff • Various steps needed for the human resource development for the tourism sector are

presented in the chapter 6 in detail.

E.6.10 Implementation Strategy

Following are the pre-requisites for successful implementation of tourism projects:

• Creation of conducive environment for tourism development in the host area • Establish appropriate institutional set up • Installing efficient project management system to monitor and evaluate the progress • Involving local participation in the development process would ensure long term success of

the proposed tourism project.

Key agencies that would have major role in development of tourism in Punjab has been enlisted below:

• PTDC and TDCC • District Collectors • Forest Department • Punjab State Transport Corporation • Archaeological Survey of India • PIDB • State Electricity Board • State Art and Culture Department • State Water Supply Board • State Environment Department • State police Department

The guidelines for ensuring successful tourism development are given below:

• Prioritize the implementation of the project components such that they result in a visible and positive impact on the respective regions within the shortest possible time frame.

• Ensure that the proposed development takes place within the specified time frame.

/1450/A/16 August 2002



S-21 of S-21

• Encourage private investment in the development plans. • Clearly define and demarcate the areas of responsibility for various implementing agencies. • Ensure active participation of the local population in the development process. • Minimise conflicts, if any, between the development work already initiated by various state

government agencies and the projects proposed in the Perspective Development Plan. • Develop suitable planning and co-ordination mechanisms to ensure smooth execution of the

development process.

E.6.11 Action programs

The elaboration of some action programs and special studies to guide implementation of the tourism development strategy:

• Preparation of the action program that specifies the development projects for first five years • Preparation of a marketing plan • Design of a comprehensive MIS • Preparation of a program for development of rural and Eco-tourism; • Undertaking a study on human resource development for tourism in Punjab • Preparation of a public tourism awareness program and a tourist behaviour code; • Preparation of a financial plan for the tourism development strategy

E.6.12 Recommendations

Major plans, action and strategies proposed so far can be compiled and summarised as the following recommendations:

• Tourism Department should act as a nodal agency for co-ordinating with various other State and Central departments.

• Creation of a nodal agency for development of Tourism in the State under PTDC, viz. Tourism Development and Co-ordination Committee (TDCC)

• A single window clearance of tourism projects with a transparent process should be evolved. • The tourism heads at the district level should be at helm of affairs in their location. The role

of the District Collector in Tourism needs to be re-examined. • More budgetary support to the department should be provided by the state government • Additional assistance from Central Government should be sought for developing mega

tourism projects envisaged for the state • Awareness should be created among the locals • The role of private entrepreneurs in Tourism promotion should be recognised and a Public-

Private Tourism model be evolved. • The Government should focus its efforts in promotion of the State abroad and in other States

and act as a facilitator by limiting itself to providing infrastructure support.

The aim of devising development strategy is to develop and sustain Punjab as a major tourist destination. A mix of appropriate tools along with focussed approaches, taking into consideration various factors affecting this industry would definitely go a long way in making Punjab a sought after global tourist destinations in the coming years.

/1450/A/16 August 2002



1-1 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Tourism Scenario in India – An Overview

1.1.1 Contribution to the Economy

In 2001, Travel &Tourism (T&T) in India was expected to generate Rs 1564 bn of economic activity (total demand) making India the 22nd largest tourism market in the world.

Figure 1.1: Share of T&T economy and T&T industry (as % of GDP)

2.50%

5.30%4.20%

10.70%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

Economy IndustryTravel & Tourism

% in India % in World

The T&T economy in India accounts for 5.3% of the GDP as against 10.7% of GDP worldwide. The T&T industry in India contributes 2.5% of GDP as compared to a world average of 4.2%.

Figure 1.2: Projected growth of T&T economy and T&T industry as % of GDP

9.10%

10%

9%

9%

9%

9%

9%

10%

10%

10%

10%

Economy Industry

Economy Industry

The T&T economy is projected to grow at 9.1% annually and the T&T industry is projected to grow at 10% annually through 2011.

(T&T industry produces products and services for visitor consumption while T&T economy produces products and services for visitor consumption as well as products and services for industry demand)

(Source: World Travel and Trade Council)


1-2 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


(i) Employment Generation

Figure 1.3: Projected share of Employment

6.00%7.00%

2.90%3.70%

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

8%

T&T Economy T&T Economy - 2011(Pro jected)

T&T Industry T&T Industry - 2011(Pro jected)

India’s travel and trade economy accounts for 25 million jobs or 6% of all employment. The Department of Tourism estimates of travel and trade industry jobs are 4.2 million or 2.9% of all employment. The share of T&T economy is projected to rise to 7% and the share of T&T industry is projected to rise to 3.7% through 2011.

The employment in T&T economy is projected to grow at 3.6% annually and the employment in the T&T industry is projected to grow at 2.8% annually through 2001-11.

(ii) Capital Investment

Capital investment in India on travel and tourism infrastructure, equipment, plant and facilities were estimated to be US$ 7328.9 million in 1999 and are projected to grow at 7.6% annually till 2011.

(iii) Government Expenditure

The spending by government agencies to provide goods and services to visitors or travel companies was estimated to be US$ 599.6 million in 1999 and projected to grow at 4.9% annually through 2011.

(iv) Share of World Tourism Traffic

The total number of international arrivals (world) reached a record 699 million, an estimated growth of 7.4% in 2000 according to results received by WTO (World Tourism Organization) . International tourist arrivals to India in 2000 were estimated at 2.62 million, a growth of 5.73% over the previous year. India was estimated to have a share of 0.38% in world tourism traffic in 2000.

WTO has classified the world into 6 regions viz. Africa, Americas, East Asia / Pacific, Europe, Middle East and South Asia. Europe and Americas are the main tourist receiving regions. Europe accounted for 58% of the world tourism traffic and Americas accounted for 18% of world tourism traffic in 2000. South Asia has a market share of 0.9% in the world tourism traffic. India is the leading destination in


1-3 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


the South Asia region with a share of 41.2% of tourist arrivals to South Asia in 2000. (The South Asia region comprises India, Iran, Pakistan, Maldives, Nepal, Sri Lanka).

(v) International Tourism Receipts

World wide, International tourism receipts amounted to US$ 475.8 billion ($ 680 per person), an estimated growth of 4.5% in 2000 according to WTO. International tourism receipts in India was estimated to be US$ 3.3 billion ($ 1250 per person) in 2000, a growth of 9.5% over the previous year. India was estimated to have a share of 0.69% in international tourism receipts in 2000.

The United States is the leader with an estimated US$ 85.2 billion in international tourism receipts in 2000. South Asia is estimated to have a share of 1.1% in international tourism receipts of which 65.8% is accounted for by India.

(vi) Trends in International Tourist Arrivals

Figure 1.4: Trend in international tourist arrivals in India

2288 2374 2359 2482 2641 2537

50305500 5540 5832 6069

5424

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001

In N

umbe

r ('0

00)

Estimate 1 Estimate 2

Table 1.1: Growth in international tourist arrivals

Year Estimate (Nos.) (1)

Growth (%) Estimate (Nos.) (2)

Growth (%)

1996 2287860 5030342 1997 2374094 3.77% 5500419 9.34% 1998 2358629 -0.65% 5539704 0.71% 1999 2481928 5.23% 5832105 5.28% 2000 2649378 6.70% 5893542 1.05% 2001 2537282 -4.2% 5423667 -7.97%

Source: 'Tourist Arrivals in India' , Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India Annual report, Department of tourism, Govt. of India Note: Estimate (1) refers to data on foreign tourist arrivals compiled from disembarkation cards at port of entry Estimate (2) refers to data collected from various accommodation establishments by State Govt / UT administration


1-4 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


Table 1.2: The percentage share in total arrivals from different regions

In Percentages Regions 2000 2001

North America 16.3 16.5 Central and South America 0.9 0.9 Western Europe 33.1 32.3 Eastern Europe 1.9 1.5 Africa 3.6 3.6 West Asia 3.6 3.8 South Asia 25.4 26.5 South East Asia 5.6 5.5 East Asia 5.6 5.1 Australasia 2.6 2.6 Others 1.4 1.7 Source: Department of Tourism, Government of India

A number of factors such as tourism brand image, global economic situation, political stability, tourism facilities contribute to the flow of foreign tourist arrivals to the country. Although, there are seasonal variations, the peak months are November to February while the lean months are May- June when the climate is hot.

Figure 1.5: Share of different regions in International tourist arrivals

Year 2001

Western Europe32.3%

North America16.5%

South Asia26.5%

East Asia5.1%Australasia

2.6%

Others1.7%

West Asia3.8%

Africa3.6%South East Asia

5.5%

Eastern Europe1.5%

Central & South America0.9%

Year 2000Western Europe

33.1%

Eastern Europe 1.9%

Central & South America 0.9%

Africa 3.6%

North America 16.3%

Others1.4%

Australasia 2.6%

East Asia 5.6%

South Asia25.4%

South East Asia 5.6%

West Asia 3.6%


1-5 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


(vii) Trends in Foreign exchange earnings

Figure 1.6: Trend in foreign exchange earnings

1442014344

142381304211951107269920

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002

Rs crores

Table 1.3: Growth in foreign exchange earnings

Forex earnings Growth Travel receipts in India Growth Year Rs crores (%) US $ million (%)

1996 9919.96 2832 1997 10725.64 8.12% 2889 2.01% 1998 11950.78 11.42% 2948 2.04% 1999 13041.81 9.13% 3009 2.07% 2000 14238.00 9.17% 3168 5.28% 2001 14344.00 0.7% 3042 -4.0% 2002 14419.82 0.5% 2964.7 -2.5%

Note: Based on RBI figures Source: Annual Report, Department of Tourism Tourist arrivals in India', Department of tourism

(viii) Trends in domestic tourism

Domestic tourism has grown substantially during the last few years due to the increase in income levels and emergence of a dynamic middle class.

Figure 1.7: Trends in domestic tourism

140160 168

191220 234

140160 168 176

0

50

100

150

200

250

1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001

Estimate 1 Estimate 2


1-6 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


Table .: Domestic arrivals - Estimates

Year Estimate (1) Growth (%) Estimate (2) Growth (%) 1996 140119672 140119672 1997 159877008 14.10% 159877008 14.10% 1998 168196000 5.20% 168196000 5.20% 1999 190671014 13.36% 176082442 4.69% 2000 220106941 15.44% NA NA 2001 234200935 6.4% NA NA

Source: 'Tourist Statistics 2000', Dept. of Tourism, Government of India Note: Estimate (1) refers to data compiled by state govts/ UT administration Estimate (2) refers to data compiled by World Travel and Tourism Council

(ix) National Tourism Policy

The latest National Tourism Policy was announced in 2002. The key objectives are:

• Positioning and maintaining tourism development as a national priority activity.

• Enhancing and maintaining the competitiveness of India as a tourism destination,

• Improving India’s existing tourism products and expanding these to meet new market requirements

• Creation of world class infrastructure.

• Developing sustained and effective marketing plans and programs.

Positioning Tourism as a National Priority

• The policy recognised the importance of tourism industry by inclusion of tourism in the concurrent list of the Constitution of India.

• Constitution of a tourism advisory council with key stakeholders.

• National Tourism awareness campaign.

Enhancing India’s Competitiveness as a Tourist Destination

• Providing visa on arrival

• Computerisation of system of issue of visa by Embassies/High Commissions.

• Additional air capacity especially from main tourism originating destinations like North America, Western Europe and South East Asia during the peak travel month (October to March).

• Improve the standard of facilities and services at the international and major domestic airports by privatisation / leasing of airport.

• Creation of special tourism police force for development at major tourism destinations. This will provide security to travellers


1-7 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


Improving and Expanding Product Development

• The new tourism policy includes provisions of development of products that are related to the special interests of the target markets. The product development should be from the following sectors

o Cultural tourism

o Beach and coastal tourism

o Develop and position the Cochin and Andaman & Nicobar Islands as international cruise destinations.

o Traditional Indian cuisines.

o Village tourism

o The wildlife sanctuaries and national park needs to be integrated as an integral part of the Indian tourism products.

o Adventure tourism

o Development of dedication of shopping centres for traditional crafts, designed on the line of ethnic village.

o India has unique events, fairs and festivals. In this context this sector should be promoted as a unique product.

Creation of World-Class Infrastructure.

The policy recognises the importance of tourism industry by creation of the following infrastructure.

• Development of integrated circuits,

• Road- the road network is very vital for tourism, for almost 70 % of passengers travel in India is by road. Most tourist circuits too, are entirely dependent on roads. The current government plan for the road system in the country, covering both interstate highways and improvements of rural roads directly support tourism development.

• Railways- the Indian railway system can be an enormous asset in the development of the tourism and hospitality industry in the country. The following measures are a part of the policy

o Introduction of special tourist train with a preset itinerary and with private sector participation,

o The Indian railways have a plan for establishing 100 hotels (budget class) at railway stations serving specific tourist centres. The private sector should be invited to invest in these hotels

o The Indian railways owns a number of heritage structures which can be a tourist attractions.

o Developing hill railways like in Darjeeling, Nilgiri, Matheran, Kangra, and Shimla

o The stream traction should be continued in order to retain the skills to operate this technology


1-8 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


o More trains like Shatabdi and Rajdhani should be introduced.

• Waterway-India has 7000 kms coastline which is yet to be tapped for the development of tourism. The cruises can be promoted in these coastlines. River cruises can be developed for the north - eastern states (Brahmaputra and Ganges) and Kerala. The cruises can be used as means of transport as well as unique tourism products.

• Effective Marketing – India will have to shift its current traditional marketing approach to more aggressive and competitive style. In this context India will have to use an array of marketing tools and strategies.

• Creating an India Tourism Brand Position-In international market, India requires a position statement that captures the essence of its tourism product to convey an “image” of the product to the potential consumer and which will become the “India Brand”. For the development of a powerful image and brand position of India in the international and domestic markets, a suitable agency needs to constantly do the promotional activity.

• Market Research- An extensive program of market research of primary data is essential. The result of market research will help to guide the formulation and implementation of overall marketing strategy, and its indicators would be used to measure the success of strategies.

• Digital Technology for Marketing-The impact of internet and other interactive multi-media platforms are far reaching. Indian tourism can utilise both the Internet and the other emerging interactive technologies and can capitalise on these new channels.

The details of national tourism policy is given in Appendix-1.1

Special tourism hubs have been identified by the Ministry of Tourism, the details are given in Appendix-1.2

(x) Plan outlays for tourism

The budget for tourism has been hovering around 0.15 – 0.20 % of the total central plan outlay.

There has been a gradual increase in Central Plan outlay for tourism over the plan periods from Rs 1.58 crores in the second plan to Rs 272 crore in the eighth plan. As against the eighth plan outlay of Rs 272 crore (1991-92 prices), the expenditure during the period has been Rs 490.42 crores.

The approved allocation for tourism for the ninth plan period (1997-2002) was Rs 485.75 crores.


1-9 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


Figure 1.8: Break up of 9th plan allocation

Product Development4.1%

Mega Tourism1.0%

Paryatan Bhavan6.2%

Marketing and Publicity50.3% Infrastructure Development

21.6%

Organisation0.4%

Research and Computerisation0.6%

External aid through budget0.3%

Incentives3.1%

Manpower Development 12.4%

Table 1.5: Ninth plan outlay (1997-2002)

Name of the scheme / Project programme Outlay (Rs crores) Infrastructure Development 105.00 Product Development 20.00 Mega Tourism 5.00 Paryatan Bhavan 30.00 Marketing and Publicity 244.43 Manpower Development 60.00 Incentives 15.00 Research and Computerisation 3.00 Organisation 2.00 External aid through budget 1.32 Total 485.75 Source: Annual Report, Department of Tourism The budgetary allocation for 2002-03 has gone up to Rs 225 Crore.

(xi) Major tourist circuits and destinations

India is accessible from all four directions – north, east, south and west. Each of the four gateways has its own history.


1-10 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


Figure 1.9: Major Tourist Circuits in India

Northern Circuit: Delhi , the capital city, is steeped in history. It combines the grandeur of Mughal architecture of Old Delhi with the formal splendour of New Delhi, built in the early 20th century. Along with Jaipur and Agra, Delhi forms the ‘Golden Triangle’. Agra is home to the Taj Mahal, a world famous monument while Jaipur offers the visitor a chance to experience royalty at its luxury hotels which were palaces of the local rulers.

Western Circuit: Mumbai is the commercial capital of the country. It is also a major international airport and harbour. The British influence is evident from the architecture of the Gateway of India, Bombay high court, Old Secretariat, University buildings and Victoria Terminus. Pune, the capital of the Marathas during the reign of the warrior king Shivaji, is 163 kms from Mumbai. Aurangabad, the main stopover before visiting the world heritage sites, Ajanta and Ellora is 400 kms from Mumbai.


1-11 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


The sculptures of Hindu, Budhist and Jain faiths found in the 34 caves at Ellora date back to over a 1000 years while the ones at Ajanta date back to the fifth century.

Southern Circuit: The southern gateway to the country, Chennai, is the symbol of Dravidian culture. It is the starting point to the temple towns of Mahabalipuram , Kanchipuram, Chidambaram, Tanjore, Tiruchirapalli, and Madurai. The French style of coastal town of Pondicherry lies to the south of Chennai. Kerala, with its beautiful coconut beaches lies on the western coast. Kanyakumari, a popular pilgrimage town is the southern tip of country, where one can watch the sun set and moon rise at the same time.

Eastern Circuit: Kolkata, listed among the world’s largest cities, came into being as a British trading post and later capital of British empire in India during the 17th century. The Indian museum, the Victoria memorial, the botanical gardens and Dakshineshwar’s kali temple are famous landmarks in the city.

Northwards of Kolkata, is the hill station of Darjeeling, which offers spectacular views of Kanchenjunga peak (8586 metres). The state of Orissa, on the eastern coast has a rich heritage of classical dance, music, silverware, handicrafts and sculpture and its own ‘Golden Triangle’ comprising the three temple towns of Bhubaneswar, Puri and Konarak. Puri is counted among the four holiest cities in India and famous for the 12th century Jagannath temple. Konarak features in the circuit for its Sun temple, an architectural masterpiece.

Preferred Destinations in India

The most popular destinations in India for foreign tourists have been the golden triangle of Delhi-Jaipur-Agra, Goa, Rajasthan, and very recently, Kerala. The National Geographic has rated Kerala among the 50 must see destinations of a lifetime.

As per the survey conducted by the Ministry of Tourism, the most visited destinations in India by foreign tourists include:

• Delhi • Udaipur, Rajasthan • Mumbai, Maharashtra • Pune, Maharashtra • Agra, U.P • Mysore, Karnataka • Chennai, Tamil Nadu • Ajmer, Rajasthan • Kolkata, West Bengal • Goa • Jaipur, Rajasthan • Secunderabad, A.P • Varanasi, U.P • Cochin, Kerala • Bangalore, Karnataka • Shimla, Himachal Pradesh • Panjim, Goa • Ahmedabad, Gujarat

The top 10 states in India which account for more than 90% of the foreign tourist arrivals are given in Table 1.6.


1-12 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


Table 1.6: Top 10 States: Foreign Tourist Arrivals (2001)

Sl. No State Foreign Tourist Arrival (% of total) 1 Maharashtra 16.80 2 Delhi 15.30 3 UP 14.70 4 TN 14.30 5 Rajasthan 11.20 6 West Bengal 5.20 7 Goa 4.80 8 Kerala 3.90 9 Karnataka 2.60 10 HP 2.50 Total 91.30 Source: Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India

The top 10 states which account for around 90% of the domestic tourist arrivals is given in Table 1.7

Table 1.7: Top 10 States: Domestic Tourist Arrivals (2001)

Sl.no State Domestic Tourist Arrival (% of Total) 1 UP 29.00 2 AP 22.50 3 TN 10.20 4 Karnataka 6.00 5 Uttranchal 4.10 6 Maharashtra 3.60 7 Gujrat 3.50 8 Rajasthan 3.30 9 Bihar 2.60 10 HP 2.20 TOTAL 87.00 Source: Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India

(xii) Bali Declaration

India is signatory to the Bali declaration on barrier free tourism for people with disabilities. The declaration urges governments to develop action programs to promote barrier free tourism for people with disabilities, older persons and families with young children. The declaration also requests the governments to respect the rights of disabled persons to have equal access to tourist facilities, programs and services and strengthen craft production, entrepreneurial and marketing skills among them.


1-13 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


(xiii) SWOT Analysis of India as a Tourist Destination

Table 1.8: SWOT analysis

STRENGTHS WEAKNESSES • Rich culture and heritage • Variety of landscapes, lifestyles and

cuisines • Rich tradition in handicrafts • Colourful fairs and festivals

• Poor accessibility to many tourist destinations due to basic Infrastructure bottlenecks

• Lack of tourist infrastructure & basic amenities at many tourist destinations

• Lack of information about tourist destinations

• Unfavourable brand image as a tourist friendly destination.

• Lack of promotion activities OPPORTUNITIES THREATS

• Global trend towards exotic destinations like India

• Tourism potential unexploited

• Aggressive marketing and promotion by competing destinations in Asia like Malaysia

1.2 Study Objective

To prepare a 20 year perspective plan for development of sustainable tourism in Punjab.

1.3 Scope of the Study

The Ministry has provided guidelines to be followed for preparation of perspective plan which are listed as follows:

• A perspective plan with a time frame of 20 years needs to be developed for developing sustainable tourism giving year wise phasing of investment having regard to the resources available.

• The plan should indicate short term and long term plans, targets and ground realities

• The plan should indicate all activities to be undertaken by different agencies clearly indicating the time frame for each activity.

• The plan should be able to assess the existing tourism scenario in the state with respect to existing traffic levels and inventory of :

o Natural resources

o Heritage and other socio-cultural assets

o Quantitative / demographic factors like population, employment, occupation, income levels etc

o Services and infrastructure already available

o The plan should review the status of existing development / investment plans of schemes for the development of tourism in the region


1-14 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


• The plan should list and evaluate existing potential tourist destinations and centres and categorise them on the basis of inventory of attractions, infrastructure availability, degree of popularity, volume of traffic flow etc

• The plan should analyse and categorise existing / potential destinations and centres , as a stand alone destination, part of a circuit and /or as major attractions for special interest groups etc

• The plan should assess the existing infrastructure levels at identified destinations / centres in terms of quality of roads / transportation facilities, civic amenities, enroute transit facilities, boarding and lodging facilities etc

• The plan should be able to broadly assess traffic flow to identified destinations and centres for assessment of infrastructure requirements taking into account past growth trends, suggested linkages and integration, future expected developments including likely investments by the state and investment climate / incentive for private sector etc

• The plan should attempt and arrive at an indicative cost configuration of likely investment on infrastructure development under different heads and to prioritize investment needs by drawing up a phased investment plan covering the next 20 years

• The plan should identify the existing as well as new tourism projects for expansion / augmentation, upgradation of facilities and services, destinations and centres, which have potential for development

• The plan should undertake product conceptualization cum feasibility exercise inter alia for identified projects covering aspects like locational evaluation, schematic product planning and conceptualization including quantification of individual project parameters, assessment of overall investments levels and of project viability cum feasibility exercise etc.

• The plan should prepare an action plan for implementation of identified potential development scheme/projects/products and for development of infrastructure in conformity with the policy objectives and guidelines provided by the concerned state / central agencies / departments and the requirements of national development and funding agencies. The overall development plan to also take into account WTO’s Bali declaration on tourism development.

• The plan should include project wise potential for employment generation; a reasonable percentage of potential employment is to be reserved for women.

• The plan should indicate the actual and projected number of domestic and foreign tourist arrivals for each proposed tourist place.

• Prioritise the scheme on the basis of employment potential of the project and tourist arrivals at the proposed place.

• An inventory of existing infrastructural facilities (including paying guest facility) is to be made; after which, the proposed infrastructure needs to be split up into various segments concerning different state government departments , such as PWD, Forest, Culture, handicrafts etc and dovetailed with the tourism plans

• Since the perspective plan would be used for external assistance, it would be desirable to suggest state tourism projects to foreign funding agencies for financial assistance; each project has to be properly scrutinized and finalized accordingly


1-15 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


• Other sources of funding such as loans from the Financial Institutions, the Tourism Finance Corporation of India (TFCI) etc needs to be explored. Besides, proper incentives need to be suggested for private sector participation

• Further the available institutional machinery in the state to oversee / coordinate the development of tourism infrastructure has to be specifically suggested

• Facilities for performance by local artists; cultural troupes should be built into the perspective plan

• Cultural complexes can be suggested with the financial help from the State Department of Culture and later made economically viable on the pattern of Dilli Haat

• Handicraft shops should be suggested at various tourist place; these could be run by women

• Perspective plan should include potential for developing health resorts at / near the tourist places. Yoga classes, nature cure facilities, ayurvedic system of medicines should be available at these places to attract tourists.

• Consultant preparing the perspective plan should be asked to give an executive summary of the plan along with the report

• The perspective plan should incorporate attractive packages / schemes to attract private sector investment

• It is necessary that the environmental issues are dealt with sufficient details and environmental impact assessment studies made in respect of all new projects

• The perspective plans should include carrying capacity studies, instruments of spatial and land use planning, instruments of architectural controls for restoration of old properties and construction of new ones in old towns and cities, strategy for local community participation and protection of cultural identity, awareness programmes for local participation and local commitment to the project.

• Measures necessary for mitigating the adverse environmental impacts and rehabilitation of the tourist places already environmentally damaged should be incorporated in the perspective plans

• The perspective plan should include strategy for privatization of tourism related properties owned by the state and the State tourism Corporations

1.4 Approach and Methodology

As indicated in our proposal, a two pronged methodology is being adopted to carry out the study. This includes:

1. Collection of information from the relevant secondary sources

2. Conducting field exercises, including site visits to select tourism destinations including potential destinations, and


1-16 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


3. Interaction with all possible stakeholders to assess the present tourism scenario, infrastructure available and shortages therein , potential tourism destinations, likely tourists inflows, requisite infrastructure, investment requirements, prioritising the same and presenting the whole into a comprehensive perspective plan for development of sustainable tourism in the state over the next 20 years.

Details of the methodology envisaged for the study is depicted below:

Figure1.10: Methodology Adopted for the Study

Secondary data collection / Review of literature / Annual reports / policy related to tourism , interaction with tourist information offices

Preparation of questionnaires and checklists for collecting information through interaction with various stakeholders

Interaction with State tourism dept. and tour operators to identify current tourist destinations and locations with cluster of tourist destinations

Primary data collection, Personal visits to tourist locations and interaction with tourists, tour operators, tourism related associations, entrepreneurs and govt. depts related to basic infrastructure to assess the current status / infrastructure bottlenecks and identify gaps

Collation of the secondary and primary data collected, data analysis and interpretation

Identifcation of potential tourism projects, shortlisting and carrying out prima facie feasibility studies

Preparation of 20 year Perspective Plan for development of sustainable tourism in the state

Submission of draft report

Team mobilization, orientation with regard to study objectives and scope of work


1-17 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


1.5 Report Format

The draft report is presented in two volumes:

Volume 1: Main report

Volume 2: Annexures

The main report (Volume 1) is presented in 6 chapters:

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION

An overview of the tourism scenario in India as well the objectives and scope of the study and the methodology adopted to carry out the study is presented.

Chapter 2 CURRENT STATUS OF TOURISM IN THE STATE

The state tourism policy, state plan outlays on tourism, trend in tourist arrivals, travel circuits and destinations / attractions , status of tourism infrastructure and basic infrastructure in the state, environmental aspects and status of institutional framework are discussed in this chapter.

Chapter 3 FIELD SURVEY FINDINGS

The chapter presents the findings of the sample field survey of domestic and foreign tourists, tour operators and travel agents and interactions with relevant associations and institutions. A first hand assessment of the tourism infrastructure and basic infrastructure at the destinations visited during the survey is presented.

Chapter 4 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION, SELECTION AND VIABILITY

The tourism destinations in the state have been prioritized according to a set of parameters. At each destination, projects have been identified and prioritized according to a set of parameters. The viability of shortlisted projects has also been discussed in this chapter.

Chapter 5 PERSPECTIVE PLAN

A perspective plan for tourism development in the state has been presented based on the State tourism policy, a review of the market trends and potential and examination of relevant issues.

Chapter 6 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY

Promotional issues, financing issues, human resource development issues as well as identification of agencies to implement the plan are discussed in this chapter

The annexures (Volume 2) contain

• Profiles of the major destinations


1-18 of 18 1450//A/ February 2003


• Profiles of projects

• Questionnaires and checklists used for the survey

• List of contacts made during the survey,

1.6 Limitations of the Study

• There is limited published data available on the industry. Information about tourist arrivals and infrastructure availability at many destinations provided in the report are largely based on the limited available data and discussion with the various respondent groups at these locations.

• Research studies to estimate the carrying capacity of the environment have rarely been carried out. Norms on the extent of development that can be allowed at various tourist destinations have yet to be developed by the state / local administration. Detailed destination specific studies will need to be carried out by the state tourism department in association with the Town planning department, environment department and other relevant govt. departments.

• Every effort has been made to meet the guidelines provided by the Ministry for preparation of perspective plan. Separate master plans (destination specific) will need to be prepared by the state governments for various identified tourist destinations in the report.


2-1 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


2 CURRENT STATUS OF TOURISM IN THE STATE

2.1 Introduction

This chapter assesses the existing tourism scenario in the state with respect to the tourism policy, plan outlays for tourism, trend in tourist arrivals, travel circuits and destinations, status of tourist infrastructure as well as basic infrastructure, status of the environment and institutional framework.

Destination profiles have been prepared for most of the tourist destinations. These profiles capture the status of these destinations in terms of infrastructure availability and other parameters. (see Annexure III – Volume II).

An assessment of the tourist infrastructure availability and basic infrastructure availability has also been provided in Chapter 3 – Field Survey findings.

2.2 State Profile

2.2.1 Position of State in India

Punjab is the 16th largest state in India in terms of area and 15th in terms of population. The word Punjab is a compound of two Persian Words, Panj (five) and aab (“water”) signifying the land of five waters or rivers, namely Ravi, Sutlej, Chenab, Jhelum and Beas. However, owing to the territorial divisions, following the partition of the country in 1947, only two of the five rivers referred to above (the Sutlej and the Beas) now lie within the boundaries of India in Punjab. Nevertheless, the land in the state is very fertile and hence over the last five decades, the state has earned the epithet ‘Granary of India’, due to the enterprising spirit and untiring toil of its people.

2.2.2 Year of Establishment

Punjab has a recorded history beginning from the annexation of Punjab and Sindh to the Persian Empire by Darius (c. 518 B.C). Many Muslim emperors ruled over Punjab before the Mughals entered the political scene in 1526. The Mughal rule lasted for more than 200 years. Later, British rule took over Punjab after a period of vigorous struggle by the Sikhs against the foreign domination. When India finally attained Independence in 1947, Punjab was split into two parts, the larger portion becoming a part of Pakistan. The present provincial boundaries of the state were drawn in 1970.

A map of the state is shown below:


2-2 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


Figure 2.1: District Map of Punjab

2.2.3 Geographical Coverage

Punjab is situated in the north-western corner of the country and has an area of 50362 sq. km. It is bounded on the north by the Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir, on the east by Himachal Pradesh and the Union territory of Chandigarh, on the south by Haryana and Rajasthan, and on the west by Pakistan. The city of Chandigarh is the joint administrative capital of Punjab and Haryana.

2.2.4 Administrative Set Up

Punjab has been divided into 4 divisions and 17 districts. The detail of the administrative set up of Punjab is presented as Appendix 2.1. Some basic facts about the state are presented as Appendix 2.2. & 2.3.

2.2.5 Climate

The climate in Punjab ranges from bracing cold in winter to scorching heat in summer with winter and summer monsoons. The spring comes with Basant Panchami, a festival in early February. The short spring gives way to a long summer, with fresh foliage. By mid July, the summer monsoon comes and within a few days, the heavy downpour turns the land into a vast swamp. By the time the monsoon is over, it is cool again. During summer, the temperature ranges from 21.4oC to 41.2oC. Winters are cool and the temperature may vary from 30.7° C - 1° C. The annual average rainfall in the state is 900 mm (July – September).

2.2.6 Demographic Profile

Punjab is the 15th most populous state in the country (24.28 million) which is 2.37% of the total population of the country. The population density is 482 per sq km. & the Literacy rate is 70 %. The


2-3 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


population of Punjab consists mainly of Punjabis, Jats and Rajputs. Punjabi and Hindi are the main language of the masses and Punjabi is the official state language, written in Gurmukhi script. The majority (60%) of the population follow Sikhism. The largest minority is Hindus followed by Muslims, Buddhists, Christians and Jains. Scheduled castes of both the Hindu and Sikh religion constitute about one fourth of Punjab’s population.

2.2.7 Economy

Punjab is primarily an agrarian state and 70% people are engaged in agriculture. Agriculture is the main stay of Punjab's economy and Punjab is known as the ‘Granary of India’ The State contributes 80 percent of wheat and 43 percent of rice to the State exchequer Against an all India average of 51 percent, Punjab has 85 per cent of its area under cultivation. The fertiliser consumption in Punjab is the highest in India. The efforts of the state government to provide irrigation, cheap power and agriculture inputs at subsidised rates have acted as a catalyst for agricultural production. Major Crops in the State are: Rice, Wheat, Maize, Bajra, Sugarcane, Gram, Rapeseed and Mustard, Sunflower, Groundnut and Cotton.

Punjab's contribution to the industrial development of the country is mainly through its 2.01 lakh small-scale units and 638 large and medium scale units. These units produce bicycle parts, sewing machines, hand tools, machine tools, auto parts, light engineering goods and electronic items, sports goods, a large variety of woollens, hosiery, knitwear, textiles, sugar, surgical and leather goods. Attracted by the improved investment climate in the state, a number of foreign investors have come forward to set up industries, or to collaborate with the existing units. Some major public sector undertakings have also set up their projects in Punjab. While agriculture contributes about 42 % to State GDP, industry’s share is about 25%. The balance about 33% is contributed by services sector. This includes 15% as the contribution by trade and Hospitality Sectors (Hotels and Restaurants).

The GDP at constants price increased from Rs. 30250 crores in 1993-94 to Rs. 39704 crores at an anuual compound growth rate of 4.6%. The per capita income at constant price increased from Rs. 12714 in 1993-94 to Rs. 14678 in 1999-2000 i.e. at annual compound growth rate of 2.4%. The year wise GDP and per capita income are given in Figure 2.2

Figure 2.2: Year Wise GDP and Per Capita Income

0

15000

30000

45000

60000

1993-94 1994-95 1995-96 1996-97 1997-98 1998-99 1999-00 2000-01* 2001-02*

Year

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

GDP Per Capita Income


2-4 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


Tourism industry has increasingly been seen as an industry whose growth has multiplier effect in the state economy as a whole. This is primarily due to the following factors:

• Tourism is an employment intensive industry.

• Tourism has a high multiplier effect on income generation.

• Tourism catalyses the growth in other sectors.

• Promotes conservation of natural resources and cultural heritage.

• Indirectly helps in poverty alleviation.

2.3 Significance of Tourism to the State

While India has rich diversity to offer to the visiting tourists, some of the Indian States encompass all the richness, which the country possesses. Punjab is one such unique state. Though Punjab as a state has been considered largely as a transit point by the domestic and foreign tourists visiting Jammu & Kashmir and Himachal Pradesh, there is much more to it. Punjab definitely offers a variety of tourist attractions. [Punjab is known as the land of great gurus, has a great heritage of famous religious shrines, palaces, ancient monuments and historical embodiments, wetlands and much more to attract all category of tourists]. Besides, the intense sports and fun loving people of Punjab are known for their sense of humour and hospitality. Punjab is also endowed with music and melody, gaiety & colours, history & legend. Punjab is also famous for its handicrafts, woodcrafts and intricately designed in rich traditional patterns and motifs and needlework products which are much sought after by the domestic as well as foreign tourist.

2.4 Share in GDP and Employment

Though no authentic data is available as regards the share of Tourism industry in the state GDP, the services sector which includes Tourism and Hotels industry, contributes about 33% of the total state GDP. However, the net share of tourism in the state GDP is estimated at 1.63% during 2001-2002.

2.4.1 Employment Generation

As regards the employment generated by the Tourism industry including the Hotels and Restaurants, the available information indicates that there were 7727 Hotels and Restaurants in the state in 2000, employing over 15,600 persons in the private owned enterprises and regular establishments in the state. These figures, however, do not represent the latest positions and hence the numbers of Hotels and Restaurants as well as the persons employed there is expected to be much higher.

Further, according to a study undertaken by the World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC) for India, while Rs. 10 lakh spent on agriculture create 45 jobs and on manufacturing 13 jobs, the same amount spent on the hotel and tourism industry generates 47.5 jobs. The visit of one foreign tourist provides employment to one person, while 17 domestic tourists generate one job in the country.

The WTTC India Initiative forecasts that if, by the year 2010, Indian Travel and Tourism were to generate the same level of employment as the European Union, then, a further 25 million jobs would be instantly created. Presently, Tourism is India’s third largest foreign exchange earning industry-


2-5 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


next to readymade garments and gems and jewellery. The total foreign exchange earnings from tourism during the year 2001 are estimated at Rs. 14,006 crores.

2.4.2 Multiplier Effect

As indicated above, tourism industry has a multiplier effect on the economy as a whole. Visitors to an area purchase goods and services. This spending injects new rupees into the local economy. A percentage of each new rupee is spent in the community by the recipient and this is spent and re-spent, creating a 'multiplier effect'.

When more tourist rupees enter a local economy and a larger percentage is retained locally, the economic benefit is greater. So, the more a community is self-sufficient (i.e. the resources used by the visitor are produced wholly or substantially by the local community) the greater the multiplier effect.

It has been found that all direct revenues generated in the economy due to tourism have also indirect revenue earnings. A multiplier effect has to be considered for estimation of the total revenues generated from tourism. Further the multiplier effect has also to be considered for estimation of the employment generated (i.e both direct and indirect) due to tourism. As per the estimates of the tourism experts the multiplier effect for tourism is around 2.5 times i.e each rupees spent on tourism results in an expenditure of around 2.5 times in the economy.

2.4.3 Tourism Based Industries

Though tourism is basically a service industry, its growth and promotion are interdependent both directly and indirectly on many other sectors of the economy. These generally will include all the broad features of the state profile discussed earlier. The more important components however are perceived to be as under:

(i) Directly Related

• Infrastructure.

• Transport Sector

• Tele Communications.

• Hotels and Restaurants.

• Travel Agents and Tour Operators.

• Hotel Management and Food Craft Institutions.

(ii) Indirectly Related

• Handicrafts and Traditional Gifts items manufactures etc.

• Shopping Arcades and Exhibitions.

If properly developed and supported by requisite infrastructure, Punjab has considerable potential to be promoted as an important tourist attraction, and a destination point rather than a transit point to both


2-6 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


the domestic and foreign tourists visiting northern region of India. As already indicated, due to the multiplier effect, Tourism industry has therefore, the potential to make significant contribution to the state GDP, by generating additional employment and providing a boost to the industry sector, particularly the small scale industrial units engaged in production of traditional handicraft and wood work items and the services sector industry.

2.5 State Tourism Policy

To promote its tourism potential, Punjab State Tourism Department had formulated a Tourism Policy (draft) in 2003. The state’s tourism policy has a coherent feature ,viz, the policy is rooted on one hand in convergence of socio-economic benefits, eco-friendliness and employment generation, while on the other hand, the policy has to fulfil the growing demand for tourism products in the state brought about by the rapid industrial development.

The main objectives of the Tourism Policy of Punjab are:

• To promote tourism in the state of Punjab in such a way that it will contribute to the development of employment, economic growth and more importantly bring the tourist close to the cultural heritage of Punjab

• To position every city as a Tourist centre different from another, like Patiala for culture and heritage, Anandpur Sahib and Amritsar as religious centres.

• To promote private sector participation with the help of government to develop necessary infrastructure in the state that will help the state to promote tourism.

• To position Punjab in the tourist map of India with demand created by travel & trade market in Punjab and by tapping the untapped potential of various heritage monuments in Punjab.

• To prepare & implement master plans for integrated development and marketing of various areas of Punjab.

• To provide quality service to all domestic and international consumers and stake holders.

• To diversify and expand the marketing of tourism products in the state and preserving the cultural monuments from any kind of decay.

• To develop shopping complexes of highest standards at prominent tourist centres catering to all class of tourists.

• To encourage people’s participation in tourism promotion and to provide economic benefits to people through such participation.

The tourism policy also envisages promotion of rural , eco, adventure , sports ,youth ,heritage and pilgrimage tourism and lays emphasis on defining the role of the government mainly as a facilitator and the private sector as the main operators who would be given all possible incentives and encouragement to invest in various projects and operate them so as to promote sustainable development of tourism sector, besides ensuring participation of all stakeholders in the society including the Travel, Trade and Tourism industry. The draft Tourism Policy 2003 of Punjab is given in Appendix 2.4


2-7 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


2.6 State Plan Outlays

The Planning Commission has approved an outlay of Rs.14300 crore for the State’s 9th Five Year Plan (1997-2002). The Annual Plan outlays for the state are as under:

Table 2.1: Annual Plan outlays for the state

(Rs. crores) Year Outlays

1997-1998 (Actual Expenditure) 2011.86 1998-1999 (Actual Expenditure) 2005.37 1999-2000 (Actual Expenditure) 1753.17 2000-2001 (Approved Outlay) 2420.00 2001-2002 (Proposed Outlay) 3350.00

Total Approved Outlay (1997-2002) 14300.00 Source : Statistical Abstract of Punjab - 2000

2.6.1 Sector-Wise Outlays

The above outlay is distributed among various sectors as provided by the Planning Commission. The last three years 1999-2000, 2000-01 and 2001-02 Sector-wise Plan outlays are shown in Table 2.2.

Table 2.2: Sector-wise Plan outlays (Rs. Crores)

Outlay Major Head of Development 1999-2000

(Actual Expenditure) 2000-2001

(Approved Outlay) 2001-2002

(Proposed Outlay) Agriculture and Allied Activities 81.67 171.86 183.09 Rural development 65.48 124.10 170.00 Special Area Programme 11.69 60.11 59.89 Irrigation and Flood Control 130.48 297.75 331.00 Energy 628.42 629.82 542.85 Industry & Minerals 14.72 11.96 11.24 Transport 102.21 194.68 214.99 Science, Technology & Environment 0.72 1.68 1.62 General Economic Services* 65.28 49.44 65.16 Social Services 630.03 850.65 975.86 General Services 22.47 27.95 794.30 TOTAL 1753.17 2420.00 3350.00 * Includes Tourism Department Outlays Source : Statistical Abstract of Punjab - 2000

Strategy for the Annual Plans is determined as per the guidelines provided by the Planning Commission.

It will be noted that there is no separate head to indicate any plan allocation for Tourism sector. The same is included under the sub-head “General Economic Services”.

However, the overall development programme for the State of Punjab for the year 1999-2000 involved a total investment of Rs.8247.74 crores as shown in Table 2.3.


2-8 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


Table 2.3: Investment during 1999-2000 in Punjab (Rs. Crore)

(A) The Annual Plan, 1999 – 2000 2680.00 (B) Development Plan of Public Sector Undertakings and Statutory Boards 1496.77 (C) Institutional Finances for Agriculture and Allied Sectors and under Poverty

Alleviation Schemes 741.51

(D) Institutional Finance revised by municipal local bodies 311.17 (E) Central Share of centrally sponsored Schemes 600.97 (F) Institutional Finances by Cooperative 1417.32 (G) Private investment likely in infrastructure projects 1000.00 TOTAL 8247.74 Source: Punjab Website / Internet Tourism Information

2.7 State Plan Outlays on Tourism

2.7.1 Provision for Tourism in the 9th Five Year Plan

Though Punjab has given the status of Industry to Tourism, the 9th Five Year Plan (1997-2002) for Punjab provided a very small outlay of Rs.250 lakhs for this sector which constituted a mere 0.02% of the total plan outlay for five years. The available data for actual expenditure for the first two years of the plan and outlay for the remaining plan years is given in Table 2.4.

Table 2.4: State Tourism Sector Outlays and Expenditure during the 9th & 10th Five Year Plan

(Rs. Lakhs) Plan period #Outlays / *Expenditure % of Total Outlay/Expenditure 1997 – 2002 (9th Plan) 250.00# 0.02 1997 – 1998 30.94* 0.02 1998 – 1999 190.18* 0.09 1999 – 2000 90.00* - 2000 – 2001 85.00# 0.04 2001 – 2002 88.00# 0.03 2002 - 2007 (10th Plan) 356.00# 2002 – 2003 75.00* Source : Statistical Abstract of Punjab – 2000 and Department of Tourism, Govt. of Punjab

Tourism has been given the status of industry to facilitate its development in the State. A policy in this regard is being finalised. An outlay of Rs. 90.00 lakhs was proposed in the Annual Plan 1999-2000 in order to provide wayside amenities to tourists. As per the latest details of outlays, the construction of a three star hotel at Anandpur Sahib has begun in collaboration with ITDC. A Tourist Reception Center has been set up at Anandpur Sahib in view of the tri-centenary of the birth of the Khalsa. However, keeping in view the policy of privatisation and the state role now perceived as that of a facilitator, some of the existing tourist complexes are being given on lease to private entrepreneurs.


2-9 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


The approved outlay for the 10th plan is Rs 356.00 lakhs. Of this total outlay,Rs 300.00 lakhs has been earmarked for setting up of tourism complexes / wayside amenities / joint ventures with ITDC & other tourism promotion activities,Rs 50.00 lakhs for promotion and publicity, Rs 1.00 lakh for formulation of tourist trade acts and Rs 5.00 lakhs for setting up of tourist reception centre at Anandpur Sahib.

2.7.2 Central Financial Assistance for Tourism Sector

The central government provides financial assistance to the state governments on a regular basis for the improvement of tourism infrastructure in the respective states. This assistance is generally provided on the basis of specific project proposals received and their priorities and merits. The amounts sanctioned to Punjab and actually released during the 7th Plan, 8th plan and five of the 9th plan are given in Table 2.5

Table 2.5: Central Financial Assistance under the 5-year Plans

(Rs. lakhs) Plan Period Plan outlays -Sanctioned No. of projects Sanctioned Amount -Released 7th Plan 178.62 12 110.83 8th Plan 647.53 38 278.89 9th Plan 1997-1998 52.87 6 15.72 1998-1999 241.29 7 220.15 1999-2000 175.00 8 57.50 2000-2001 203.50 6 59.08 2001-2002 61.01 NA NA 2002-2003 Source: 1. Tourist Statistics, Ministry of Tourism & Culture, GOI - 2000 2. Project Directory, Ministry of Tourism, GOI - 2000

The specific project for which central assistance was sanctioned during the years1998-99 and 1999-2000 were as under:

Table 2.6: Central Assistance Sanctioned and Released during 1998-99 (Rs. lakhs)

Amount Name of Project Sanctioned Released

Construction of Tourist Reception centre at Anandpur Sahib 97.64 78.00 Illumination of Gurudwara at Keshgarh Sahib 25.00 12.50 Illumination of Gurudwara at Qila Anandgarh Sahib 25.00 12.50 Illumination of Gurudwara at Teg Bahadur Sahib 15.00 7.50 Illumination of Gurudwara Mai Jitoi 15.00 7.50 SEL Show at Gurudwara Anandpur Sahib 61.50 30.83 Baba Farid Mela 3.00 1.50 Total 242.14 150.33 Sources: Tourist Statistics 2000 – Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, Department of Tourism, Punjab


2-10 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


Table 2.7: Central Assistance Sanctioned and Released during 1999-2000 (Rs. Lakhs)

Amount Name of Project Sanctioned Released

Yatri Niwas at Mohali 60.00 18.00 Upgradation of Tourist Complex at Kiratpur Sahib 40.00 12.00 Tourist complex at Ferozpur 50.00 00.01 Festivals (5) 25.00 12.50 Total 175.00 42.51 Sources: Tourist Statistic 2000 – Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, Department of Tourism, Punjab

2.8 Trends in Tourist Arrivals and Growth

The flow of both domestic and foreign tourists to Punjab is given in Table-2.7. The inflow of domestic tourists to Punjab was at an annual compound growth rate of 3% for the period 1995 to 2000. The inflow of foreign tourists has reduced over the years.

Table 2.8: Tourist Arrivals – Punjab (in Numbers)

Year Domestic Foreign Total 1995 328652 5415 334067 1996 365638 12196 377834 1997 380263 12684 392947 1998 384066 12690 396756 1999 232424 6387 238811 2000 385682 3854 389536 2001 474305 3258 477563

Source :Tourist Statistics 2001 – Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India

Punjab accounted for 0.18% of domestic arrivals and ranked 21st among All India domestic tourist arrivals in the year 2000. Similarly, Punjab accounted for 0.06% of foreign tourist arrivals and ranked 23rd among All India foreign tourist arrivals in the year 2000. However, the above may not be presenting the true status of tourist arrivals in the state as the above figures are based on very limited data sources.

Available information about tourist arrivals indicates that the largest number of tourists arrived in the winter months i.e. November, December and January. The lean months are May, June and July. A large number of NRIs visiting Punjab often stay with their relatives but they do visit several religious and historical places and also spend considerable amount of money during these visits and in shopping for gifts to be taken back. The numbers of such visitors is not reflected in the official data, which is compiled from data obtained from hotel establishments in the state. Similarly, no details of tourists arrivals data are being compiled for the state, with regards to country wise, purpose of visit wise or specific attractions wise number of tourists visiting Punjab state.

2.9 Tourist Destinations / Attractions

As indicated earlier, Punjab has to offer a large variety of tourist attractions to meet different category of tourists. The different types of tourist attractions spread all over the State can be grouped as under:


2-11 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


2.9.1 Religious

Punjab is a paradise for religious tourists as it has innumerable important places of religions interest for tourists of all important religions in the country. These can be grouped as under:

(i) Gurudwaras

The state has a number of Gurudwaras, the more important ones and their locations are given in Table 2.9.

Table 2.9: Famous Gurudwaras in Punjab

Location Name of Gurudwara Amritsar Golden Temple, Akal Takht. Gurdaspur Gurudwara Derababa Nanak. Taran Taran Town and Gurudwara Founded by Guru Arjun Dev in 1590. Bhatinda Talwandi Sabo – Linked to Guru Gobind Singh Ji. Ludhiana Charan Kanwal – Linked to Guru Gobind Singh Ji.

Manji Sahib Jagraon Nanaksar Sahib Rupnagar – Anandpur Sahib Anandpur Sahib (Founded by 9th Guru Tegh Bahadur Ji. First five Sikhs

baptised here by Guru Gobind Singh Ji at Takht Keshgarh Sahib). Kiratpur Sahib Keshgarh Sahib, Dam Dama Sahib. Fatehgarh Sahib Gurudwara Fatehgarh Sahib and Gurudwara Jyoti Swarup. Patiala Gurudwara Dukhniwaran Sahib.

(ii) Temples

• RamTirth, Amritsar, • Jain Temple, Zira, Ferozpur • Bhagwati, Bathinda, • Kali Devi Temple, Patiala • Panch Mandir, Kapurthala., • Shiv Mandir and Sodal Mandir, Jalandhar • Durgiana Mandir, Amritsar

(iii) Mosque and Mausoleums

• Rauza Sharif, Sirhind; • Jamma Masjid - Jalandhar • King Zaman of Afghanistan Cenotaph - Shirhind • Chilla Baba Sheikh Farid, Faridkot City. • Qadian, (Ahmedia sect. Place) Gurdaspur; • Idgah, Malerkotla; • Moorish Mosque, Kapurthala; • Marbal Baradari, Sangrur; • Akbari Masjid, Kalanur, Gurdaspur; • Mughal Sarai, Doraha-Ludhiana. • Imam Nasir Mausoleum, Jalandhar City;


2-12 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


(iv) Other Places of Pilgrimage

• Jalianwala Bagh; • Radhaswami Dera, Beas; • Hussainwala; • Swetamber Jain Temple, Zira Ferozpur;

Figure 2.3: Places of Religious Interest in Punjab

Ram Tirth

Durgian Mandir

Bhagwati

Panch Mandir

Jain Temple

ShiSod

Chilla Baba Sheikh Farid

Jalianwala bagh

Hussainwala

R

S

Akbari Masjid

Qudain

Chilla Baba Sheikh Farid

Imam Ma

adhaswamiDera

v Mandir & al Mandir

Zama Masjid

sjid

wetamber JainTemple

Kali Devi Temple

King Zaman of Afghanistan

Cenotaph

Rauza Sharif

Idgah

Marbal Baradari

Mughal Sarai


2-13 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


2.9.2 Historical & Heritage Attractions

The chequered history of Punjab has left behind a large number of historical buildings, heritage and archaeological sites which can be grouped as under:

(i) Palaces

• Patiala, • Nabha, • Sangrur, • Amritsar, • Kapurthala

(ii) Museums

• Maharaja Ranjit Singh Museum, Amritsar; • Sanghol Museum, Sanghol, Ludhiana; • Anglo Sikh War Memorial, Ferozeshah; • Govt. Museum, Hoshiarpur; • Rural Museum, Punjab Agricultural University; • Museum of Armoury and Chandliers, Qila Mubarak Patiala; • Art Gallery at Sheesh Mahal, Patiala; • Sports Museum, National Institute of Sports, Patiala; • Guru Teg Bahadur Museum, Ropar; • Central Sikh Museum, Amritsa

(iii) Archaeological Sites

• Ghuram, Patiala District, • Sanghol, District Fatehgarh Sahib

(iv) Freedom Fighter Related Destinations

• Jallianwala Bagh, Amritsar • Martyr’s Memorial Hussainwala, Jallandhar.

2.9.3 Wetlands and Leisure Sites for Eco-Tourism

Wetlands are landmasses where water and soil coexist and create specific conditions suitable for growth and establishment of hydrophytic vegetation. Punjab is endowed with many wetlands, including one of international importance. These are:

(i) Hari-ke-pattan

Hari-ke-Pattan, located mid way between Ferozpur and Amritsar at the confluence of river Sutlej and Beas, is a wild life sanctuary of international fame and recognized as one of the six wetlands in India


2-14 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


of international importance under Ramsar Convention. A 41 Sq. kms wetland area is being developed under a Project Report prepared by Wetlands International New Delhi.

(ii) Kanjli Wetland, Kapurtala

Located 8 kms from Kapurthala, Kanjli is a wetland of national importance spread over 100 hectares. It has immense ecological significance and supports a large variety of aquatic flora and fauna.

(iii) Ropar Wetland

Located in Rupnagar District, it has also been declared as wetland project of National importance in 1991. Spread over an area of 1365 hectares, it is considered an important ecological source.

Figure 2.4: Wetlands in Punjab

Harike Pattan

Kanjli Wetland

Ropar Wetland

Harike Pattan

Kanjli Wetland

Ropar Wetland

2.9.4 Greenlands and Gardens

Punjab is also endowed with several beautiful gardens of historical importance which can attract tourists who are lovers of nature. The more important gardens are located as under:

• Bansar garden – Sangrur


2-15 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


• Aam Khas Bagh, Sirhind

• Rambagh Gardens, Amritsar

• Shalimar Garden, Kapurthala

• Bara Dari Garden, Patiala

Figure 2.5: Gardens in Punjab

Bansar Garden

Aam Khas Bagh

Rambagh Garden

Shalimar Garden

BaradariGarden

2.10 Travel circuits

Though Punjab has a variety of tourist attractions which can suit different category of tourists, Punjab offers the following circuits which offer a combination of various attractions. These are as under:

2.10.1 Amritsar – Ram Tirath - Sarai Amanat Khan -Wagha Border – Amritsar

Ram Tirath takes us back to the times of Ramayana, at Sarai Amanat Khan, one comes down to a highway inn of the Mughul times; at Wagha Border, one suddenly lands into the present. The pageant of the beating of the retreat and the change of guard within handshaking distance of the Indian and Pakistani forces here makes the most charming of the spectacles as a daily evening drill.


2-16 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


Figure 2.6: Amritsar – Ram Tirath - Sarai Amanat Khan -Wagha Border

2.10.2 Amritsar - Dera Baba Nanak -Qadian-Kala naur-Gurdaspur- Pathankot.

At Dera Baba Nanak, the first Prophet of Sikhism, Sri Guru Nanak Dev Ji spent the last days of his life. At the historic Gurudwara built in his memory, holy robes that were presented to him at Mecca are still preserved. Qadian is the home of the founder of the Ahmedyia Sect of the Muslims. At Kalanaur,Akbar-the-great was coronated. Pathankot is India's link city to the State of Jammu and Kashmir and the best tourist destinations of Himachal Pradesh.

Figure 2.7: Amritsar - Dera Baba Nanak -Qadian-Kala naur-Gurdaspur-


2-17 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


2.10.3 Amritsar-Tarn Taran-Hari-Ke-Pattan - Goindwal Sahib - Sultanpur Lodhi – Kapurthala( Kanjli lake) –Jalandhar

A majestic gurudwara with a golden dome and a large holy pool having healing powers is built at Tarn Taran in the memory of 5th Prophet of Sikhism, Sri Guru Arjan Dev ji.Hari-Ke-Pattan is a wild life sanctuary of international fame. Goindwal Sahib was the seat of Sikhism during the lifetime of the 3rd Prophet of Sikhism Sri Guru Amar Dass ji. It has a deep well with 84 steps. The faithful say that if you recite Jap Ji Sahib, a composition of the first Prophet of Sikhism at each step after a bath you cross the cycle of 84,000 lives and attain moksh. At Sultanpur Lodhi, Sri Guru Nanak Dev ji spent 12 years in the service of Nawab Daulat Khan Lodhi. It was from here in 1500 A.D. that he had begun his first holy travel towards the east and the south to preach the Word of God. Kapurthala is renowned for beautiful palaces and buildings. Kanjli Lake receives several species of migratory birds and is a fulfilling picnic spot.

Figure 2.8: Amritsar-Tarn Taran-Hari-Ke-Pattan - Goindwal Sahib - Sultanpur Lodhi - Kapurthala( Kanjli lake)

2.10.4 Amritsar - Baba Bakala – Kartarpur - Jalandhar.

At Baba Bakala, the 9th Prophet of Sikhism Sri Guru Teg Bahadur Ji had revealed himself to Makhan Shah Lobana. Kartarpur was founded by the 5th Prophet of Sikhism. The authenticated, hand-written copy of Sri Guru Granth Sahib compiled and edited by him and having his seal is located here. It is also famous for the manufacture of world quality furniture. Jalandhar is the oldest city of Punjab. Today, it is internationally famous for the manufacture of sports goods.


2-18 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


Figure 2.9: Amritsar - Baba Bakala – Kartarpur

2.10.5 Chandigarh, Ropar (Rup Nagar), Anandpur Sahib, Bhakra - Nangal, Ropar, Chandigarh.

Ropar is famous for its archaeological finds. The valley of river Sutlej, from Kiratpur Sahib to Anandpur Sahib was the seat of Sikhism for almost 80 years and is full of historical gurudwaras, Takhat Sri Keshgarh Sahib is the most important because, on the day of Baisakhi in 1699, the 10th Prophet of Sikhism had consummated the Sikh into the Khalsa -saint soldier. Within Ropar town, there is a wetland created by river Sutlej . The valley is also full of historical landmarks. At Bhakra, we have the world's highest straight gravity dam.

Figure 2.10: Chandigarh, Ropar (Rup Nagar), Anandpur Sahib, Bhakra - Nangal, Ropar,


2-19 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


2.10.6 Ludhiana - Moga - Ferozepur - Bhatinda - Malout - Muktsar-Faridkot

Ludhiana is Punjab's home of industry and the famous Punjab Agriculture University. At Moga, the multinational Nestle Company manufactures a large variety of food specialties. The border town of Ferozepur is known for its memorials to the freedom fighters of India. At a nearby town on Ferozepur- Moga road called Zira is a beautiful Jain Shwetambar Temple with ancient icons and wall paintings. Bathinda has an 1800 years old fort and a multinational firm Pepsi has set up plants here to manufacture Agro products. Malout is an old mandi town, where produce from surrounding areas is brought for sale. Muktsar is connected with the victory of the Sikh forces commanded by the 10th Prophet Sri Guru Gobind Singh over the Mughal forces of the Governor of Sirhind in 1705. Faridkot, the capital of erstwhile Phulkian state, is famous for its fort and palace which have remarkable paintings, mirror - work and frescoes designed all over their walls.

Figure 2.11: Ludhiana - Moga - Ferozepur - Bhatinda - Malout - Muktsar-Faridkot

2.10.7 Patiala-Nabha-Malerkotla - Ludhiana - Fatehgarh Sahib - Chandigarh.

Patiala is renowned for its palaces, museums, sports, cuisine and fashionware. Nabha a smaller State became famous as the venue of the freedom struggle where Pandit Nehru had come to court arrest. Horlicks, the British firm runs a flourishing tonic food plant here to enrich beverages. Malerkotla is erstwhile a Muslim Pathan princely state now in Punjab. When the Governor of Sirhind had ordered the entombment of the two younger holy sons of the 10th Sikh Prophet,Sri Guru Gobind Singh Ji, the ancestor of the Nawab of Malerkotla had protested. In recognition of this act, this state was not affected during the holocaust of 1947. For embroidery, insignias and handiwork artifacts , Malerkotla is famous in India.


2-20 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


Fatehgarh Sahib and Sirhind nearby have several historical buildings, especially of the Muslim era. Chandigarh is an ideal starting point for visiting Punjab.

Figure 2.12: Patiala-Nabha-Malerkotla - Ludhiana - Fatehgarh Sahib - Chandigarh

2.10.8 Jalandhar-Hoshiarpur-Jalandhar / Ropar-Chandigarh.

The old town of Hoshiarpur is famous for its Vedic Research Institute, Bhrigusamhita system of astrology, manufactures, especially, inlay work and lacquer finish furniture, musical instruments and an archaeological museum.

Figure 2.13: Jalandhar-Hoshiarpur-Jalandhar / Ropar-Chandigarh


2-21 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


2.11 Current Status of Integrated Tourist Infrastructure / Facilities

2.11.1 Internal Transport System

Punjab state is very well connected by different modes of internal transport services. These include railway network spread over 3726 km and road network of 45,263 kms (NH, SH & other roads). There is a regular network of State transport buses operated by Punjab Roadways as well as PEPSU Provincial Roadways. Besides, several routes are covered by private bus services and road transport services of other neighbouring states. In the rural areas, besides tongas and bullock-cart, tractor trollies also provide a useful source of transportation for the farmers and their families.

All large cities are well provided with intra-city bus services for local commuters. There are also large numbers of taxis, autos and cycle rickshaws, etc.

The total numbers of transport vehicles of different categories registered in the state as on 31.3.1998 was 19.15 lakhs. The details of different classes of vehicles is given in Appendix 2.5.

2.11.2 Hotels Accommodation Facilities for Tourists

There are number of hotels and guesthouses in almost all-major cities and tourist destinations which provide accommodation to tourists at reasonable rates. Punjab can also boast of a large number of restaurants and wayside “Dhabas” to serve the culinary tastes of the visitors.

As per Ministry of Tourism data, as on 31.3.2001 there were a total of 65 approved category hotels having 1851 rooms in different categories in Punjab state. Of these the maximum number of Hotels was in Jalandhar (23 with 682 rooms), followed by Ludhiana (18 with 583 rooms) and Amritsar (7 with 299 rooms). These include two 5 - star hotels (under construction) five 4 stars and nineteen 3 star hotels

It is also observed that the Hotel accommodation in the state has considerably increased in the recent past. It increased from 16 Hotels with 554 rooms in 1996 to 42 hotels with 1055 rooms in 2000, to 65 hotels with 1851 rooms as on 31.3.2001.

The Category-wise number of approved Hotels and Rooms in Punjab in the year 1996, 1999, 2000 and 2001 was as under:

Table 2.10: Category-wise Number of Approved Hotels and Rooms in Punjab

No. of Hotels No. of Rooms Star Category 31.3.1996 31.3.1999 31.3.2000 31.3.2001 31.3.1996 31.3.1999 31.3.2000 31.3.2001 Heritage Hotel

- - - - -- - - -

5 Star Deluxe

- - - - - - - -

5 Star - - - 2 - - - 308 4 Star 1 1 3 5 39 39 124 191 3 Star 6 7 12 19 234 249 342 578 2 Star 9 16 25 33 281 410 569 720 1 Star - - 2 5 - - 20 54 Total 16 24 42 65 554 698 1055 1851 Source : Tourist Statistics - 2000 Ministry of Tourism GOI


2-22 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


2.11.3 Punjab State Tourism Development Complexes

Punjab State Tourism Development Corporation (PTDC) has also set up several tourist complexes which provide quality accommodation to the tourists at affordable rates. PTDC complexes are presently at the following locations:

1. Coral Tourist Complex - Pathankot 2. Pinkcassia Tourist Complex - Ropar 3. Kadamba Tourist Complex - Nangal 4. Lajwanti Tourist Complex - Hoshiarpur 5. Queen’s Flower Tourist Complex - Neelon 6. Bougainvilla Tourist Complex - Sirhind 7. Maulsari Tourist Complex - Sirhind 8. Bluebell Tourist Complex - Phagwara 9. Sukhchain Tourist Complex - Jalandhar 10. Magnolia Tourist Complex - Kartarpur 11. Kaner Tourist Complex - Moga 12. Chandni Tourist Complex - Nidampur (Sangrur) 13. Kachnar Tourist Complex - Shambu (Patiala) 14. Tourist Complex - Malout 15. Tourist Complex - Sanghol 16. Tourist Complex - Kapurthala 17. Tourist Complex - Amritsar 18. Tourist Complex - Wagha Border

As indicated earlier, at certain important locations of tourist interest additional accommodation facilities are under construction to augment the available boarding and lodging facilities. Thus at Anandpur Sahib, a 3-star hotel is coming up in collaboration with ITDC. Recently, a Tourist Information Center has also been set up at Anandpur Sahib to meet the requirements of large number of religous tourists visiting this place in connection with the tri-centenary of the birth of Khalsa Panth.

To sum up, reasonable accommodation facilities ranging from star category hotels to Dharamshalas and PWD / Canal and paying guesthouses are available for tourists of various income groups in all major cities in the state.

As regards PWD rest houses, there is one Circuit House located at every district headquarters and several rest houses in each district

Further, as regards Irrigation Department rest houses in the state, as per available information, they are located at different places covered under the following circles. The list of rest houses of Irrigation Department in Punjab is presented in Appendix 2.6.

2.11.4 Restaurants

Punjab is known for its hospitality and the enterprising people. Punjabis have set up a good number of restaurants and eating houses all over the state. Major cities like state capital Chandigarh and Amritsar, Jalandar, Pathankot, Patiala, Ludhiana, Moga, Anandpur Sahib are known to have a number of hotels and Restaurants. Besides, to meet the needs of highway traffic, good numbers of “Dhabas”


2-23 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


have come up at every few kms. distance all along the national highways and state highways. These dhabas serve vegetarian and non-vegetarian food and snacks to the people on a 24 hour routine basis. According to a survey of Hotels and Restaurants, carried out about 10 years ago, there were over 16700 Hotels and Restaurants in the state. This number is expected to have increased manifold by now.

2.11.5 Entertainment & Recreational Avenues

Punjab state has some avenues of entertainment and recreation at various places both for the local residents and tourists visiting these locations. To begin with, the state capital, Chandigarh itself has many attractions which include the Rock Garden and the Sukhna Lake which attract large number of people everyday. There is also a Golf Course nearby and the Cricket Stadium at Mohali which enjoys facilities of international standards.

Besides, Ropar, Anandpur Sahib, Amritsar, Jalandhar, Kapurthala, Ludhiana, Hoshiarpur, Nangal, Patiala and Chandigarh all these places have some entertainment and recreation points for the tourists.

2.11.6 Shopping Arcades, Emporia, Souvenir/Gifts Shops etc.

While availability of basic infrastructure, adequate transport facilities providing requisite connectivity, Tours and Travels Operators and Hotels and Restaurants have a direct relationship with the promotion and growth of tourism industry, there are several other linkages which have an equally important relationship and interdependence with the growth and promotion of tourism industry.

These would include traditional small scale industries which account for the traditional bulk of the traditional handicrafts, needle work, motifs, wood crafts and leather items such as Punjabi ladies and gents shoes (Juties), much sought after by the tourists as gifts and souvenirs. These items are produced in many places in the state. The major important centers famous for such products are as under:

• Patiala - Leather Designer Shoes (Juties) for ladies and gents.

Needle work products Mirror work products

Phulkaris • Hoshiarpur - Wooden Toys, Inlay and Lacquer finished furniture Musical Instruments – Harmonium, Tabla, Sitar etc. • Jalandhar - Handloom Products,

Sports goods, Rubber goods

• Malerkotla - Embroided Juties, Handwork Badges and Insignia

• Phagwara - Ethnic Clothes and Textiles Centre • Amritsar - Traditional handicrafts items,

Also Biggest Trading Centre for large variety of consumer and capital goods.


2-24 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


Due to the great influence of traditional handicrafts, woodwork, needlework, mirror work and rich art and culture in the state, all major cities have a number of convenient shopping centres providing a wide choice of local gift items and souvenir for the visiting tourists. These include handicrafts, dress materials with Phoolkari design, decorative articles made of wood, Punjabi footwear, Jewellery and handloom articles for which Punjab is well-known.

State emporiums named “Phoolkari” have been set up in Punjab, and at many other places including New Delhi, Chandigarh and many other cities.

2.11.7 Tourism Information Centres

Punjab Tourism Department has also brought out a number of tourism related documents including “SADA Punjab” and “Tourist Map of Punjab”. Besides, other literature highlighting various historical and religious sites, PTDC complexes at different locations as well as information about festivals and fairs celebrated in the state are also available at the information centres. Details about Punjab Tourism are also available at various websites (www.punjabgovt.nic.in, www.nic.in/ptdc).

At present there are seven tourist reception centres located at Anandpur Sahib, Wagha Border (Amritsar), Opp. Railway station (Amritsar), Raja Sansi Airport (Amritsar), Nangal, New Delhi and Chandigarh.

2.11.8 Intermediaries

The state has in all the major cities travel agents, tourist taxi operators, Advertising agencies, artist / performers collies and even brokers / touts who solicit customers on behalf of various travel agents and tour operators etc. The Travel Agents / Tour Operators contacted during the field surveys are listed in Annexure I (Volume II).

2.11.9 Basic Amenities

Basic amenities like drinking water, toilets, snack bars are generally available at all the tourist sites. These include the facilities created by private sector enterprises as well as PTDC run Tourist Complexes at all major locations.

2.11.10 Facilities for Elders / Disabled and Families with Young Children

Though reasonable basic facilities required by the elderly, children and family groups are available at most tourist sites, the same is not true about the facilities for disabled. No Wheel Chair or other special arrangements for the visit and movement of the disabled have been noticed at the tourist sites.


2-25 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


2.11.11 Others - Paying Guest Accommodation, Language Interpreters, Tourist Safety / Security

While Paying Guest accommodation is available to a limited extent at some locations, no facilities such as language interpreters, tourist safety/ special police have been noticed at most tourist sites.

2.12 Current Status of Tourism Related Basic Infrastructure

The status with regard to availability of tourism related basic infrastructure is as under:

2.12.1 Airports

Punjab has three airports:

• Domestic – 2 (Chandigarh & Ludhiana)

• International – 1 (Amritsar)

• Airstrips - 3

2.12.2 Railways

All major cities and towns of Punjab (like Amritsar, Pathankot, Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Patiala, Bhatinda, Faridkot), are well connected with other parts of the country by railway network. The total Railway track length in the state is around 3726 kms. The list of ongoing railway projects is presented in Appendix 2.7.

2.12.3 Roads

The state has an excellent network of roads connecting all cities, towns and major villages. The inter-city / inter-town as well as inter-state transport is taken care by both State Road Transport Services as well as private point to point operators. The total length of roads in the state is 45,263 Kms which consist of 1,729 Kms of National Highways and about 43,534 km of provincial roads. About 75% of the total road length is surfaced.

2.12.4 Water

Punjab, as per its name has adequate water supply for its people and visiting Tourists. There are two main rivers namely Ravi and Sutlej flowing through the state. Besides several smaller Canals and Waterworks in the major cities provide adequate water to the state.

2.12.5 Electricity

The total Power generation capacity of the state as on May 2001 was 5745 MW which comprised 2855 MW of Hydel power, 2800 MW of thermal power and 90 MW of nuclear power.


2-26 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


2.12.6 Communication Facilities

As on 31st December 1999 the state had 1.17 million direct exchange lines. DOT and HFC Bezeq provide the phone service in the state. Medicom and ESSAR are the cellular service providers and Beltron, Punwire, Modipage, and Maxpage are the Radio Paging operators in the Punjab. As on March, 31 2000, there were 3892 post offices in Punjab state.

2.12.7 Banking Facilities

Punjab has 2574 Bank Branches, comprising of nationalised banks as well as private sector commercial banks spread all over the state.

2.12.8 Medical Facilities

There are 208 hospitals, having 25094 beds, 1470 dispensaries and 446 public health clinics in Punjab. Besides, these are 529 Ayurvedic and Unani institutions and 106 Homeopathic institutions as well as large number of private doctors and Nursing Homes spread all over the state.

2.12.9 Educational Facilities

There are 12618 primary schools, 2538 middle schools and 3305 higher secondary schools in the state. In addition, there are 190 colleges for general education, 61 colleges for professional education and 3 universities / deemed universities.

2.13 Current Status of Environment

2.13.1 Seasons

There are three well defined seasons in the Punjab. These are:

(i) Hot Season (mid-April to the end of June):

The temperature in the state begins to rise from February onwards. Though the real hot season starts in mid-April, the rising temperature breaks the high pressure belt in the north-west of the Indian peninsula. The atmospheric pressure over this region in February is about 987 millibars and the minimum in early June is about 970 millibars.

(ii) Rainy Season (early July to the end of September):

The agricultural year starts with this season. Monsoon winds reach the region normally in the first week of July. The Bay of Bengal branch of the monsoon current is the main source of rainfall.


2-27 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


(iii) Cold Season (early December to the end of February):

The fall in temperature is minimum in January, when the mean temperature falls to 12oC during daytime and to 5oC during the night.

The transitional seasons are:

• Post-monsoon (September to end of November). It is transitional period between the rainy and cold seasons. Monsoon normally retreats by the middle of September. With this, a gradual change in weather takes place and continues till the end of November. Thus, October and November are the months with transitional climates between rainy and winter seasons. The weather remains generally dry and fair.

• Pre-hot season (March to mid-April). It is a transitional period between the cold and hot seasons. At times, there may be a shower or two accompanied by hail storms and squalls which do a lot of damage to crops. The winds are warm and dry during the last days of March; it is the time for harvest.

2.13.2 Temperature

The sub-tropical latitudinal and continental location of Punjab makes huge variation of temperature each month. Though the minimum air temperature rarely drops below 0o C, ground frost is a common phenomenon in mid -winter. The rise in temperature is gradual when the air has high moisture content with the sky remaining overcast; the rise is however steep when the sky is clear and there is little moisture content in the air.

The highest daytime temperature is recorded during the months of May and June. It is 40.4o C at Patiala, 40.4o C at Amritsar and 41.2o C at Ludhiana. The daily maximum temperature in Ludhiana remains above 41o C for 45 days in a year. The lowest maximum temperature is recorded during the month of January, when the sunrays are more oblique as compared to the other months. The cold winds check the rise of day temperature.

The minimum temperature is recorded between December and February. The lowest minimum temperature recorded at Amritsar is 0.2o C and at Ludhiana 0.5oC. At Amritsar the minimum temperature remains below 5oC for 55 days. The maximum number of days with the lowest night time temperature is in the month of January. The highest minimum temperature is recorded in the month of June. The average annual range of temperature all over the state is around 21oC. The mean monthly range of temperature varies from 9oC in July to about 18oC in November.

2.13.3 Rainfall

The amount of rainfall in Punjab ranges between 250 mm and 1000 mm. The maximum rain falls near the Shivalik Hills and the minimum towards the desert in the west. 70 to 80 percent of the total rainfall is concentrated during the three months of south-west monsoon winds and the rest comes during the winter months. There is wide difference in the amount of rainfall experienced in east and west Punjab. Near the hills, rainfall is over 1000 mm. Gurdaspur, Hoshiarpur, Ropar districts and eastern parts of Patiala receive an annual rainfall of more than 750 mm. The 500 mm rainfall line runs in a north-west


2-28 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


to south-east direction and cuts Punjab into almost two equal zones. The Fazilka tehsil in the extreme west receives a rainfall of less than 250 mm.

The major part of annual rainfall is experienced during the monsoon period, when the monsoon current in the Bay of Bengal enters from the south-east. The normal onset of the monsoon in Punjab is in the first week of July.

During the winter season, weather in Punjab is normally cool and dry. This type of weather is associated with the passage of western disturbances through the region.The importance of winter rainfall in Punjab is immense primarily because of its time and effectiveness. In the area adjoining the Shivalik Hills, winter crops is dependent upon this rainfall. The sub-Shivalik region receives more than 100 mm of rainfall from December to March.

2.13.4 Land Use

Punjab is primarily an agrarian state and 70% people are engaged in agriculture. Against an all India average of 51 percent, Punjab has 85 per cent of its area under cultivation. The fertiliser consumption in Punjab is the highest in India. The efforts of the state government to provide irrigation, cheap power and agriculture inputs at subsidised rates have acted as a catalyst for agricultural production.

The forest cover in the state is low. Out of the total geographical area of 50,362 sq. km, 2,901 sq. km is recorded as forest in the state.

The state is traversed by a number of perennial rivers and a network of canals. The other major water bodies in the state include barrages and the wetlands.

2.13.5 Bio- Diversity

The state is rich in the various species of flora and fauna. It has three major wetlands. Wetlands are areas of marsh, fen, peat land or water, whether natural or artificial, permanent or temporary, with water that is static or flowing, fresh, brackish or salty, including areas of marine water, the depth of which at low tide does not exceed six meters. Wetlands may be either natural or man made.

These wetlands are amongst the most productive ecosystems. They regulate the hydrological cycle and maintain the water quality. They provide refuge to large number of endangered plants and animals. They support diverse food chains and food webs and provide ground for migratory waterfowl. The diverse flora and fauna at the wetlands of Punjab include:

(i) Hari-ke-pattan Wetland:

• Presence of more than 20000 waterfowls.

• Vulnerable and endangered species like Indian Skimmer, Yellow-eyed Pigeon, Sykes’s Knight Jar, Rufus-vented Prinia, Scaup Duck, Falcated Teal, and White-headed Stiff tailed Duck, Testudine Turtie and Smooth Indian Otter.

• Mammals: Smooth Indian Otter, Wild boar, Hog deer.


2-29 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


• Birds: Great Creasted Grebe, White Necked Stork, Adjutant Stork, Glossy Ibis, Pintail, Common Teal, Gadwall, Common Pochard ,Scaup Duck, Falcated or Bronze Capped Teal, Coot Eastern curlew, Indian Skimmer or Scisorbill, Brown Shrike.

• Reptiles: 7 species of turtles and 4 species of snakes.

• Amphibians: 6 taxa of frogs and toads.

• Fishes: 16 taxa, the important being Labeo, Catla, Puntius, Cirrhina, Channa and Mystus.

• Aquatic Invertebrates : Molluscs (39 taxa), Insects (32 taxa), Crustaceans (27 taxa), Annelids (7 taxa), Nematodes (4 taxa), Rotifers (59 taxa), Protozoans (21 taxa).

• Planta: 24 terrestrial and 14 aquatic taxa of which the major ones include Dalbergia, prosopis, Albizzia, Ficus, Azolia, Hydrilla, Nelumbo, typha, phragmites etc.

(ii) Kanjli Wetland:

• Mammals: Flying fox, Wildcat, Squirrel.

• Birds : Great Crested Grebe, Eastern Purple Heron, Brahminy or Ruddy Shelduck, Pintail, Common Teal, Mallard, Gadwall, Wigeon, Blue Winged Teal or Garganey, Shoveller, Redcrested Pochard, Common Pochard.

• Reptiles and Amphibians: Snakes, Frogs and Tortise.

• Fishes: (12 taxa) main are Labeo, Catla, Channa, Cyprinus, Mystus, Notopterus.

• Invertebrates: molluscs (4 taxa), Insects (6 taxa), Nematodes (7 taxa) , Rotifers (13 taxa), and Protozoans (5 taxa).

• Plants: 22 taxa of trees and shurbs and 10 taxa of marshy and aquatic plants.

(iii) Ropar Wetland:

• Mammals: (9 taxa). Main are Wildboar, common Mongoose, Fruit Bat, Jungle Cat

• Birds: (154 species). Main are Rudy Shedluck, Mallard, Pintail, Spotbill Duck, Gadwall, Coot, Whiskered Tern, Peafowl, Green Bee-eater, Rofousbacked Shrike, Tailor bird, Weaver bird.

• Reptiles and Amphibians: Snakes, Frogs and Tortise.

• Fishes : (35 species) main are Labeo rohita, Cirrhina mrigala, Cyprinus carpio, Mystus cavasius, Notopterus notopterus, Puntis sophori, Channa punctatus, Ambasis ranga

• Invertebrates: Insects (9 taxa), Crustaceans (9 taxa) , Rotifers (11 taxa), and Protozoans (10 taxa).

• Plants : 29 species of trees, 13 shurbs and grasses and about 10 species of aquatic plants. Important are Acacia arabica, Dalbergia sissoo, Delonix regia, Syzygium cumini, Zizyphus mauritiana, Utricularia sp, Ipomoea aquatica, Cyprus sp.


2-30 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


2.14 Current Status of Institutional Framework

2.14.1 Financing of Tourism Project

There are a number of state and national level financial institutions which provide funds for a range of tourism related and infrastructure projects. These include TFCI, State Finance Corporation and Infrastructure Development Corporations.

(i) Tourism Finance Corporation of India Ltd. (TFCI)

TFCI was promoted by the IFCI Ltd., along with other all India Financial / Investment Institutions and nationalised banks such as UTI, IDBI, ICICI, LIC, SBI etc. to cater to financial requirements of tourism industry. TFCI provides financial assistance to enterprises, for setting up and / or development of tourism related activities, facilities and services, which inter-alia include hotels, restaurants, holiday resorts, amusements parks and complexes for entertainment, education and sports, safari parks, rope-ways, cultural centres, convention halls, all forms of transport industry, air taxis, travel and tour operating agencies, tourism emporia, sports facilities etc. TFCI provides all forms of financial assistance for new, expansion, diversification / modernisation projects in tourism industry and / related activities, facilities and services. TFCI also provides high quality research and consultancy services to the tourism industry in general and to the investors in tourism industry in particular.

Facilities for financing tourism related projects are available through Tourism Finance Corporation of India (TFCI), State Financial Corporation and / or State Infrastructure Development Corporation. Besides there other Financial institutions at the state level and national level which provide funds for infrastructure development to boost tourism development in the state.

The TFCI has financed a large number of projects in different states, including three projects in Punjab. These are as under:

1. Hotel Mount View, Chandigarh 2. Hotel Shivalik View, Chandigarh 3. Hotel James, Chandigarh

2.14.2 Human Resources Development

The success of tourism industry depends as much on the availability of requisite infrastructure, as on availability of trained manpower to work as guides, interpreters, tour operators and above all to serve in Hotels and Restaurants, so as to ensure a comfortable and happy stay by the tourists. Hence trained persons in tourism related subsectors are seen as a sinequa non for the tourism industry. One of the main considerations in promotion of tourism is to draw advantage in terms of the employment multiplier effect resulting in creation of additional employment opportunities. It is believed that an investment of Rs. 10 Lakhs in tourism results in creation of 89 jobs compared to 45 in agriculture and 13 in manufacturing. Further, it is believed the visit of one foreign tourist provides employment to one person. Similarly 17 domestic tourists generate one job in the country.

However, in the absence of adequate training facilities within the state the local youths may not be able to benefit despite generation of additional job opportunities. Hence, the need for the state government to consider setting up more – institutes and Training Centers to prepare the young boys and girls to be part of the manpower available for tourism sector.


2-31 of 31 1450//A/ February 2003


Though there are over 35 Hotel Management and Food Craft Institute in the country, adequate avenues for human resource development for tourism industry viz Hotel Management Institute and Food Craft Institutes are not available in Punjab. Therefore its youth have to find avenues of training outside Punjab’s neighbouring states of Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, U.P. Delhi and Chandigarh. The more important institutes in Punjab and neighbouring state are mentioned below:

1. Institute of Hotel Management

Hardo Channi Road, Gurdaspur.

2. Dr. Ambedkar Institute of Hotel Management

Sector 42-D, Chandigarh.

3. Food Craft Institute

Sector 42-D, Chandigarh.


Kufri, Shimla – 171012.


Kufri, Shimla – 171012.


Badkal Lake, Faridabad.


Pusa Complex, New Delhi – 110012


Sikar Road, Jaipur – 302016.


Opp. Lady Sriram College ,

New Delhi – 110024.


Aliganj, Lucknow – 226020.


University Polytechnic Campus,

Aligarh – 202002


3-1 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


3 FIELD SURVEY FINDINGS

3.1 Introduction

This chapter summarises the results of the primary survey of stakeholders – Foreign tourists, Domestic tourists, Tour operators and Travel agents, Industry associations, Tourism departments and other concerned government departments and experts.

3.2 Sampling plan and Methodology

DCEL undertook primary field visits of the existing & potential destinations in Punjab. The study team identified various destinations and attractions of tourism interest across the state. The next step included visiting various destinations and attractions in the state. For the purpose of maximising our coverage the state was divided into four different zones based on the geographical settings: Patiala Zone, Amritsar Zone, Ludhiana Zone and Bathinda Zone. Figure 3.1 shows the different zones in Punjab.

Figure 3.1: Different Zones in Punjab

During the field visits, the study team interacted with domestic & foreign tourists, tour operators, State Govt. officials, various associations & institutions of the state including, hotel owners & property developers, tourism experts and community heads. The details of the respondents contacted as part of this study are given in Annexure-I (Volume II)

The study team visited 12 tourist destinations & a number of tourist attractions in and around these destinations. The idea was to obtain first hand knowledge about the various destinations & attractions. The destinations and attractions visited during the survey are listed in Table 3.1. The detailed profiles of the destinations visited by the DCEL team are enclosed as Annexure-III (Volume II) to this report.


3-2 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


Table 3.1: Region wise and theme wise tourist destinations and places Zones District/ Destination Tourist Place Theme

Quila Mubarak Heritage and Archaeological Shish Mahal Art Gallery Heritage and Archaeological Bahadurgarh Quila Heritage and Archaeological Baradari Garden Heritage and Archaeological Kali Devi Temple Religious Gurudwara Dukh Niwaran Religious

Patiala

Mugal Sarai, Shambhu Heritage and Special Interest Aam Khas Bagh Heritage and Archaeological Sadna Quasai Mosque Archaeological Gurudwara Fatehgarh Sahib Religious Gurudwara Jyoti Sarup Religious

Fatehgarh Sahib

Rauza Sharif religious Ropar Wetland Nature Gurudwara Parivar Vichhora Nature Gurudwara Anandgarh Sahib Religious Anandgarh fort Heritage and Religious Gurudwara Damdama Sahib Religious

PATI

ALA

ZO

NE

Rupnagar

Nangal Dam Educational Golden Temple Religious Durgiana Mandir Religious Jallian Walla Bagh Heritage Summer Palace Heritage and Archaeological Baba Bakala Religious Ram Tirth Religious Taran Taran Religious Sarai Amanat Khan Heritage and Archaeological Wagha Border Special Interest

Amritsar

Hari Ke Pattan Nature Shahpur Kandi Fort Heritage and Archaeological Coral Tourist Complex Leisure Ranjit Sagar Dam Leisure Gulmohar Tourist Bungalow Leisure Takht-I-Akbari, Kalanaur Heritage and Archaeological Anarkali Baradari, Batala Heritage and Archaeological Shamsher Khan Tomb, Batala Heritage and Archaeological Dera Baba Nanak Religious

Gurdaspur

Vaishnav Monastry Religious Panch Mandir Religious Moorish Mosque Heritage Shalimar Garden Heritage and Nature

AM

RIT

SAR

ZO

NE

Kapurthala

Kanjali Wetland Nature Rural Museum Nature and leisure Ancient Site, Sunet Archaeological Gurudwara Nanaksar, Jagraon Religious Gurudwara Manji Sahib, Alamgir Religious Gurudwara Charan Kamal Religious Dera Bhani Sahib Religious

LUD

HIA

NA

ZO

NE Ludhiana

Neelon Tourist Complex Leisure


3-3 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


Zones District/ Destination Tourist Place Theme Bhrigusamhita Institute Special Interest Hoshiarpur

Jaijon Doaba Village Heritage and Leisure Devi Talab Religious Desh Bhagat Hall Historical Catholic Cathedral Religious

Jalandhar

Sarai Noor Mahal Heritage and Archaeological Bathinda Fort Heritage and Archaeological Bathinda

Gurudwara Talwandi Sabo Religious Muktsar Gurudwara Muktsar Religious

Faridkot Fort Heritage and Archaeological Raj Mahal Heritage and Archaeological B

ATH

IND

A

ZON

E

Faridkot

Mygodrishah Gurudwara Religious

The travel and tourism industry in the state has the following stakeholders:

• Tourists

• Foreign tourists

• Domestic tourists

• State Tourism department

• Government departments like Forest department, PWD, Electricity board, Water supply and sewerage department, Municipal corporations, Archaeological Survey of India etc

• Tour operators and Travel agents

• Hotel and Restaurant industry

• Entrepreneurs & Financial institutions

3.3 Sample Size

The sample size of the field survey is given in Table 3.2.

Table 3.2: Sample Size Surveyed

Stakeholder category Sample size surveyed Foreign tourists 25 Domestic tourists 53 Tour operators 10 State Govt. departments 19 Associations/ Hotel owners/ 13 Developers 03

3.4 Survey Findings

DCEL undertook a survey of domestic & foreign tourists and obtained their opinion on various issues. The survey team interviewed 53 domestic tourists and 25 foreign tourists. The assignment commenced in the second week of April, by which, the tourist season was almost at its end. During the field visits, it was noticed that the visitors to a destination were of two distinct groups – Tourists and Day Visitors. The tourists spent at least 24 hours at the destination, whereas the day tourists spent the day at the


3-4 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


tourist spots and returned to their respective places by nightfall. To analyse the profile of the tourists visiting Punjab, the tourists have been segmented into two sections – Domestic & Foreign tourists.

Various other stakeholders like hotels and restaurant associations, various government departments were also visited to assess their role and the potential of tourism development in the state.

3.5 Survey of Foreign Tourists

The survey was initiated in the second week of April, by when, the foreign tourists were hardly seen in the state. 25 foreign tourists were contacted during the study period. The survey revealed that the major port of entry of these foreign tourists was Delhi and their visit to Punjab was mainly for seeing the cultural and heritage site of Punjab. Most of them were on their first visit to the State. The main source of information for them was the Government Information Centres. Most of them were on their own planned tour i.e. the foreign tourists on package tours were hardly encountered. The summarised survey findings are given below:

3.5.1 Demographic Profile

A majority of the foreign tourists arriving in the state (52%) are in the age groups of 35 to 54 years out of which 36% are between 35-44 years and 16% between 45-54 years. Tourists between the ages of 25-34 years comprise 28% of the total tourist population. The above findings are depicted in Figure 3.2. 68% of the foreign tourists whom the survey team contacted as a part of this study were male respondents and 32% were female respondents. Around 70% of the foreign tourists were executives or professionals.

Figure 3.2: Demographic Profile

15-24 years8%

25-34 years28%

35-44 years36%

45-54 years16%

55-64 years12%

3.5.2 Port of Entry and Country of Origin

The major port of entry of the foreign tourists was Delhi (Figure 3.3). The foreign tourists arrive in Punjab from USA, Germany, France, Australia, Canada and UK. Tourists also arrive from Costarica, New Zealand, Israel, Greece, and other Asian countries like Indonesia, Afghanistan, Pakistan and Japan.


3-5 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


Figure 3.3: Port of Entry – Foreign Tourists

Delhi92%

Mumbai8%

3.5.3 Purpose of Visit

Most of the foreign tourists were on their visit to Punjab mainly for leisure or for seeing the heritage monuments and cultural aspects of the State (Figure 3.4).

Figure 3.4: Purpose of Visit– Foreign Tourists

Leisure48%

Business/Conference

8%

Culture/Heritage/

M onuments44%

3.5.4 Travel Pattern

About 60% of the surveyed tourists were travelling alone, 32% with their family and 8% in groups (Figure 3.5).

Figure 3.5: Travel Pattern – Foreign Tourists

Alone60%

In Group8%

With Family32%


3-6 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


3.5.5 Tour Arrangements and Mode of Transport

A majority (96%) of the foreign tourists opined did not have an option of a package tour and the mode of transport which they use is a combination of Air, rail and roads. In addition to Punjab the tourists also visited Delhi, Agra, and Himachal Pradesh. 68% of the tourists travelled by rail and 32% by road. to travel to their destinations in Punjab

3.5.6 Frequency of Visit

About 92% of the foreign tourists were visiting the state for the first time and only 8% of the tourists were on their repeat visit.

3.5.7 Source of Information

Government tourism offices are the main source of information for the foreign tourists visiting the state. While 72% of the tourists gathered information from government tourist offices, 28% were recommended by their friends, relatives and their acquaintances. Other sources of information like, newspapers, journals, travel guides, etc. have almost negligible role in promoting the tourism among the foreign tourists.

3.5.8 Average Length of Stay

80% of the surveyed tourists stay at a destination for an average period of less than a week (Figure 3.6)

Figure 3.6: Average Length of Stay – Foreign Tourists

1-2Week8%

> 2 Week12%

Less Then 1 Week80%

3.5.9 Average Spending

On an average foreign tourists spend about US $ 84 per day, which is equivalent to Rs. 3948 (conversion rate of 1 US $ = Rs.47). Tourists spending an average of less than $50 a day are maximum in number (44%). While 32% of the tourists reported spending between 51-100 $ a day, only 16% reported spending $ 100-200. This indicates that most of the foreign tourists in Punjab are average spenders (Figure 3.7)


3-7 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


Figure 3.7: Average Spending – Foreign Tourists

< $5044%

$51 - $10032%

$101 - $20016%

> $2018%

3.5.10 Spending Pattern

Foreign tourists spend a major share of their daily expenses on accommodation (51%), followed by food (26%) and transportation (21%). Shopping constitutes only 2% of the total daily expenditure (Figure 3.8)

Figure 3.8: Spending Pattern – Foreign Tourists

Food26%

Transportation21%

Shopping2%

Accommodation51%

3.5.11 Type of Accommodation

Most of the foreign tourists visiting Punjab prefer to stay in star (1, 2, 3) category hotels (72%). Low budget foreign tourists (28%) prefer staying in the government approved and budget hotels.

3.5.12 Level of Satisfaction

As part of the study, the foreign tourists were also requested to perceptually rank the destination visited by them on various parameters like accommodation, tourist attractions & sight seeing, connectivity by air & rail, tourist safety, communication facilities, sanitation, health & banking facilities. The ranking was done by the tourists on a scale of 1 to 5, wherein 1 was poor and 5 was excellent. The tourists ranked facilities like accommodation, tourist attractions, sight seeing, road transport, railway, safety of tourists, health, communication and banking facilities on an average scale. The tourists ranked the services like, airports, sanitation and shopping facilities as below average. Availability of guides, domestic airline


3-8 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


services and facilities for elderly was ranked as poor by most of the foreign tourists. The survey findings on the general level of satisfaction for basic services are shown in Figure 3.9

Figure 3.9: Level of Satisfaction – Foreign Tourists

0 1 2 3 4

Guide Services

Domestic A irlines

Facilities For Elderly / Disabled

Airport

Cleanliness(Sanitation

Shopping Facilities

Banking Facilities

Emergency Health Facilities

Tourist Attraction

Sight Seeing

Road Transport

Safety o f Tourist

Accommodation

Communication Facilities

Railway

0- Poor -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->> Excellent

5

3.5.13 Overall Experience

More than half (56%) of the foreign tourists were satisfied by the visit to Punjab. 16% of the tourists contacted were not satisfied with their visit (Figure3.10)

According to the survey results, though most of the foreign tourists were satisfied with their visit to Punjab, but more than half of the tourists did not show any interest in visiting the state again. 56% of the foreign tourists opined that they would not like to visit Punjab again .

Figure 3.10: Overall Experience – Foreign Tourists

Satisfactory56%

Un- Satisfactory16%

OK28%


3-9 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


3.5.14 Major items of interest

The attractions and major items of tourist interest, as indicated by the foreign tourist, are culture & heritage, handicrafts, archaeological attractions, monuments and shopping of local stuffs.

3.5.15 Problems faced during stay

As per survey findings, the problems that the foreign tourists encountered during their stay and travel in the state include:

• Food: The availability of choice foods was a major problem highlighted by the surveyed foreign tourism. They opined that most of the time they had to search for the food/cuisine matching their taste.

• Transportation: The local transport or conveyance was a problem for the foreign tourists mainly in the small towns, villages or places located far away from the main town or district head quarters. They opined that transportation was not only costly but also inconvenient at times.

• Tourist information about the destinations and places of interest was reported to be inadequate.

• Emergency Health Care and instant medical facilities was another aspect that the tourists were concerned about. Practically, such facilities are not available in most of the places of tourist attraction.

• Banking facilities: The insufficient number of ATM facilities and foreign exchange dealers at the tourist destinations was another problem faced by the tourists. Payment by credit cards was not acceptable at majority of shops, restaurants.

• Safety and Security: Although the safety and security aspects is not a major problem in the state, however a need for better security measures was felt necessary by the foreigners. Harassment and cheating by the locals was raised by to most of the foreign tourists.

• Pollution and cleanliness: The increased pollution level in the major towns and cities and the need for cleanliness at many of the places of tourist interest was pointed out by many of the foreigners.

• Language barrier with locals and lack of trained guides was also perceived to be a problem

3.5.16 Suggestions for improvement of tourist destination

The suggestions received from the foreign tourists for improving the tourist destinations are summarised as follows:

• Setting up of more number of information outlets at destinations and at the entry points.

• Availability of foreign language tourist guides.

• Transportation and accessibility to all the tourist destinations and places of interests should be upgraded. Frequency of the transport to be improved.

• Better public and civic facilities in the form of wayside amenities and proper signages.


3-10 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


• Better and cheaper accommodation and local conveyance. Pre-paid auto and taxis at the destinations mostly frequented by the tourists.

• Facility for smooth banking and acceptance of credit cards at major outlets of all towns and cities.

• Improvement of the hotel services which have to become more tourist friendly.

• Better informed guides and travel / tour operators.

3.5.17 Main areas of concern

Some of the major areas of concern that can be analysed after interacting with the foreign tourists visiting the State include:

• Spoiling of image by the unauthorised and scrupulous agents and touts, who look at their personal short term benefit rather than long term gain.

• Lack of tourist related information at the various entry points (like airports, railway station, bus stands etc.), (which act as the first point of impression) very often displeases and confuses the foreign tourists.

• Lack of proper tourism infrastructure i.e. banking facilities, transportation etc.

3.6 Survey of Domestic Tourists

Most of the domestic tourists arrive in Punjab from the neighbouring states namely Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Delhi and Uttar Pradesh. On festive occasions, the state also attracts domestic tourists from far-off states. The summarised survey findings are given in following section. Most of the domestic tourists travel to Punjab for visiting the numerous Gurudwars.

3.6.1 Demographic Profile: Domestic Tourists

About 17% of the tourists are in the age group of 15-24 years, 43% are in the age group of 25-34, 30% in the age group of 35–44 years and 10% are in the age group of 45–64 years. This is illustrated in the Figure 3.11. Almost 80% of the tourists are male.

Figure 3.11: Demographic Profile – Domestic Tourists

Leisure35%

Religious 36%

Culture/Heritage/M onuments

4%

Business/Conference21%

No Reply2%Culture/Religious

2%

The tourist profile in terms of their occupational background is as given in Figure 3.12.


3-11 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


Figure 3.12: Occupational Background – Domestic Tourists

Prof essionals9%

Executiv es28%

Entrepreneurs26%

Others37%

3.6.2 Purpose of visit

Most of the domestic tourists were on their visit to the sate either for Leisure or religious purposes (Figure 3.13)

Figure 3.13: Purpose of Visit– Domestic Tourists

Leisure35%

Religious 36%

Culture/Heritage/Monuments

4%

Business/Conference

21%

No Reply2%

Culture/Religious 2%

3.6.3 Travel Pattern

Figure 3.14 illustrates the travel pattern of the domestic tourists visiting the state. While 68% of the tourists were found visiting the state along with their family, only 6% were found travelling in groups other than their family. 26% of the total tourists travelled alone.

Figure 3.14: Travel Pattern– Domestic Tourists

Alone26%

With Family68%

In Group 6%

3.6.4 Package Tour

Most (88%) of the tourists had planned their itineraries and made all the arrangements by themselves, which included planning for the destinations and arranging for the accommodation & transportation, etc.


3-12 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


There were only a few tourists who were on a packaged tour.

3.6.5 Mode of Transportation

Travelling by train is the most preferred mode of transport of the tourists visiting Punjab followed by road journeys. Only a handful of the domestic tourists travel to their destinations by air. The survey findings are presented in Figure 3.15.

Figure 3.15: Mode of Transportation – Domestic Tourists

Air2%

Road38%

Train56%

No Reply2%

Train/Road2%

3.6.6 Average Length of Stay

66% of the interviewed tourists stated that they were in Punjab/destination for less than a week. While 22% of the tourists stayed for a period for 1-2 weeks, only 8% stayed for more than 2 weeks.

It was also found that there were a large number of day visitors present at a destination. These tourists originate from within the state, from nearby places and from the neighbouring states & towns.

Figure 3.16: Average Length of Stay – Domestic Tourists

Less than 1 week65%

1-2 weeks25%

> 2 weeks8%

No reply2%

3.6.7 Frequency of Visits

More than half of the domestic tourists (55%) were on their first visit to Punjab. About 47% of the tourists where on their repeat visits.


3-13 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


3.6.8 Source of information

The tourist destinations of Punjab are not widely publicised. A majority of the domestic tourists obtained references from their friends and relatives (71%). This is an indication that there is a need for a massive publicity drive. At present, publicity about the various places of tourist interest is spread by word of mouth. Government Tourism Department and Travel Journals contribute 6% each to disseminate information. Television and newspaper advertisements do not have any significant contribution in providing information about the state (Figure 3.17).

Figure 3.17: Source of Information – Domestic Tourists

Television2%

Adv.(Travel Journal))6%

Friends/Relative71%

Govt. Tourist Offices6%

Others9%

No Reply6%

3.6.9 Average Spending

The survey findings showed that on an average, the domestic tourist visiting Punjab spend about Rs.840 per day. The tourists spending between Rs. 500-1000 per day are maximum in number accounting for about 38%. Tourists spending less than Rs. 500 per day account for around 28% of the total tourists. Number of tourists whose daily spending is between Rs. 1000-2000 is around 30% of the total tourist population (Figure 3.18). This indicates that the average domestic tourist is not a high-end spender in Punjab

Figure 3.18: Average Spending – Domestic Tourists

< Rs 50028%

Rs.501 - Rs 100038%

No Reply4%

Rs. 1001 - Rs 200030%


3-14 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


3.6.10 Share of Expenses

According to the survey findings most of the domestic tourists spend a major part of their daily expenses on accommodation (33%), followed by transportation (31%), and food (26%). Shopping constitutes 8% of the daily expenses of a domestic tourist in Punjab (Figure 3.19)

Figure 3.19: Share of Expense – Domestic Tourists

Accommodation33.07%

Transportat ion31.27%

Entertainment1.30%

Shopping8.09%

Food26.27%

3.6.11 Type of Accommodation

The domestic tourists visiting Punjab prefer to stay mainly in government approved & budget hotels and 1,2,3 star category hotels. A significant number of the tourists in Punjab stay in Gurudwaras and Lodges The four star hotels are least preferred by the domestic tourists visiting Punjab and none of the surveyed tourist stayed in those hotels. The survey findings are presented in Figure 3.30.

Figure 3.20: Type of Accommodation– Domestic Tourists

1 , 2 , 3 Star Category

34%Others19%

No Reply9%

Gov t. Approv ed & Budget

38%

3.6.12 Level of Satisfaction As part of the study, the domestic tourists were also requested to perceptually rank the destination visited on various parameters like accommodation, tourist attractions & sight seeing, connectivity by air & railways, tourist safety, communication facilities, sanitation, health & banking facilities. The ranking was done on a scale of 1 to 5, wherein 1 was poor and 5 was excellent. Airport, road transport, railway, sanitation, safety of tourists, communication and banking facilities received the highest ranking at 4. The lowest ranks were awarded to availability of domestic airlines, and guide services. The same is shown in Figure 3.31.


3-15 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


Figure 3.21: Overall Rating for Different Facilities

0 1 2 3 4 5

Domestic Airlines

Guide Services

Facilit ies For Elderly/Disabled

Emergency Health Facilit ies

Shopping Facilit ies

Sight Seeing

Accommodat ion

Tourist At t ract ion

Road Transport

Banking Facilit ies

Cleanliness

Safety of Tourist

Airport

Railway

Communicat ion Facilit ies

Poor------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------>> Excellent

3.6.13 Overall experience

A majority (66%) of the domestic tourists, who were interviewed as part of this study, expressed that their visit to Punjab was satisfactory. Though none of the tourists replied “Unsatisfactory”, 26% of the tourists expressed that their experience was just an average (OK).

86% of the tourists showed their interest in visiting the tourist destinations again.

3.6.14 Problems faced during stay

The problems that the domestic tourists had encountered during their stay and travel in the state includes:

1. The local transport or the conveyance was a problem for the tourists mainly in the small towns, villages or places located away from the main town or district head quarters. They were not only costly but also inconvenient at times. The need for proper bus services was also felt.

2. Inadequate tourist information about the destinations and places of interest. 3. Lack of signages and language problem of the existing signages and mile stones (they are

only in Punjabi) 4. Poor hotel services. 5. Difficulty in getting cheaper and hygienic hotels. 6. Absence of trained guides 7. Inadequate number of good restaurants at most of the places and availability of good &

hygienic food 8. Lack of wayside amenities


3-16 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


3.6.15 Suggestions for improvement of tourist destination

The domestic tourists suggested the following for further improving the tourist destinations in Punjab:

• Setting up of more number of information outlets at the destinations and the entry points (Railway Stations/Bus Stands).

• Frequency of transport facilities to the tourist destinations and places of interest needs to be improved. Government transportation needs to be augmented.

• Better Rail connectivity.

• Better public and civic facilities viz. wayside amenities, signages etc.

• Availability of better and cheaper accommodation and local conveyance. Pre-paid auto and taxis at the destinations mostly frequented by the tourists.

• More publicity through media about the destinations.

• Improvement of the hotel services and the need to become more tourist friendly.

• Better informed guides and travel / tour operators.

• Attention to the needs of old and disabled people

• Cleanliness at tourist spots

• Attractive Package tours

3.6.16 Main areas of concern

The concerns expressed by the foreign tourists and domestic tourists are more or less similar in nature:

• Spoiling of image by the unauthorised and scrupulous agents and touts.

• Lack of tourist related information at the various entry points and destinations

• Harassment by the local auto and taxi drivers.

• Lack of proper tourism infrastructure.

3.7 Survey of Tour operators/Travel agents

Travel agents and tour operators can play a major role in promoting tourism in the state. The survey team interacted with three categories of tour operators/ Travel agents i.e. those working at the Regional, Interstate and the International level. The regional and interstate tour operators/travel agents are mainly concentrated in the capital i.e. Chandigarh and Amritsar. The international tour operators are mostry located in Chandigarh, Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Amritsar.

3.7.1 Range of services

The Regional and Interstate Tour Operators/ Travel Agents are undertaking very limited activities within the state. Their range of services primarily includes Air/ Railway Ticket booking, provision of transport facilities and Hotel Booking. There are very few Tour Operators offering package tour services within the state.


3-17 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


Presently, some international tour operators are organising tours in Punjab. However, they are offering several services like hotel booking, package tours, transport facility, tour guides, event management, etc

3.7.2 Origin of Tourist Traffic

As per the interactions, most of the domestic tourists are from the state itself. However, Interstate tourists utilising the services of the tour operators are mainly from Delhi, Haryana and Himachal Pradesh.

Majority of the foreign tourists are coming from USA, Germany, France, Australia, Canada and UK.

3.7.3 Preferred Tourist Attractions/Circuits

Interstate religious tours are being organised for places like Amritsar, Anandpur Sahib and Fatehgarh Sahib from different states. Most of the destinations are visited as stand alone or a combination of visits to other famous religious/other places.

• Amritsar – Baba Bakala – Ram Tirth – Taran Taran

• Anandpur Sahib – Nangal

• Fatehgarh Sahib – Gurudwara Pariwar Vichhora (Ropar)

As per the interaction with the international tour operators, the main attraction for the foreign tourists in the state is the heritage & religious places and unique culture of the state. Most of these foreign tours are focussed on visits to Amritsar. These tours are mainly organised by the tourists themselves.

3.7.4 Preferred Tourist Destinations

The people from Pakistan, Afganistan, Bangladesh and Indonesia come to the state during the time of “Urs” at Rauza Sharif in Fatehgarh Sahib. Golden Temple is also a major attraction for most of the western tourists. A lot of NRI’s from Canada and UK visit the state and go to the Gurudwaras.

The interactions revealed that the popular destinations amongst the tourists based on the purpose of visit/ theme are:

PURPOSE/ THEME DESTINATION

Pilgrimage Amritsar, Patiala, Fatehgarh Sahib, AnandpurSahib, Bathinda, Muktsar, Rupnagar

Heritage/ Forts/Palaces Patiala, Fatehgarh Sahib, Bathinda

Handicraft Patiala, Jalandhar, Muktsar

Business Jalandhar, Kapurthala, Ludhiana, Hoshiarpur

Nature Amritsar, Kapurthala, Rupnagar


3-18 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


3.7.5 Tourist Season - Important Fairs and festivals

(i) Hola Mohalla, (National Fair) Anandpur Sahib:

Hola Mohalla is celebrated in mid-March immediately after the festival of Holi.The 10th Prophet of the Sikhs, Sri Guru Gobind Singh ji had started this fair in 1700-AD. To the traditional festival of the colours, Holi, he added spiritual and martial dimensions. The fair begins a few days before Holi & is marked by the congregation of Sikh from all over the State, who arrive on trucks and tractors. A large number of 'Langars' (community kitchen) offer free food to the poor and the rich alike. The day after Holi, called Hola, begins with the singing of the divine hymns in the early morning hours. With the dawning of the day, the Nihangs, called the Guru's beloved force and colourful sects of the Sikhs, come centre-stage. They still wear traditional robes and armour of blue and saffron colours and all steel. They tie conical rising double turbans inter-laced with steel chakras (quoits) and steel rosaries, a cutlass dangling at the waist and a sword. (Sometimes also a lance) clutched in the right hand. They take out a procession riding their stallions. When they reach the bed of an old seasonal river Charan Ganga, they perform feats of martial valour such as riding two horses with one foot on the back of each and a weight balanced on their heads, fencing and enacting of mock battles.

(ii) Baisaki National Fair (April), Talwandi Sabo, Bathinda

It is another unique Punjabi fair, which tempers gay abandon with deep devotion. Dancing men and women, on the day of Baisakhi (Mid-April), emerge singing and dancing from the surrounding villages carrying a portion of the first harvest of wheat. Everyone is seen to be proceeding to the historical gurudwara to make an offering of it. Calm descends every where when they approach the Gurudwara and make their obeisance / offerings. Devotees from far off places run free kitchens here. The next day is taken over by the Nihangs and their awe-inspiring feats of the martial arts.

(iii) Ram Tirath, Amritsar

Ram Tirth located 11Kilometres west of Amritsar on Chogawan road dates back to the period of Ramayana, Rishi Balmiki's hermitage. The place has an ancient tank and many temples. A hut marks the site where Mata Sita gave birth to Luv & Kush and also, still extant are Rishi Balmiki's hut and the well with stairs where Mata Sita used to take her bath. The Bedis of Punjab (Guru Nanak Dev ji, the founder Prophet of Sikhism was a Bedi) trace their descent from Kush and Sodhis (the 10th Prophet of Sikhism, Guru Gobind Singh ji was a Sodhi) from Luv. A four-day fair, since times immemorial is held here starting on the full moon night in November.

(iv) Chhapaar Mela, Village Chhapaar (Ludhiana)

It is celebrated every September to propitiate, Guga or Goga-the Zahir Pir. He is described as the Lord of the snakes. Snake poison is neutralised by his grace and barren women are blessed with off springs. Thousands of devotees take Guga Pir in a procession and common people of different sects participate in this fair.


3-19 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


(v) Other Religious Fairs

• Fatehgarh Sahib: Gurudwara Fatehgarh Sahib Jor Mela.(December)

• Mukatsar Maghi Fair : On the occasion of Makar Sankranti in January every year in Muktsar.

• Baba Bakala: Every amavas (moonless night) and on the day of Raksha Bandhan a very big fair is organised.

• Jarag Mela, Ludhiana

• Dera Baba Nanak, Gurudaspur: Jor Mela eve of Maghi-second week of January.

• Kartarpur: Jalandhar : Gurudwara Thumb Sahib, Maghi, January

• Gurudwara Manji Sahib Alamgir Ludhiana: (14-15, 16 posh last week of December)

• Gurudwara Nanaksar Jagraon, Ludhiana - Barsi,Five day function (August)

• Bhagwathi Temple - Its history goes back to the 17th Century AD. The locality of the city in which this temple is located formed a part of a village, then called Khanna. People from this village were the devotees of Jwala Mukhi temple in Kangra. Once, when Kamala Bhagat of this village and another holy person Kali Nath were proceeding towards the Jawala Mukhi temple, Bhagwati Mata, the deity of Jawala Mukhi appeared before them, almost two kilometres before their destination the moment they had lit fire to pray. She blessed the devotees and told Kamala Bhagat that in future, he need not come to a pilgrimage to Jawala Mukhi because his worship at his village will be sanctified as his worship at her abode. Since then a religious fair is held at this place twice in a year.

• Maiser Khanna Bathinda: Twice a year.

• Kali Temple Kapurthala: A Mela is organised every year.

• Qadian, Gurdaspur: Qadian is located near Batala on the Amritsar-Gurdaspur road. Qadian is the home of the Ahmediya sect of the Muslims founded by Sheikh Ahmed Qadian towards the end of the 19th Century. Qadian is actually a town-ship with remarkable structures. The soaring Minar-i-Qadian, the Ahmediya mosque and tomb of the founder epitomise its soul. Ahemdiyas flourishing all over the world congregate here in the last week of December.

• Rauza Sharif, Sirhind, Fatehgarh Sahib: The magnificent and spacious Rauza is a mausoleum which commemorates the burial place of Mujadid-alf-Saani Sheikh Ahmed Farooqi, Kabuli, Sirhindi who lived during the reigns of Akbar and Jahangir from 1563 to 1634. The old mosque in the vicinity is extant, so are several cenotaphs. The tomb of the Shah Zaman, one of the Kings of Afghanistan indicates that the Rauza was once considered a propitious burial place of high and mighty. Some Muslim sects place it, next only to the Mecca in reverence. A great Urs is held here every August.


3-20 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


(vi) Other Fairs and Festivals

• Harballabh Sangeet Sammelan, Devi Talab, Jalandhar: National Fair, every December. Started by Baba Harballabh in the memory of his Guru Swami Tulja Giri in 1875. It is the only music fair of its type in India and even, abroad. The best of the country's exponents of instrumental and vocal music deem their careers incomplete unless they come and perform here. Also, great people from all walks of life look forward to attending this gathering. In 1929, Mahatma Gandhi had attended this fair.

• Rural Sports, National Fair (February), Kila Raipur, 6Km from Ludhiana: This meet or the fair epitomises the special Punjabi bon homie and the spirit that never says die, ingenious for finding competition and pleasure from ordinary things of life. Bullock carts and other animal races, awe inspiring feats of strength and danger, the traditional wrestling, cock-fighting, kabbadi and jumps and races are held. The meet is wound up with the electrifying dances of Punjab, the Gidha and the Bhangra.

• Martyrs - Bhagat Singh, Sukhdev & Rajguru Fair - The Fair to honour the memory of the martyrs is held on March 23rd every year at the site of the memorial in Ferozepur. Large gathering of people, is addressed by freedom fighters and the leaders of Punjab and India who highlight the sacrifices of these patriots

• Prof. Mohan Singh Mela, Ludhiana - It is a unique fair of cultural confluence of Punjabi artists, writers and folk performers- kind of a feast which may again, be called typically Punjabi. Alongside this cultural extravaganza noted writers and artists are honoured for their contribution to the promotion of Punjabi literature, language and culture.

3.7.6 Suggestions from Tour Operators

Some of the tour operators showed their interest to have linkages with the Tourism Department of Punjab. They are interested to work as approved tour operators. The international tour operators suggest that the cultural identity of Punjab needs to be publicised through various means to attract the tourists. Basic tourism related and wayside amenities need to be upgraded.

The interactions revealed that the tourists face problems due to the lack of proper and trained guides. Proper information about the places also is not available to the tourists.

3.7.7 Inferences

• There are no approved Tour Operators/ Travel Agents by the Department of Tourism

• There is a lack of awareness amongst the interstate & international tour operators about the tourist destinations

• There is very limited involvement of international tour operators in the state

• Limited package tours are being organised in the state

• Lack of trained guides in the state is a constraint for organising efficient package tours.


3-21 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


3.8 Interaction with State Government Departments, Associations and Institutions

The following emerged during the discussions with various relevant Government Departments of Punjab:

• The major tourist has been to attract the middle to high-income groups of tourist having higher disposable income. However, the budget category of people who formed a major chunk of domestic inflow of tourist can not be ignored at the same time.

• The service class people, who have higher disposable income should be targeted for a greater return to the state economy. However, all these are possible only when the state has adequate and quality infrastructure support.

• The tourism policy is being finalised and the thrust is to encourage more and more private participation in development of tourism related infrastructure.

• Government is in the process of finalising the procedures of handing over properties to the private parties for better management and maintenance.

3.9 State Tourism Directorate

As a part of our field survey, our team interacted with Secretary Tourism, Director Tourism, other officials of State Tourism Department at Chandigarh. The Salient Points that emerged are:

• The State Directorate of tourism and Punjab Tourism Development Corporations (PTDC) are focussing more on the development of mixed tourist destination circuits.

• The Government is going to offer variety to the tourists and not just a specific or focussed tourist circuit.

• The Department is also prioritizing the further development of Khalsa heritage Complex at Anandpur Sahib, Proposed Rope way between Naina Devi and Anandpur Sahib and Science City at Jalandhar. Apart from these, the Golden Temple, Harike Pattan and Rural Tourism are also the focus areas.

• The main objective of the state government is to identify and develop tourist destinations giving special focus to pilgrimage and religious tourism. To place Punjab on India’s tourism map, the state government has identified four cities, viz, Patiala, Amritsar, Anandpur Sahib and Kapurthala in the state Tourism policy focussing on their tourism potential.

• They are also trying to improve, diversify and expand marketing of the tourism products of the state and strengthen tourism infrastructure in the state and create new infrastructure wherever necessary.

• The government also envisages promotion of rural and highway tourism, laying emphasis on defining the role of the government and private sector in the development of tourism sector, besides ensuring participation of all stakeholders in the society including the travel trade and tourism industry.

The focus is of the Department is to:

• Promote economically, culturally and ecologically sustainable tourism in the State.


3-22 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


• Strengthen the quality and attractiveness of the tourism experience in Punjab.

• Increase the contribution of tourism to the economic development of interrelated infrastructure.

• Transform the role of Government to that of a facilitator.

• Promote focussed concepts in tourism such as Religious, Culture & Heritage tourism, Rural Tourism, Highway Tourism and Eco-Tourism.

3.10 Punjab Tourism Development Corporation

The survey team interacted with the MD, PTDC and other officials based at Chandigarh. In line with the State Governments focus areas, PTDC is laying thrust on Religious Tourism, Culture & heritage Tourism and Village tourism development in the state. Highway tourism is also on the priority of State Tourism Department.

3.11 Interactions with Associations / Institutions in Punjab

As per the Punjab State Hotel Association, there has been a decline in the tourist inflow due to the various internal & external disturbances in the recent years. Some of the issues which the association has taken up with the concerned state departments in recent times include Uniform tax structure for hotels, restaurants, pubs and beer & liquor bars in the state and regular water supply for better maintenance. As informed by the association, because of decreasing tourist inflow in to the state there has been marginal growth in terms of number of rooms. There are 2 new five star hotels which are in the construction stage. The association is of the opinion that the state should put more focus on Domestic tourists who come with family and has more disposable income.

3.11.1 Hotel & Restaurant Association

The survey team members interacted with, President and the Vice President of Hotel and Restaurant Association of Punjab, at Ludhiana and Ropar. The information collected was about number of Hotels in different cities and towns of Punjab, approximate. room capacity, average occupancy, various constraints in the hotel industry and level of attraction among the promoters for hotel industry. Details of Hotels and Restaurants in the five big cities of Punjab are given in Table 3.3.

Table 3.3: Details of Hotels and Restaurants in Five Big Cities of Punjab

City Hotels Rooms Beer Bars Liquor Bars Restaurants 5 Star Ludhiana 66 1356 17 2 31 2 (under

construction)Patiala 12 200 10 2 15 - Amritsar 55 835 15 1 62 - Bhatinda 25 482 6 3 12 - Jalandhar 25 529 26 5 20 - 183 3402 74 13 140


3-23 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


3.11.2 Tour operators/ Travel agents Association

There is no formal association of Tour operators and Travel agents existing at present in Punjab state. However, our team interacted with some of the Tour operator cum Travel agents. They mentioned that there is need for proper promotion for the development of Tourism in the state specially for attracting the foreign tourists. The state serves as a route to various tourist attractions in Himachal Pradesh and Jammu.

3.12 Tourism Promotional Initiatives

Some mega infrastructure projects related to tourism are in pipeline, which will definitely give a big push to the state’s tourism sector. Proposed ropeway between Anandpur Sahib and Naina Devi will be a major attraction, which can boost the present tourist inflow manifolds. Science City at Jalandhar, Government’s focus on Harike Pattan, Khalsa Centenary Complex at Anandpur Sahib are some of the other major initiatives which will carry the state tourism a long way.

The department is taking the following initiatives:

• Preparation of brochures, posters and attractive tourist maps for promotional activities.

• The state government has created a number of tourist information centres within and outside the state.

3.13 Tourism linkages with other Govt. departments

In addition to the interaction with officials from the Tourism Department of Punjab and the State Tourism Development Corporation, the team also interacted with officials from other state Govt. departments / institutions, which are directly or indirectly linked with the tourism sector in the state. Tourism has been accorded the status of industry in the state. The various proposed incentives and packages offered to the Tourism Industry include:

• For new project related to tourism there will be exemption from luxury tax for the period of 3 years. But in rest of the cases the luxury tax @ 5% will be levied.

• Grant of soft loan by the state level financial institutions.

• Sale tax holidays of 5 years for the new investors.

• Investment in pollution control facilities and equipments such as solid / liquid waste management equipments for recycling wastewater, sanitation facilities, captive power generation (generators) etc @ 15% of such investment subject to a separate ceiling of Rs 5.00 lakh.

• All tourist ventures with investment above Rs 20 lakhs as capital expenditure will get a subsidy of Rs 20% subject to a maximum ceiling of Rs 20 lakhs.

• All cases over and above of Rs 10 Crore will be put under special projects and special incentives will be granted on case-to-case basis.

• Luxury buses for tourism related areas would be exempted from road tax for 3 years. New metered taxis will be exempted from road tax for 2 years.


3-24 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


• In case of amusement parks the entertainment duty shall not be charged for four years from the date of commencement of the policy. Thereafter entertainment duty shall be 75% . Subject to fulfilment of certain standard norms, safety and security measures fixed by the state government. These exemptions will also be applicable to the existing amusement parks, subject to maximum limit of four year.

• All hotels, motels, restaurants will be eligible for a rebate of 15 % on power bills for 3 years from the commencement of business with a maximum ceiling of Rs 15 lakhs.

• Expenditure tax will be fixed at 7.5% instead of 10% at present.

• Priority will be given to the projects who want to set up projects in Punjab and have some sort of financial or technical or marketing tie-up with the well known national and foreign brand relating to restaurants, hotels or any other segment related to tourism.

• Special subsidy for the project proposed in the area where less then two operational 3 star category hotels at present.

• Special tax holidays on case to case basis will be given for highway restaurants, motels outside the city premises for the tourist visiting from one districts another.

The state departments / institutions, with whom the team interacted, includes:

• Punjab Industrial Development Board (PIDB)

• Department of Environment and Forests

• Punjab State Council for Science and Technology

• Public Works Department

• Department of Handicrafts

• Department of Archaeology

• Department of Urban Administration, Town and Country Planning

3.14 Assessment of existing tourist and basic infrastructure

Although there are tourist information centres at the major destinations and tourist attractions, in the form of PTDC information offices, these are not well equipped to handle the needs of the tourists. There is a greater need to revamp and systematise these centres for providing useful and specific tourist information with regard to tourist places of attraction, accommodation facilities, journey booking facilities, tour guides and updating of the available documents etc. There is also a need to open up more information centres at the strategic locations like Main Bus stand, Railway Station, Airport, frequented tourist spots, major state entry points etc.

Regarding tourist accommodation, though there are enough facilities to accommodate the current tourist flow, quality and budget accommodation facilities are required in more numbers. Looking at the future and a continuous increase in the tourist inflow into the state, the requirement of such infrastructure has been identified and presented in the project identification chapter of this report.

The facilities for civic amenities and public facilities like Toilets, Drinking water, Rest rooms etc are to be improved manifolds in almost all the tourist destinations. The facilities for elderly persons,


3-25 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


children, physically handicapped or sick persons also need to be set up in all the places. A hassle-free arrangement for availing the benefit of local transportation is also required to be given a thought.

Infrastructure planning is essential for Tourism development. The infrastructure status of the state has briefly been discussed in chapter 2. The field visits helped the survey team in reviewing the tourist facilities, infrastructure status at the destinations and the inter-linking transit facilities. The infrastructure assessment for the destinations included several elements like-

• Linkages and Accessibility- External and internal linkages, transportation facilities and services,

• Basic Infrastructure and Civic Amenities- Water Supply, electric power, Sewage, Solid Waste disposal, telecommunication;

• Tourist Infrastructure and Services- Accommodation, catering and entertainment avenues, banking and money exchange facilities, shopping, medical, postal facilities, public safety and tourist information/ Guide services.

• Wayside Amenities- safe drinking water, sanitation facilities, Food courts/ Dhabas, Signages, Petrol pumps, Streetlights etc.

Based on the field visits, the infrastructure status has been reviewed for all the tourist places visited during the field survey. Zone wise evaluation has been done and infrastructure constraints have been identified. Following is a zone wise summary of the infrastructure status:

(i) Patiala Zone

Patiala zone comprises some of the most important destinations and attractions in the state. • Accessibility and Linkages:

o Road link to Patiala is excellent from Delhi and other parts of the Punjab. Patiala doesn't fall on the main rail line and it is reachable via Rajpura.

o The National Highway NH-1 serves as a good link for the tourist traffic.

o The nearest airport is Chandigarh and Delhi for most all the destinations in Patiala Zone.

• Basic Infrastructure and Civic Amenities

There is good availability of water supply, electric power and telecommunication in most of the destinations in Patiala Zone.

• Tourist Infrastructure and services

The available accommodation facility at most of the destinations is average and adequate to cater to the present tourist inflow. There is a need for quality upgradation of the available accommodation facilities.

• Way Side Amenities

All major highway stretches are dotted with numerous wayside dhabas. These dhabas offer good food at reasonable cost and provide basic toilet, drinking water and tele-communication facilities to the tourists. however, in general, the wayside amenities need to be improved.


3-26 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


(ii) Amritsar Zone

The major destinations include Amritsar, Gurdaspur, Faridkot, Kapurthala and Firozpur.

• Linkages and Accessibility:

o There is good road connectivity to all tourist destinations in this zone. The National Highway corridor NH-1A is the major link. State Road Transport buses, Himachal Road Transport buses and private vehicles are readily available for most of the tourist destinations. However, the internal transport system is not very well developed. The frequency of buses connecting various attractions in and around these destinations are limited.

o Good rail links are available in the Amritsar zone connecting tourist destinations like Amritsar, Pathankot and Faridkot.

o Amritsar has domestic and international airport.


Basic Infrastructure facilities are well developed in the Amritsar Zone. Water Supply, electric power and telecommunication and other basic facilities are good in these areas. However, the problem of wastewater and solid waste disposal is significant. Similarly, in religious tourist places where fairs are being organised, the environmental issues need to be assessed critically.


Amritsar has good accommodation facilities. There are also good accommodation facilities at Gurdaspur and Pathankot. Faridkot has very few hotels and the quality of accommodation at Faridkot is not very good. Other facilities like banks, medical, postal services are available at all these destinations. There are limited entertainment avenues and information services in the tourist places.


All major highway stretches are dotted with numerous wayside dhabas. These dhabas offer good food at reasonable cost and provide basic toilet, drinking water and tele-communication facilities to the touists. However, in general, the wayside amenities need to be improved.

(iii) Ludhiana Zone

The major destinations include Ludhiana, Hoshiarpur, Jalandhar and Moga.

• Linkages and Accessibility

o All of these destinations are well linked by road as they lie on the main National Highway. Ludhiana and Jalandhar have excellent rail link as they fall on the main rail line from Delhi to Amritsar.

o Ludhiana has an airport and other nearest airports are at Amritsar and Chandigarh


Basic Infrastructure facilities are available at most of the tourist places. Ludhiana and Jalandhar are the major industrial towns and are the most developed towns in Punjab.


3-27 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003



Good accommodation facilities are available at Ludhiana and Jalandhar. Moga and Hoshiarpur lack good accommodation for tourists visiting Punjab. Other basic amenities are available at all of these destinations

• Wayside Amenities

All major highway stretches are dotted with numerous wayside dhabas. These dhabas offer good food at reasonable cost and provide basic toilet, drinking water and tele-communication facilities to the tourists. However, in general, the wayside amenities need to be improved.

(iv) Bathinda Zone

The major destinations include Bathinda, Muktsar, Faridkot, Mansa and Sangrur.

• Linkages and Accessibility

All of these destinations are well linked by road. Bathinda is linked to Delhi by fast trains.

Amritsar, Chandigarh and Delhi airports are the nearest airports to these destinations.


Basic Infrastructure facilities are available at most of the tourist places.


Accommodation facilities are average at these destinations. Other basic amenities are available at all of these destinations

• Wayside Amenities

All major highway stretches are dotted with numerous wayside dhabas. These dhabas offer good food at reasonable cost and provide basic toilet, drinking water and tele-communication facilities to the touists. However, in general, the wayside amenities need to be improved.

3.15 Major issues

The major issues that emerged from the discussions and interaction with various government and related departments can be classified into Policy related, Infrastructure related, Organisational related, Environmental related and Marketing and promotional related. These issues are discussed below.

3.15.1 Policy Related

• Non Recognition of revenue earning potential of Tourism Sector by the State Government

• Identifying the role and relevance of private funding and entrepreneurship in Tourism Projects and developing a Public-Private Partnership model

• Procedural delays in implementation of project proposals-many projects don’t get beyond the planning stage

• Allocated funds not being utilised


3-28 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


• Disparity in Tax structure across different states

• Dual tariff policy for Foreigners and Indians

3.15.2 Infrastructure Related

• Lack of basic infrastructural facilities like wayside amenities, public facilities, signage and good accommodation facilities.

• Inadequate maintenance of ancient temples heritage monuments, palaces & natural water bodies.

3.15.3 Organisational Issues

• Inadequate trained staff

• Lack of co-ordination at institutional level

• Absence of qualified tourism professionals and trained tourist guides in the Department and the industry as a whole

3.15.4 Environmental

• Issues of ecological sustenance and the carrying capacity of the various destinations

3.15.5 Marketing and Promotion

• Lack of information to private entrepreneurs about the opportunities in the Tourism sector

• Limited or no promotion of many of the tourist destinations

• Minimal efforts to create awareness amongst the local people about the earning potential of Tourism

• Need for collaborated efforts with major tour operators to bring in foreign tourists

• Proactive promotional efforts to be made with the neighbouring states

• Information centres at the tourist destinations are inadequate

3.15.6 Identification of bottlenecks

Availability of funds and finances for tourism development is a major constraint in the state.

The factor of Human resources is also a constraint, as trained manpower is not available for the tourism industry. Moreover, at present there are very few institutes where such training is imparted.

The state is not very well publicised amongst tourists and tour operators, therefore the awareness about the state is lacking.


3-29 of 29 1450//A/ February 2003


3.16 Suggestions / Recommendations

• The state has tremendous potential for promotion of religious and highway tourism.

• State is rich in culture and heritage but lacks an effective publicity drive.

• Leisure tourism coupled with handicrafts & handlooms can also be promoted in the state.

• The weaknesses and threats should be converted to strengths and opportunities – existing sites and locations should be promoted.

• Nature based tourism at the wetlands of national and international importance shall be promoted. This can be used for conserving nature and encouraging community based tourism.

• The unique culture of the state like music and dances, etc. should be promoted

• Punjab can also integrate their tourism efforts with other neighbouring states to provide the tourist with a wide choice.

• Incentives should be provided to prospective entrepreneurs who wish to invest in tourism projects.


4-1 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


4 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION, SELECTION AND VIABILITY

4.1 Introduction

Punjab is endowed with some of the India’s most amazing attractions. With bountiful ways to experience the culture, interact with locals and enjoy the magnificent scenery in many places, tourists could easily spend weeks or even months in Punjab complimenting their culture & heritage tourism, rural tourism or nature trails, thus making their visit much more complete and rewarding. Foreigners may have the opportunity to choose from a variety of cultural tours organised by local people through the customized cultural tourism programmes.

In many areas, rural life is an attraction on its own. Carefully cultivated farms and lush greenery are the unique features of Punjab. Villagers participate in development projects, from irrigation systems to primary schools. The people are willing to receive tourists and show them daily life, culture and scenery in their villages. They see tourism as an activity that can create employment and generate income, which can be used for improving their living conditions.

Investment planning for tourism entails an identification of investment opportunities at various destinations and prioritising them. Revenue producing opportunities have to be evaluated for their commercial feasibility so that they can be marketed to potential entrepreneurs.

This chapter discusses the framework adopted for prioritising destinations and projects in Punjab. A summary of the viable projects is presented at the end of the chapter. Project profiles are given in Annexure - IV (Volume 2).

4.2 Destination Prioritisation for Tourism Development

Punjab is a land of exciting culture, myriad images of swaying emerald green fields and hearty people whose robust rustic ways of camaraderie and bonhomie are very much a part of their heritage.

Punjab is dotted with places of historical and cultural interest. Ropar, one of the centers of Indus Valley Civilization; Amritsar; the city of the Golden Temple, the ancient fort of Bathinda; the architectural monuments of Kapurthala; the City of Gardens, Patiala and Chandigarh, the capital designed by the Swiss-born French architect Le Corbusier are among the important tourist attractions of the state.

Punjab has numerous places of tourist interest, which have largely remained unpublicised. The team of DCEL visited 12 tourist destinations (major districts of Punjab) and various tourist attractions in and around these destinations. Based on geographical settings and the presence of various tourist attractions in the state, the team divided the state into four different zones viz. Patiala Zone, Amritsar Zone, Ludhiana Zone and Bathinda Zone. As a part of this study, the team undertook an exercise to prioritise the various destinations and tourist places by ranking them, based on personal observations. The rankings were assigned to various parameters on a scale of 1 to 5, where 1 was lowest and 5 was highest. The parameters are briefly described as under.


4-2 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


1. State Govt. Priority- The priority and importance given by the State Government was analysed.

2. Volume of current/potential traffic flow- the existing number of domestic and foreign tourists over the last two years was taken into account while giving the ranks.

3. Number of tourist attractions- The number of varied tourist attractions available nearby and the presence of the distinct picnic spots around the destination was prima facie considered. Importance was also given to the diversity of attractions such as distinct geographical features and historically or religiously important structures.

4. Significance of tourist destination (historical/religious/cultural) - Each of the destinations was studied for any significant heritage/ pilgrimage/ festival of importance so that the ancient culture and tradition can be used as a theme to promote tourism.

5. Tourist infrastructure availability - Availability of facilities like tourist accommodation, internal transport, wayside amenities, entertainment avenues, souvenir/gift/shopping centres, tourism information centres, travel agent/tourist taxi operators, coolies, civic amenities like clean drinking water & toilets, facilities for elderly /disabled were considered for ranking the destinations.

6. Tourism related basic infrastructure availability – Existence and Analysis of the prevailing Air connectivity, rail head, road network, water-supply, availability of power, existence of underground sewerage system/ solid waste management, communication, banking-ATM/ Credit Card facility, presence of emergency medical facility etc.)

7. Sustainability for tourism development – The environment related issues and carrying capacity of the destination is taken care of in this criteria as the eco-balance of the destination should not be altered inspite of the increase in the tourist flow.

8. Potential for socio-economic development – The development of tourism leads to the promotion of local arts and handicrafts, employment generation and thereby income generation, encourages women entrepreneurship etc.

9. Institutional/support mechanisms-availability – The existing institutional support mechanism like financial institutions, entrepreneurs, NGO’s involved in the development of tourism also is an important parameter to prioritise destinations.

10. Others: This includes issues like whether the destination is apart of tourist circuit, climate, tourist season etc.

The evaluation of the various destinations was not only an eye-opener to the existing potential of the destinations but also provided an overall framework of the type of projects that could be implemented and gave insights into the phasing of the projects. The ranking of the destinations based on various parameters as discussed above is given in Table. 4.1.


4-3 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


Table 4.1: Ranking of Destinations

Sl. No. Destination Average Score as per the Evaluation (Max. 5.0) 1 Amritsar 4.10 2 Patiala 3.50 3 Anandpur Sahib 3.45 4 Jalandhar 3.05 5 Bathinda 2.95 6 Gurdaspur 2.85 7 Ludhiana 2.85 8 Fatehgarh Sahib 2.80 9 Kapurthala 2.80

10 Rupnagar 2.60 11 Hoshiarpur 1.55 12 Faridkot 1.30

In addition to the ranking of the destinations, classification of the tourist attractions at these destinations into various themes like Heritage & Culture, Religious, Leisure, Nature, Adventure, etc was undertaken. Based on the Table 4.1, the destinations may be prioritised for tourism development in the following manner.

• Destinations / tourist places securing a score of 3 or more should be taken up for tourism development in the short term, i.e. within the next 5 years. Some development work will be carried out in the next 15 years.

• Destinations / tourist places securing a score between 2 and 3 or should be taken up for tourism development in the middle term, i.e. within the next 5 to 10 years. Some development projects will be undertaken during the next 10 years.

• Destinations / tourist places securing a score of below 2 should be taken up for tourism development in the long term, i.e. within the next 10 to 20 years.

A summary of the same is presented in Table 4.2

Table 4.2: Zone wise prioritisation of Tourist Destinations and places.

Score of more than 3 to be developed in the next 5 years Zone Places Development Phase Patiala Zone Anandpur Sahib, Patiala Amritsar Zone Amritsar Ludhiana Zone Jalandhar Bathinda Zone --

Short term (ST)

Score between 2 and 3 to be developed in the next 5 to 10 years Patiala Zone Fatehgarh Sahib, Rupnagar Amritsar Zone Kapurthala, Gurdaspur Ludhiana Zone Ludhiana Bathinda Zone Bathinda

Medium term (MT)

Score below 2 to be developed in the next 10 to 20 years Patiala Zone --- Amritsar Zone --- Ludhiana Zone Hoshiarpur Bathinda Zone Faridkot

Long term (LT)

The above table indicates that, out of the total 12 tourist destinations and places, 4 tourist destinations should be taken up for development in the short term, i.e. in the next 5 years, 6 destinations in the medium term, i.e. next 5 to 10 years and 2 destinations in the long term, i.e. between the next 10 to 20 years. The details of destination prioritisation matrix is enclosed as Appendix 4.1


4-4 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


4.3 Project ideas / concepts (destination wise)

Planning for Sustainable Tourism Development emphasizes on the concept of “Quality Tourism”. It refers to tourist attractions, facilities and services that offer ‘value for money’, protect tourism resources, and attract tourists who will respect the local environment and society. Our planning approach for tourism development in Punjab highlights this concept.

Punjab is a congregation of myriad tourist attractions- Forts, Gurudwaras, Pilgrim Centres, Monuments, Archaeological Sites, Palaces, Wetlands, Cultural Festivals and many others. An important component in plan formulation is understanding the ‘types of tourism’ and ‘tourism products’ that can be developed in the state. The concepts have evolved based on tourism potential of the destination / region, the personal visits of the DCEL team to various places of tourist interest and the existing gaps observed therein, the requirements arising from these gaps, interactions with local people and experts, hotel owners and entrepreneurs, etc. The project ideas are the means to improve the tourism facilities in the destinations thereby increasing the tourist inflow.

The project concepts have been described theme wise, which has been broadly classified as:

• Religious Tourism • Culture and Heritage Tourism • Rural/ Farm House Participative tourism • Nature Tourism • Leisure Tourism • Special Interest Tourism (Border, Dam, etc) • Highway tourism • Educational Tourism • Eco- Tourism • Sports Tourism • Youth Tourism • Food Tourism

4.3.1 Religious Tourism

Punjab has always attracted tourists of various religions. The places of religious importance attract large crowds based on their significance. During fairs and festivals, the number of visitors/ tourists increases manifold. These places require tourist infrastructure and services. Up gradation and provision for tourist services during peak periods is suggested at these places. The projects include providing for parking facilities at various Gurudwaras, public utilities at the religion sites and setting up of suitable eating joints of some of the widely visited religious places.

4.3.2 Cultural and Heritage Tourism

Cultural tourism refers to a form of tourism in which local people are closely involved. They design and organise the tours, show tourists features of the area in which they live and of their daily life. During the tours, local people often show their development projects, like irrigation and soil conservation activities or income generating projects of women's groups. Visitors leave the area


4-5 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


feeling they have made new friends and with information on the many positive developments going on in rural Punjab.

Heritage places famous for monuments, museums, fairs and festivals, handicrafts or archaeological sites are the potential spots for development of heritage tourism. The state also has a rich culture of dance, music and festivals. The projects have been based on the idea of conserving and maintaining the unique identity of the place and the people.

The projects based on the above philosophy include:

• Conversion of royal palaces to Heritage hotel, museum • Religious and cultural centre at Patiala and Amritsar • Village Tour centre at Patiala district • Haat Bazaar, Handicraft centres at Patiala and Bathinda with outlets for rural handicrafts and

amphitheatre for cultural shows. • Heritage site development, monument conservation projects at Patiala, Fatehgarh Sahib,

Amritsar, Bathinda etc This will include components like area beautification, monument restoration, lighting, museum upgradation etc.

• Guided tours to places like Amritsar, Patiala, Anandpur Sahib. • Classical/folk dance & music and Food Festivals.

4.3.3 Rural Tourism/ Participative tourism

This concept will be an approach to develop the community-based tourism that directly benefits the villagers. It will help in developing cultural understanding among the tourists. It will also offer them the opportunity to experience the rural way of life. The project has been conceptualized as a model to develop further villages on similar pattern. The lodging facility needs to be designed in the traditional style and built of local materials, provision of special meals offering local food products and traditional cuisine and local folk dance and music can become a part of the product. Chhatbir Village in Patiala district can be developed under this theme. This village is close to Chandigarh (96 Kms), Patiala and also not very far from Delhi (225 Kms) and can be promoted to attract tourists.

4.3.4 Nature Tourism

(i) Eco Tourism

Punjab has good potential for developing nature-based tourism at Amritsar, Ropar and Kapurthala districts. Ecotourism has been universally recognised as a specific type of nature based tourism which promotes responsible travel to natural areas that conserves the environment and sustains the well being of the local people.

“Ecotourism is environmentally responsible travel and visitation to relatively undisturbed natural areas, in order to enjoy and appreciate nature (and any accompanying cultural features - both past and present) that promotes conservation, has low negative visitor impact, and provides for beneficially active socioeconomic involvement of local populations." (Stated by IUCN now called the World Conservation Union)


4-6 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


The advantages for the development of ecotourism are:

• Contributes to conservation of biodiversity. • Sustains the well being of local people. • Includes an interpretation / learning experience. • Involves responsible action on the part of tourists and the tourism industry. • Is delivered primarily to small groups by small-scale businesses. • Requires the lowest possible consumption of non-renewable resources. • Stresses local participation, ownership & business opportunities, particularly for rural

people.

Ecotourism has great potential for development. Ecotourism internationally is growing at a rate of 15 percent annually, which is higher than the growth rate in global tourism.

Boating in natural areas, nature trails with guides to explain about the flora, fauna and ecology, educational camps, camping and other activities can be organised as part of the product. Improved travel conditions to wetlands of national and international significance is envisaged as part of Eco tourism development.

Eco- tourism circuits in Punjab have been identified linking the potential areas. Nature based eco-tourism projects have been suggested for:

• Harike Pattan Wetland • Ropar Wetland • Kanjali Wetland • Chhatbir Zoological Park

Some places identified for developing ecotourism are presented in Table 4.3.

Table 4.3: Proposed Ecotourism Sites in Punjab for Development

Place District Salient Features Proposed Activities/ facilities Hari ke Pattan Amritsar Wetland Nature Trails, Bicycling Routes, Boat Jetties and

Boardwalk, Nature Lodge; Angling, Boating, Other Bird Watching Facilities

Kanjali Wetland Kapurthala Wetland Nature Trail, Angling, Picnic Spot, Bird Watching Ropar Wetland Rupnagar Wetland Angling; Boating, Bird Watching Chhatbir Zoological Park Patiala Zoological Park Nature Trails

(ii) Adventure Tourism

Adventure Tourism involves tourists engaging in physically and personally challenging and sometimes dangerous activities. These include safaris, river rafting, water surfing, etc. Adventure activities like Motor Boating, water skiing, fun-rides, angling can be developed and promoted in the state. Projects have been suggested to promote adventure activities at the following sites:

• Near water bodies- Satluj water body (Ropar), Maharaja Ranjit Singh Dam.


4-7 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


• Amusement Parks in Bathinda and Amritsar.

4.3.5 Leisure Tourism

It broadly includes all types of Leisure and entertainment activities at the tourist destinations. A detailed analysis of tourist infrastructure of the destinations in Punjab show that there is a lack of entertainment avenues at most of the places. Projects have been suggested for developing spot based entertainment facilities. These include:

• Resorts, Tourist cottages, restaurants, picnic spots

• River front development with provision of leisure and entertainment facilities

• Upgradation of the PTDC complexes and opening fast food centres along the highways.

• Golf course at Anandpur Sahib

• Ropeway at Maharaja Ranjit Singh Hill at Rupnagar

• Casino in Patiala

4.3.6 Food Tourism

Punjabis have the reputation of connoisseurs of good food. Punjab has bequeathed the institution of Dhaba-originally a wayside-eating place to the world. There are vaishno dhabas where only vegetarian food is cooked in pure ghee or clarified white butter. Dal Makhni, a shining blackish lentil named Urd or Maha of the Dhaba has become world famous and is served in Punjab on all ceremonial occasions. Pranthas, stuffed with seasonal vegetables, fried on a pan, baked in the tandoor, (a barrel shaped oven fashioned out of alluvial soil), curds, sometimes mixed with khoya-a kind of fudge made by boiling the milk on slow fire-with chunks of white butter floating on top; spinach of mustard mixed with other leaves and special tongue-tingling spices which is cooked in an earthen vessel on slow fire and chappatis made out of the flour of maize, panir-cottage cheese-stuffed with different sumptuous fillings have also become commodities of export. The saffron-mixed buttermilk (lassi) of Amritsar, milk boiled with almonds, pistachio and dry-dates in winters and the same mix boiled into a thick liquid and then solidified in a banana shaped mould in the form a Kulfi are unmatched in taste. Panjiri, whole-wheat flour fried in sugar and ghee, heavily laced with dry-fruits and herbal gums is eaten in the winters to ward off cold.

The Bazaars of the towns of Punjab are always loaded with sweetmeats, seasonal fruits and other food stuffs. Old towns like Amritsar, Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Patiala also manufacture exotic sherbets. Punjabi fried and tandoori-baked fish, tandoori baked and butter chicken, kababs baked on charcoal, Patiala's Shahjahani Palao and a variety of chicken and mutton curries and vegetable and meat biryanis are relished world over. Food Festivals are suggested at the major cities which can be clubbed with peak tourist seasons and other major events/cultural festivals.

4.3.7 Special Interest tourism

This concept emphasizes on learning and experiencing particular features of an area. These can be associated with tourists’ long- term vocational or professional interests.


4-8 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


Punjab offers wide options for promoting special interest tours related to:

• Wetlands of national and international significance

• Traditional art and handicraft

• Archaeological sites of Ghuram and Sanghol

• Ancient science like Bhrigusamhita at VVRI, Hoshiarpur

• Organised tours to Dams and Hydel Power Units like Nangal

• Retreat at Wagha Border and Hussainiwala Border

4.3.8 Highway Tourism

Punjab is an ideal state to promote the highway tourism. In general, the roads are good and the road connectivity is excellent throughout the state. This concept will be an effort to identify and promote the state’s best roads for their scenic, cultural, historic and natural qualities. The existing attractions along the main Highway will be focussed for development in the short term.

The project concepts can be described as creation of:

• Motels along highways.

• Refreshment facilities.

• Water parks and entertainment facilities

• Local handicraft display and sale counters.

The major highways passing through the state are listed in the Table 4.4.

Table 4.4: National Highways Passing Through Punjab

NH No.

From To Length (kms.)

1 Shambu (Haryana Boundary) Ludhiana - Jalandhar - Amritsar - Pakistan Border 279.42 1-A Jalandhar Tanda - Mukerian - Pathankot Samba

(excluding Himachal Pradesh Portion) 104.734

10 Dabwali (Haryana Boundary) Malout -Abohar - Fazilka (Pakistan Border) 109.06 15 Pathankot Gurdaspur-Amritsar-Zira-Faridkot-

Bajakhana-Bathinda-Malout-Abohar- Usmankhera (Rajasthan Boundary)

363.67

20 Pathankot Chakki (Himachal Boundary) 11.975 21 Zirakpur (Excluding U.T. Area) Mohali-Kharar-Ropar-Kiratpur-GarhaMora (HP

Boundary) 76.88

22 Ambala Barrier (Haryana Boundary)

Zirakpur-Kalka (Haryana Boundary) 30.99

Some of the Plan roads owing to their importance are also being elevated to the status of National Highways. These include:

• Kiratpur Sahib-Anandpur Sahib-Nangal Road


4-9 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


• Chandigarh-Patiala-Sangrur-Barnala-Bhatinda Road

• Kharar-Ludhiana-Moga-Ferozepur Road

• Ropar-Hoshiarpur-Dasuya-Mukerian-Gurdaspur-Kathua Road

• Jalandhar-Nakodar-Moga-Sangrur-Patran-Narwana-Rohtak-Delhi Road

• Bathinda-Fatehabad Road

Tourist facilities and services associated with road travel, motels and wayside amenities will be needed. Some projects suggested are wayside amenities along the highway, Highway restaurant in Patiala, Signages and highway patrol.

4.3.9 Educational Tourism

Most of the schools in urban areas take their students for picnic or outing at least once in a year. It is proposed to promote study tours, picnics etc in the schools and colleges of at least one night stay. In Punjab, there are various destinations, which have places of historic importance

• PTDC Complexes could be promoted for school/college tourism by offering complete package.

• Govt schools/colleges could be given special discounts as compared to private schools/colleges.

• 5% of the total students in Punjab and additional students from neighbouring states could be targeted.

• Preference could be given to destinations, which can offer leisure and education. This can include destinations like Nangal, Ropar and Harike Pattan.

• Student tours could be arranged so as not to clash with the peak tourist season and should be organised in the lean tourist seasons.

Proper safety and security arrangements could be ensured for these tours. One teacher with a group of 20 students could be allowed free of cost in the PTDC Complexes

4.4 Project Selection/ Prioritisation

The projects have been selected & prioritised based on the following steps.

4.4.1 Destination Prioritisation

The prioritisation of destinations has earlier been mentioned in section 4.2


4-10 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


The destination wise themes selected are given in Table 4.5.

Table 4.5: Selected Themes at Different Destinations

Themes Destinations Culture & Heritage Patiala, Bathinda Heritage & Leisure Patiala, Fatehgarh Sahib, Amritsar, Kapurthala, Hoshiarpur Rural Patiala Leisure Patiala, Rup Nagar, Anandpur Sahib, Gurdaspur Religious & Leisure Fatehgarh Sahib Eco & Leisure Rup Nagar, Kapurthala Adventure Rup Nagar, Gurdaspur, Bathinda, Ludhiana Religious Amritsar, Ludhiana Eco & Rural Amritsar Heritage Amritsar, Gurdaspur, Bathinda, Faridkot, Jalandhar Nature Gurdaspur Special Interest Amritsar, Hoshiarpur Wayside amenities Along state and national highways

4.4.2 Project Prioritisation

The DCEL team visited 12 tourist destinations and a number of places of tourist interest across the state of Punjab and identified the need for tourism development. These location specific project ideas were discussed with the State Department of Tourism in the form of a structured presentation,. Thereafter, DCEL undertook an exercise to prioritise the various project ideas by ranking them, based on our personal observations and the valuable inputs received from the State Department of Tourism officials. 10 Parameters were evolved to rank the destinations. Each parameter was given a weightage depending on its relevance. The parameters were ranked in a scale of 1 to 5 where 1 was lowest and 5 was highest. The parameters are briefly described as under.

• State Government Priority

• Prima Facie potential – The foremost factor for a prioritising a project is its prima facie potential, which is based on our assessment of the location in terms of current tourist inflow and future inflow in case the infrastructure is upgraded.

• Land Use regulation and other govt. regulations – One of the major factors for prioritising a project is the ease of land acquisition and other government regulations.

• Availability of relevant natural resources – One of the most important factors for prioritisation of projects is the availability of relevant natural resources for tourism development in a destination. These natural resources can be forests, waterfalls, picturesque surroundings, etc.

• Present Infrastructural availability and cost – The present status of infrastructure like land, water, power, local manpower, communication, etc. also helps in prioritising the project.

• Planned investments in infrastructure – If the state Govt. has existing or future plans for area development, then it aids in prioritising the project.


4-11 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


• Tourist infrastructure and facilities – The availability of tourist facilities like accommodation, transport, wayside amenities, entertainment avenues, drinking water, public utilities, etc. supports prioritising

• Environmental Sustainability – This factor is very important while planning for tourism projects in a destination and would include environment constraints and related issues, protected area issues, eco sensitivity, etc.

• Socio-Economic Development – The potential for socio-economic development like income and employment generation in a region, encouragement to local crafts and woman entrepreneurship, etc. is a major factor for prioritisation of a project.

• Institutional Support mechanism – An existing institutional or support mechanism, like financial institutions, entrepreneurs, NGOs, involved in development of tourism also helps to prioritise destinations.

• Other factors – There are factors, which have an influence on deciding the priority of a project and can include risk and amenability to financing by financial institutions, etc.

Based on the parameters mentioned above, the potential project ideas identified by the DCEL team were ranked and are presented in Table 4.5. In addition to the ranking, the tourism projects have also been classified into various themes like Nature, Eco, Adventure, Ethnic, Village tourism, Culture & Heritage, Leisure, Health, Religious, Special Interest, etc.

An effort has been made to prioritise for the destinations-wise projects.

The region wise ranking of tourism projects is given in Table 4.6.

Table 4.6: Region wise ranking of tourism projects

District Destination / Tourist Place

Project name Themes / Type of Projects

Score (Max. 5.0)

Refurbishment of Sheesh Mahal

Culture & Heritage 3.50

Patiala Live Theatre Culture & heritage 3.15 Sarai Restaurant Heritage and leisure 3.70 Patiale ka Meena Bazar Culture & Heritage 2.80 Baba Ala Sound and Light Show

Heritage 2.95

Sada Pind Village 2.80 Highway Restaurant & Bar Leisure 2.60 Patiala Lake Complex Leisure 2.35 Punjab Race Course Leisure 2.00

Patiala

Patiala

Patiala di Casino Leisure 1.85 Café-de-Fatehgarh Sahib Religious and Leisure 2.45 Fatehgarh

Sahib Sirhind

Aam Khas Bagh Restaurant, Children’s Park, Restoration of 400 year old Fountain

Heritage and Leisure 2.25

Ropar Beach Eco and Leisure 2.95

PAT

IAL

A Z

ON

E

Rupnagar Ropar Maharaja Ranjit Singh Ropeway

Adventure 2.45


4-12 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


District Destination / Tourist Place

Project name Themes / Type of Projects

Score (Max. 5.0)

Nangal Nangal Fast Food Centre Leisure 2.55 Anandpur Sahib Golf Course Leisure 3.05

Parking cum Shopping complex, Golden Temple

Religious 3.85

Harike Bird Watch Eco and Village 3.65 Border Restaurant Special Interest, Border 3.35 Parking cum Shopping complex, Durgiana Mandir

Religious 3.1

Ram Tirth Restaurant Religious 2.60 Sarai Amanat Lodge Heritage 2.15

Amritsar

Amritsar

Garden Restaurant Heritage and Leisure 2.10 Upgradation of Coral Tourist Complex Madhopur

Leisure 4.40

Maharaja Ranjit Singh Dam Water Sports Complex

Adventure 3.65

Evening in Shimla Leisure 2.70

Pathankot

Shahpur Kandi Water Sports Complex

Adventure 2.45

Deer Park Nature 3.05 Anarkali Water Sports Complex Adventure 3.25

Gurdaspur

Gurdaspur

Beautification of Shamsherkhan Tomb

Heritage 3.00

AM

RIT

SAR

ZO

NE

Kapurthala Kapurthala Kanjali Complex Eco and leisure 3.55 Neelon water Sports Complex Adventure 3.9 Manji Sahib Shopping cum parking complex

Religious 2.55

Charankamal Shopping cum Parking Complex

Religious 2.55

Ludhiana

Ludhiana

Public Utility at Gurudwara Nanaksar

Religious 2.3

Hoshiarpur Bhrigusamhita Institute Special Interest, Educational

3.00 Hoshiarpur

Jaijon Doaba Heritage train and Bara Sahib Guesthouse

Heritage and Lesiure 2.70 LU

DH

IAN

A Z

ON

E

Jalandhar Noor Mahal Noor Mahal Rasoi Heritage 2.10 Bathinda Fort Meena Bazar Culture and Heritage 3.55 Razia Sultan Sound and Light Show

Heritage 3.45 Bathinda Bathinda

Bathinda Amusement Park Adventure 2.40

BA

TH

IND

A

ZO

NE

Faridkot Faridkot Baba Farid Art Gallery Heritage 2.65 Patiala Palace on Wheels Culture and Heritage -- Tourists Information Kiosks Others -- Wayside Amenities Others -- Upgradation/Renovation of PTDC Complexes

Others --

Signage Others -- Highway patrol Others -- Punjabi Food Festivals Culture --

GE

NE

RA

L

PRO

JEC

TS

Punjabi Cultural Festivals Culture --

The above-mentioned projects have been prioritised and classified as short term and long term based on the scores.


4-13 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


4.4.3 Project Prioritisation Model

A tourist destination / place is the first step in the process of tourism development. We have developed a model for prioritisation of tourism projects, which will be in conjunction with prioritisation of destinations. Our premise is that a tourist destination will be developed first, followed by the specific tourism projects in that destination. Using this premise we have developed a matrix to short list and prioritise specific tourism projects in the destinations visited by the DCEL team. This matrix and the model are explained and illustrated in Table 4.7.

Table 4.7: Project Prioritisation Model

Projects Destinations High ranking

(score more than 3.5)

Medium ranking (score between 2.5 to 3.5)

Low ranking (score less than 2.5)

High ranking (score > 3.0) ST ST ST Medium ranking (score between 2.0 and 3.0)

MT MT LT

Low ranking (score < 2.0) MT LT LT # In the above table: ST – Short term, MT – Medium term, LT – Long term

As shown in the above table, the priority of a project primarily depends on the ranking of the tourist destination along with the ranking of the specific tourism project itself. Therefore, if a destination is being developed on a priority, then projects have to be simultaneously set up at the place.


4-14 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


The summary table of prioritised projects is illustrated in Table 4.8

Table 4.8: Timeframe for Projects Development


(Short term) (Medium term) (Long term) Adventure 1 Culture 1 4 Culture & Heritage 1 2 Eco & Leisure 1 Gateways 1 Heritage 1 Heritage & Leisure 1 Infrastructure 3 4 6 Leisure 3 3 Religious Religious & Leisure 1

Patia

la Z

one

Village 1 Adventure 1 2 1 Culture 4 4 Eco & Leisure 1 Eco & Village 1 Gateways 2 Heritage 2 1 Heritage & Leisure 1 Infrastructure 4 1 8 Leisure 1 1 Nature 1 Religious 1 2

Am

rits

ar Z

one

Special Interest (Boarder) 1 Adventure 1 Gateways 2 Heritage 1 Heritage & Leisure 1 Infrastructure 3 2 8 Religious 2 1 L

udhi

ana

Zon

e

Special Interest (Educational) 1 Adventure 1 Culture 2 Culture & heritage 1 Heritage 2 B

athi

nda

Zon

e

Infrastructure 1 4 Highway Patrol 1 Patiala palace on wheels 1 Signages 1

Gen

eral

Pr

ojec

ts

Wayside amenities /Sinages 1 Nawanshar Infrastructure 1 Moga Infrastructure 2 Firizpur Infrastructure 1 Muktsar Infrastructure 1 Grand Total 25 38 53


4-15 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


4.5 Project Viability of Selected / Shortlisted Project

The shortlisted projects have been assessed for their feasibility. Projects profiles have been prepared which are enclosed as Volume 2 (Annex IV). The key financial indicators for suggested projects is given in Table 4.9. The summary of projects with possible location is given in Table 4.10

Table 4.9: Key Financial Indicators for Suggested Projects



IRR (In %)

Average Cash

BEP(In %)

DSCR (in 4th Year)

ROI (in 4th Year)

Commercial Projects 5 Star Hotel 100 Rooms 550.39 50 16.5 24 2.48 62.14 Amusement Park 301.36 26 32 20.41 2.02 50.02 Beach Cottage with Restaurant 10 Huts 68.23 19 16.08 39 2.41 43.29 Budget Accommodation 25-30 Rooms 77.01 25 25.6 33 2.46 66.35 Golf Resorts 18 Hole 926.76 28 17.82 17 2.94 56.17 Heritage Guest House/Lodge 40 Rooms 252.24 23 17.81 33 2.74 52.93 Heritage Train 11680

Tourist/Annum 340.31 29 18.43 35 2.12 54.17

Lake Complex 47.23 11 19.4 25 2.87 78.00 Live Theatre Stall-15

Theater-100 Seater

89.68 12 14.5 18 2.23 59.77

Meena Bazaar 15 Shops 40.00 11 17.29 28 2.40 71.20 Nature Tourism 24.20 10 20.30 34 3.34 91.47 Palace on Wheel 49640 Tourist

/Annum 2047.20 58 17.81 33 2.74 56.44

Parking cum Shopping Complex 30 Shops Parking-200 Vehicles

85.07 5 19.1 18 2.57 71.17

Restaurants, Bars and Cafeterias 50 person/ day 38.00 7 16.5 24 2.48 67.95 Rope Way 445500

Passengers / Annum

898.00 20 14.52 29 1.83 45.33

Sada Pind 7.21 16 19.69 65 2.41 64.40 Sound and Light Shows 100 Tourist 30.00 8 24.16 28 3.06 80.79 Water Sports Complex 14.00 7 15.9 34 2.63 71.20 Yoga and Meditation Centre Yoga-120/day

Meditation Centre-30/day

11.47 9 22.6 45 3.06 84.26

Non Commercial Projects Art Gallery 21.22 2 Deer Park 7.91 9 Public Utilities 61.25 Tourist Information Centres(KIOSKS) 7 Places

14.60 28

Upgradation of PTDC Complexes (17 Numbers)

404.57

Wayside Amenities/Sinage(30 Numbers)

94.70 60


4-16 of 16 1450//A/ February 2003


Table 4.10: Summary of Projects with Possible Locations

Themes Destinations Accommodation Pathankot, Amritsar, Kapurthala, Hoshiarpur, Nawashahar, Jalandhar, Rupnagar, Fatehgarh

Sahib, Ludhiana, Firozpur, Muktsar, Faridkot, Bathinda, Sangrur, Patiala Tourism Projects Maharaja Ranjit Singh Hill Rupnagar, Anandpur Sahib, Anarkali Baradari Batala Gurdaspur,

Amritsar, Bathinda Fort Bathinda, Village Chhatbir Patiala, Faridkot, Harike Pattan , Kanjali, Hoshiarpur, Jalandhar Jaijon Doaba , Jallian Walla Bagh , Neelon Ludhiana, Patiala Fort Patiala, Quila Mubarak Patiala, Ranjit Singh Dam Pathankot, Shahpur Kand Pathankot, Vaishnav Monastery Village Pandori Gurdaspur

Tourism Infrastructure

New Delhi, Chandigarh, Patiala, Amritsar, Ludhiana, Jalandhar and Kapurthala Fatehgarh Sahib, Nangal,


5-1 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


5 PERSPECTIVE PLAN

5.1 Introduction

Punjab has not been able to attract general tourist traffic because it is predominantly agri-pastoral region. Being close to the international border, security and related concerns always have so far been the constraints to develop tourism in the area. Tourism in the state has primarily been religion based. There has always been a steady inflow of pilgrims from within India as well as abroad to Amritsar for visiting the Golden Temple and other important Gurudwaras located throughout the state. Apart from the religious tourist, there has also been a business tourist to the major industrial centres of the state, viz. Ludhiana, Jalandhar, Bathinda, Hoshiarpur and Chandigarh.

Tourism industry is increasingly being recognised as one of the important sectors of the global economy and has emerged as one of the fastest growing sector. It should be developed as a common endeavour by the government and private sector. Tourism is a labour – intensive sector that has vast potential for creating jobs, especially in rural areas, since it ensures minimal use of natural resources and optimal utilisation of manpower and expertise. Tourism development will remove regional imbalances and open new avenues for growth, yield revenue for government and sustain trade in handicraft, cottage industries etc.

The Perspective Tourism Plan of Punjab needs to be both optimistic and realistic. The plan should be visionary and ambitious and at the same time it should remain within the policy framework of the state. The perspective plan shall encompass:

• State vision as per the state’s tourism policy.

• Environmental, Social, and techno-economic constraints.

• Tourism Potential of the State

5.2 Review of the Tourism Policy / Tourism Sector of Punjab

Punjab is yet to finalise the Tourism Policy but it has clearly spelt out its objectives and priorities through its draft Tourism Policy document.

The state, despite having unique culture, numerous pilgrimage centres, exotic traditional crafts and festivals, forts and palaces, hospitable people and varied tasteful cuisine, has not been able to accelerate the pace of tourism in comparison to other states. In addition to that, the tourism industry suffered a major setback during 1970s and 80s when the militancy in the State was at its peak.

While most of the other state Governments made successful efforts in developing tourism within their states, the relative inability of Punjab to harness and develop its full tourist potential may be attributed to a combination of factors such as lack of effective policies, low budget allocation for tourism development, inadequate tourism infrastructure and inadequate marketing strategies. The Chief Minister of Punjab has accorded the top priority to the tourism sector in order to bring tourism in Punjab to a high level. In this direction, the state government has identified priority areas, viz.


5-2 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


• Religious tourism for which the state is concentrating on Amritsar and Anandpur Sahib.

• Cultural tourism for which it is focusing on Patiala

• The third priority of the state is Highway Tourism. The state plans to develop highway tourism on the proposed 250 kilometre four-lane stretch on GT road from Shambhu barrier to Amritsar. To promote the tourism potential of the state, the Department of Tourism of Punjab had formulated a Tourism Policy, which is in the draft stage. The policy is rooted on one hand in convergence of socio-economic benefits, eco-friendliness and employment generation, while on the other hand, the policy has to fulfil the growing demand for tourism products in the state brought by the rapid industrial development.

The main objectives of the tourism policy are:

• To promote tourism in the state of Punjab in such a way that it will contribute to the development of employment, economic growth and more importantly bringing the tourist close to the culture of Punjab

• To position every city as a tourist centre different from another, like Patiala for culture and heritage, Anandpur Sahib and Amritsar as religious centre.

• To promote private sector participation with the help of government to develop necessary infrastructure in the state that will help the state to promote tourism.

• To position Punjab in the tourist map of India with the demand created by travel & trade market in the Punjab and by tapping the untapped potential of various heritage monuments in Punjab.

• To prepare & implement master plans for integrated development and marketing of various areas of Punjab.

• To provide quality service to all domestic and international consumers and stake holders.

• To diversify, expand and market the tourism products in the state along with preserving the cultural monuments from any kind of decay.

• To develop shopping complexes of high standard at prominent tourist centres catering to all class of tourists.

• To encourage people’s participation in tourism promotion and to provide economic benefits to the people through such participation.

Keeping in view the renewed thrust to tourism industry by the Central Government, a revised Tourism Policy is presently under finalisation by the State Tourism Department in consonance with the National Tourism Policy.

In addition to the facilitation role assigned to itself by the Government in the development of tourism, the Government has accorded industry status to the tourism sector. The various proposed incentives and packages offered to the tourism industry by the Punjab Government include:

• For new projects related to tourism there will be exemption from luxury tax for the period of 3 years. But in rest of the cases the luxury tax @ 5% will be levied.

• Grant of soft loan by the state level financial institutions.


5-3 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


• Sale tax holiday for 5 years for the new investors.

• Investment in pollution control facilities and equipments such as solid / liquid waste management equipments for recycling wastewater, sanitation facilities, captive power generation (generators) etc @ 15% of such investment subject to a separate ceiling of Rs 5.00 lakhs.

• All tourist ventures with investments above Rs 20 lakhs as capital expenditure will get a subsidy of 20% subject to a maximum ceiling of Rs 20 lakhs.

• All cases over and above of Rs 10 Crore will be put under special projects and special incentives will be granted on case-to-case basis.

• Luxury buses for tourism related areas would be exempted from road tax for 3 years. New metered taxis will be exempted from road tax for 2 years.

• In case of amusement parks the entertainment duty shall not be charged for four years from the date of commencement of the policy. Thereafter entertainment duty shall be 75%, subject to fulfilment of certain standard norms, safety and security measures fixed by the state government. These exemptions will also be applicable to the existing amusement parks, subject to maximum limit of four years.

• All hotels, motels, restaurants will be eligible for a rebate of 15 % on power bills for 3 years from the commencement of business with a maximum ceiling of Rs 15 lakhs.

• Expenditure tax will be fixed at 7.5% instead of 10% at present.

• Priority will be given to the projects who want to set up projects in Punjab and have some sort of financial or technical or marketing tie-up with the well known national and foreign brands relating to restaurants, hotels or any other segment related to tourism.

• Special subsidy for the project proposed in the area where less then two operational 3 star category hotels are present.

• Special tax holidays on case to case basis will be given for highway restaurants, motels outside the city premises for the tourists visiting from one district to another.

The State government is determined to give a big push to tourism, which had been ignored for many years. A blue print of the new tourism policy has been prepared and after getting comments from the industry, it is proposed to be released.

In view of the large investment requirements in the tourism sector and the need for maintaining high standards in services, hotels and tourism related industries would continue to be in the priority of state government for investment. Further, in order to off set the specific constraints of tourism industry and to put in place the required infrastructure as quickly as possible particularly in less developed areas, appropriate incentive schemes would be considered. It would also be the endeavour of the government to put in place uniform taxation and land policies related to tourism sector in the state.

The government will lay emphasis on the development of infrastructure facilities for promotion of tourism in the state. The Government of Punjab has created Punjab Infrastructure Development Board for strengthening and developing infrastructure in the state. The government will formulate strategy to attract private investment in tourism sector. To prevent difficulties faced by tourists due to the touts and other elements at tourist places and speedy disposal of complaints lodged by tourists regarding


5-4 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


cheating, fleecing, mistreatment of tourists, state government is seriously considering enacting Tourist Trade Act.

5.2.1 Tourism as Industry

Like other industrial projects, tourism projects too involve professional management, capital investment, special skills and training. The Government of India and a number of other states have declared tourism as an industry. Punjab has also accorded industry status to the tourism sector. This will enable the tourism projects to get various benefits generally availed by industries, such as:

• The process of grant of land will be facilitated in urban areas for the projects concerning setting up of hotels, restaurants and apartment hotels etc. Existing arrangements for grant of government wasteland to industrial units will be made applicable to various tourism projects.

• Arrangements will be made to acquire private land under Land Acquisition Act for various tourism projects by companies registered under the Companies Act.

• As one of the sets of infrastructural institutions, the State Financial Institutions have made an important contribution in creating conductive environment for industrial entrepreneurs. They will be encouraged to do the same for tourism entrepreneurs. Till date, the lending from the State Financial Institutions has been largely confined to hotels. In reality, the range of activities for tourism projects is beyond hotel projects.

• Most of the projects are not eligible for loans from the banks or the State Financial Agencies. It will be necessary to make suitable changes in the lending criteria for viable projects in the listed activities in order that their financial requirements are met. The modification of the lending criteria of the State Financial Agencies will be made with regard to the financial ceiling, debt equity ratio, recovery period, moratorium etc. Necessary arrangements will be made to ensure that the State Financial Agencies and the banks attach adequate priority to the financing requirements of tourism projects.

• Suitable schemes will be designed to market tourism products, and particularly wide publicity will be secured with respect to various facilities being offered by the travel agents, tour operators etc.

• Special paying guest scheme will be formulated for providing adequate and inexpensive lodging and boarding facilities to take care of seasonal flow of tourists to the pilgrimage centres during festivals.

• Financial assistance will be provided for the preparation of feasibility reports by consultants in respect of tourism projects.


5-5 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


• Structure of the taxes and tariffs, e.g. luxury tax, entertainment tax, sales tax, etc., will be reviewed with reference to developmental needs of tourism sector and necessary amendments will be made.

Accommodation Projects: • Hotels

• Resorts

• Motels

A t t H t l • Fairs and Festivals.

• Camps and Facilities Encouraging Adventure

• Train Travel Projects

• Sound and Light Shows

• Museums

• Natural Parks

• Zoos

• Safari Projects

• Ropeways

• Sports Complexes

Food Oriented Projects: • Restaurants

• Wayside Facilities- State Highways.

F d F i lService Oriented Projects:

• Travel Agency

• Tour operation

• Transport Operation

• Linkage with the International HotelChains (Franchise)

• Human Resources Development

Other Tourism - Related Projects: • Amusement Parks

• Water Sports and Water Parks

• Handicraft Village Complexes

5.2.2 Areas of Concern

While the potential for growth of the tourism industry in Punjab is tremendous, various lacunae like inadequate tourism infrastructure less diversified tourist products etc. hinder it from competing with the other neighbouring states and prevent tourism from making it a potentially enormous contributor to economic growth. Some of the major areas of concern, hindering the tourism development include:

• Insufficient budget allocations for tourism development and promotion in the State Plan.

• Lack of tourism infrastructure

• Poor marketing

• High taxation on tourism industry

• Multiplicity of authorities dealing with tourism

• No focus on domestic tourism

• Lack of safety and security

• Lack of efforts to identify and develop new areas of tourism promotion


5-6 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


5.2.3 Redefining the Role of the State in view of changing market trends

In view of the changing market trends and the importance of the Tourism Sector, the role of the State should be as follows:

• The Department of Tourism of the Government of Punjab should take all necessary and immediate steps to finalise the Tourism policy of the state.

• The Government should make commercial services available entirely through private sector or in association with it. The States role should be to primarily focus on strengthening and upgrading existing infrastructure and development of new infrastructure. Reputed consultants should be hired to prepare area development master plans / feasibility studies in respect of important tourist destinations and areas of tourism potential.

• Efforts should be made to get funding for development of basic infrastructure for these destinations / areas from national and international agencies. To ensure timely provision of necessary funding, the State Government should earmark funds in the annual budgets of the departments concerned for securing the purpose mentioned earlier

• In conformity with States’ promotional role in the development of tourism sector, all competitive and commercial activities of Punjab Tourism Development Corporation be privatised except where no entrepreneur is coming forward to meet the existing need. This privatisation would help strengthen the financial position of the corporation and also help provide quality services to the tourists.

• Punjab State Heritage and Tourism Board should assume a catalytic role focused on acting as clearing house of information, production and distribution of promotional literature, policy advice etc.

• The Punjab State Heritage and Tourism Board should assist entrepreneurs and agencies in tourism sector and should try to help alleviate their difficulties particularly vis-à-vis the Government and its agencies.

• A Computerized Information Centre should be set up at the State level to make available necessary information to the agencies/entrepreneurs who wish to set up tourism projects.

• Punjab State Heritage and Tourism Board should open its offices in all major cities of India to give wide publicity and disseminate information on Punjab Tourism and market tourism products through these offices and through reputed travel agents in other big cities. Thus, the information about Punjab’s tourist destinations, attractions and related information would be made available to tourists from outside the State in their own cities.

• The process of decentralization should be further strengthened by delegation of administrative and executive powers of approval of incentives to small tourism projects to District Level Bodies headed by the Collector. These bodies, in addition, will also secure co-ordination from other departments / agencies of the Government in development and promotion of tourism. These bodies should have representation of experts from the industry, individual agencies and individuals connected with the tourism.


5-7 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


• A Single window clearance system should be instituted for speedy clearance of various permissions, approvals required under different laws and rules. Necessary modifications/amendments should be made to various administrative arrangements and laws, which are not consistent with the approach of the Tourism Policy of the state. Care should be taken to ensure that prospective investors do not have to suffer protracted and complex administrative process.

• Intensive efforts should be undertaken to attract investors from outside the State as well as from other countries including Non-resident Indians (especially Punjabis) to invest in tourism sector on large scale. Punjab State Heritage and Tourism Board and Directorate of Tourism should play active role to ensure that investors get various permissions easily and are provided with all the necessary facilities.

• A High Powered Committee under the Chairmanship of Chief Secretary with Director of Tourism as the Member Secretary can be constituted with the objective of securing effective co-ordination among various Government departments and agencies and also to speed up decision-making process concerning tourism. The committee should meet regularly and enjoy full powers of Government, including the approval of the Chief Minister and the Council of Ministers wherever required. In Punjab, a high powered committee has already been set up but it needs to be assessed whether it has been set up or is functioning in the similar lines as detailed earlier.

• In order to create a participative forum for deliberation and discussion concerning tourism industry, a Tourism Advisory Council headed by the Chief Minister should be set up. The Ministers and Secretaries of administrative departments concerned should be the members. The representatives of tourism industry, experts and related organisations should be nominated as members. The Additional Chief Secretary (Tourism) should be the Member Secretary of this Council. The newly formed Tourism Heritage Development Board , which has been set up by the state Government under the Chairmanship of the Chief Minister can function in the similar lines as discussed above.

• The Council should meet periodically to deliberate upon policy as well as individual issues and offer suitable advice to the Government.

5.2.4 Focus on Tourism Products

(i) Religious Tourism

Punjab is famous for its numerous gurudwaras. Each of these gurudwaras has its historical significance. Improving basic civic amenities at these places of religious importance and publicity of these places will attract more tourists to these places.

(ii) Leisure Tourism

This type of tourism can be easily promoted by creation of manmade facilities like Amusement parks, Water sports complex, Ropeways, Golf Course etc.


5-8 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


(iii) Culture & Heritage Tourism

A large number of old palaces, havelis, sarais exist in the State. These historical buildings can be converted into heritage hotels, restaurants or museums by providing suitable incentives to owners. Development of this sub-sector will not only attract foreign tourists but also provide encouragement and support to the heritage structures of the state. Development of these structures can also help to market the local culture, arts and crafts. Government should take necessary steps to promote Heritage tourism in the State.

(iv) Business Tourism

The business tourists frequently visit the destinations like Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Kapurthala. Extending entertainment options in these location like multiplexes, air conditioned shopping malls, Golf Course etc. will lead to increase in tourist related activities in these locations.

(v) Highway Tourism

There is a good network of State and National highways that criss-cross the State and a large number of travellers prefer road journey. There is a need for creating necessary facilities like hotels, restaurants, picnic spots, water parks etc. along the highways at suitable intervals for the highway travellers to relax. In fact, travellers can be induced to follow certain traffic routes if such facilities are better developed. State should encourage private investors to create such facilities on highways.

(vi) Tourism based on Traditional Art, Craft and Cultural Activities

There are several pockets in the State, which are known for their handicrafts and other craftsmanship. Similarly, there are many fairs that are celebrated through out the year with enthusiasm. These need to be systematically promoted and marketed among the domestic and foreign tourists.

(vii) Rural Tourism

Punjab has a unique culture and it is famous for its hospitality throughout the world. Rural tourism clubbed with festivals and other cultural events will give a significant boost to the inflow of domestic and foreign tourists.

(viii) Nature Tourism

The state has the famous wetlands, which can be developed judiciously to promote nature tourism.

5.3 Environmental Protection and Cultural Preservation

The tourism development in Punjab should be ideally sustainable. However, any development is bound to have a negative impact on the environment and cultural imbalance of the region.


5-9 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


• One of the major tourism related benefits which the state can gain is the conservation of its natural and manmade environment e.g. the heritage hotels and sarias are of fascination for the tourists and provide revenue for those who own them. Similarly, establishment of wildlife wetland parks and sanctuaries can help the state to conserve its wildlife and rare species of plants and flowers. Income generated from the tourism activities can help to preserve the environment of those places.

• Tourism is said to be in conflict with the environment when the arrival of a large number of tourists at a destination leads to overcrowding and generation of wastewater and other pollutants causing damage to the surroundings. Thus, an environmental planning approach is essential for sustainable tourism development. This necessitates that all aspects of environment be carefully surveyed, analysed and considered in determining developments at environmentally sensitive tourist destinations.

• A critical consideration for achieving environmental sustainability is controlling the development of a location within its carrying capacity limits. Tourism carrying capacity is based on the concept of maintaining a level of development and use that will not result in serious environmental deterioration, socio-cultural or economic problems. Destination wise assessment of carrying capacity requires extensive detailed study and analysis.

• Social factors like changing demographics and cultural behaviour have an impact on Tourism development e.g tourism in bigger cities like Ludhiana and Jalandhar is moving towards high spending projects like water parks, amusement parks etc. Executives and Professionals are moving towards tourist destinations offering meditation and healing centre facilities etc.

• Geographic limitations and seasonality of a particular destination governs the economic viability of particular projects located there.

• Legislative factors regarding tourism development/No Development Zones (NDZ), Heritage sites, Forest and sanctuary area should be considered before planning for development in eco-sensitive areas. Other legislations such as Urban Land Ceiling, which directly affects tourism projects, should be considered.

The impact of the tourism on the environment and the culture of a particular destination should be minimised by:

• Selection of the location for tourism activity such that it does not interface with the lifestyle, culture and occupation of the locals.

• Restricting a quantum growth to prolong depletion of resources.

• Encouraging community participation

• Promoting local culture, heritage, and handicrafts at all destinations.

• Constant monitoring of the impact of tourism development at the location.


5-10 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


5.4 Competition Analysis

5.4.1 Tourist Needs Analysis

Tourist need & expectation is one of the main driving factors for the development of tourism. Tourists want value for money when they visit a tourist destination. These needs vary from region to region and tourist to tourist. The domestic and foreign tourists visiting Punjab have different needs. An average domestic tourist is a pilgrimage tourist in Punjab. The major items of attractions in Punjab as indicated by domestic tourists, were Gurudwaras and religious places, forts, archaeological attractions, leisure and adventure activities and special interests like handicrafts, etc.

An average foreign tourist in Punjab seeks a blend of Culture & Heritage and Leisure avenues. The attractions and major items of tourist interest, as indicated by the foreign tourist, are culture and heritage, handicrafts, and archaeological attractions and monuments, leisure activities, village lifestyle and special interests like shopping for handicraft items.

Outbound tourists from Punjab visit other places mainly for fun and enjoyment e.g. there is a significant number of outbound tourists from the state to Nepal, the attraction being -casinos.

The Perspective Plan must address various issues related to tourist needs & corrective measures to be taken while implementation of the plan.

5.4.2 Competing States

The State of Punjab has many destinations of varied tourist interests and therefore provides a unique competitive advantage. The unique culture, world famous Gurudwaras, coupled with historic heritage sites, retreat at international Wagha Border and handicrafts of the region provide a competitive edge to the state.

For the heritage and historical monuments, the neighbouring competing states include Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh. For Eco/ nature Tourism, the competing states are Himachal Pradesh and Uttaranchal.For Highway Tourism, the competing state is Haryana.

5.4.3 SWOT Analysis – Position of Punjab

(i) Strengths

• Punjab is dotted with a number of important pilgrimage centres

• Active government support for Tourism development

• Good core infrastructure (i.e. Power, Roads & Communications). State has excellent roads, surplus Power & sufficient water

• State has a number of historic heritage sites

• Large number of Non Resident Indians visits Punjab every year.


5-11 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


• Punjab is rich in art and culture and has unique handicrafts

• High standard of living of the people in the state.

• People of the State ( locals) love to spend on food and travel and thus form a major chunk of domestic tourists.

• Typical dance / music form of the state( Bhangra and Gidda) – the international icons like Gurdas Maan and Daler Mehandi have made significant impact of them in India and abroad

• Entrepreneurial / hardworking nature of the locals

(ii) Weaknesses

While other States (i.e. AP, Kerala, Goa, Andhra Pradesh) made successful efforts at developing tourism within their states, the relative inability of Punjab to harness and develop its full tourist potential may be attributed to a combination of factors such as:

• State owned facilities are not maintained properly

• Publicity of destinations not comparable with the best in the country (e.g. Heritage Properties of Rajasthan)

• Lack of effective policies (Punjab is yet to bring out a Tourism Policy).

• Inadequate Tourism Infrastructure (Lack of Star Category facilities at many tourist destinations of importance.

• Ineffective Marketing (Low Awareness due to lack of brand image)

• Inadequate Promotion & Publicity about the state

• Lack of appropriate information for the tourists (Lack of adequate tourist information centers / kiosks)

• Inadequate knowledge about opportunities amongst tourists & tour operators

• Low provision for tourism in the state budget

• Tourism in the State has been affected by a long militancy period and current disturbances along the international border.

(iii) Opportunities

• Rich in Culture & Heritage

• Punjab has excellent general infrastructure. Tremendous scope for tourism development

• Proximity to national capital offers several advantages for tourism promotion

• Strategic geographical location – Punjab is located en-route to frequented tourist destinations in Himachal Pradesh and Jammu.

• Potential for development of Niche Products - Religious, Heritage, Eco, Leisure, Special interest and Educational Tourism

• Potential for attracting large number of outbound tourists and non-resident Indians


5-12 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


• Possibilities of joint efforts with neighbouring States (i.e. With Delhi, Himachal Pradesh, Rajasthan etc.)

• Border tourism – Retreat ceremony at Wagha Border is a unique attraction

• Tourism has been accorded industry status by the Punjab government

• Local Private Entrepreneurs are interested in the tourism sector and have the necessary capital.

(iv) Threats

• Competition from other neighbouring States focusing aggressively on tourism (Himachal Pradesh, Rajasthan)

• Security restrictions - Border state

5.5 Market Analysis

5.5.1 Tourist Trends and behaviour

• In Punjab, the tourism industry is surviving mainly because of Religious and business tourists. The leisure tourists are far and few. The domestic tourist arrival to the state has not significantly increased over the years. During the last five years it has grown at CAGR of around 3%. As the tourists from within the State form a major share of total tourist arrivals in Punjab, retaining these tourist as well as attracting tourists from other States will play a pivotal role in development of tourism in Punjab.

• Non Resident Indians (NRIs) are an important tourist segment. A significant number of NRIs visit Punjab every year. They have a keen interest in local destinations, borne out of anxiety to renew roots and pass a sense of culture to their children; but this market is hardly tapped. Most of these NRIs visit pilgrimage centres in Punjab. For the purpose of leisure, they prefer destinations like Delhi and Himachal Pradesh to Punjab.

• The selection of a destination to be visited (among the various choices available) is done by the tourist using the following four factors:

o Availability of ample tourism avenues in terms of natural resources and geo-biodiversity.

o Availability of basic infrastructure, communication network and transportation facilities to the major States in India.

o Availability of tourism infrastructure such as tour/taxi operators, wayside amenities and development of viewpoints and destinations.

o Awareness about the destinations in the mind of tourists.

(i) Spending Levels of Tourists in Punjab

Spending level of tourists depend upon category of tourist and purpose of visit. It has been observed that spending level of business tourists is higher than that of other category of tourists, whereas the pilgrim tourists tend to spend less.


5-13 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


During the course of survey, information was collected regarding spending levels of various categories of tourists. This is presented in Chapter 3 of the report. Accommodation and travelling expenses form a major share in total expenses for all categories of tourists. It has also been observed that during the last 5-6 years the spending pattern is more or less stagnant. The prices that the tourists pay have gone down for hotels. This is because of the increasing competition among hotels.

(ii) Occupancy and Tariff Trends

Overall hotel industry is experiencing a mixed trend in occupancy levels. Overall, there are very few hotels in Punjab that have been able to increase the room tariffs over a period of 3 to 4 years. At most of the destinations, tariff levels at major hotels have remained more or less stagnant.

5.5.2 Market Potential

The tourist arrivals in Punjab in the last few years are experiencing a mixed trend. The tourist arrival in Punjab for the year 2000 was 0.39 million which was 0.18% of the total all India tourist arrivals. Our discussions with the State Department of Tourism revealed that the published figures are not accurate. Estimates of the tourist inflow (based on which projections have been done) to the State have been worked out based on the available hotels in the state and their occupancy rates (as found out during the market survey). The future growth of tourist arrivals in Punjab have been worked out based on the destination wise increase in tourist arrivals keeping in view the proposed infrastructure development projects in and around these destinations, State Government priorities for each destination and the proposed investments in tourism related projects as specified in this Perspective Plan.

The projected tourist inflow (domestic and foreign) to Punjab during the next 20 years based on the current tourist arrivals as worked out from hotel rooms and their occupancy rates is as given in Figure 5.1 &5.2. The overall compound annual growth in tourist arrival to Punjab during the year 2001 to 2021 is 4.6%.

Figure 5.1: Projected Domestic Tourist Inflow to Punjab

7.058.08

9.80

12.09

15.7216.58

0

4

8

12

16

20

2001 2005 2010 2015 2020 2021Year


5-14 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


Figure 5.2: Projected Foreign Tourist Inflow to Punjab

5334 8169

20010

63678

8278187291

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

2001 2005 2010 2015 2020 2021Year

The destination wise projected tourist arrivals and the CAGR for the Tourist Arrivals in Punjab is given in Table 5.1

Table 5.1: Destination Wise Projected Tourist Arrivals

Tourist Arrival (in nos.) Sr. No. Destination Year 2001 Year 2021 CAGR

1 Gurudaspur 58479 211953 6.65% 2 Amritsar 261765 547609 3.75% 3 Kapurthala 17913 51772 5.44% 4 Jalandhar 81946 183308 4.11% 5 Hoshiarpur 9107 25831 5.35% 6 Nawanshahar 7903 14816 3.2% 7 Rupnagar 18214 51141 5.29% 8 Fatehgarh Sahib 11515 39429 6.34% 9 Ludhiana 200561 500815 4.68%

10 Moga 6586 12347 3.19% 11 Firozpur 4742 8890 3.19% 12 Muktsar 5795 10865 3.19% 13 Faridkot 4425 8591 3.37% 14 Bathinda 12328 44682 6.65% 15 Sangrur 1204 2258 3.19% 16 Patiala 8692 31506 6.65%

Total 711175 1745813 4.6%

5.5.3 Market Segments and Possible Target Markets

5.5.4 Market Segments

A majority of the tourists in Punjab are from outside the State primarily because of religious and business purposes. The total market for tourism in Punjab can be segmented on the basis of three parameters, viz.


5-15 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


• State/Country of origin: Popular destinations having good basic and tourism infrastructure can be targeted for tourists form outside Punjab and the foreign tourists. Investments in tourism projects should be encouraged in these destinations so as to retain tourists for longer duration and increase in the number of spending avenues. Projects such as amusement parks, health resorts and water sports are suggested in these places.

• Area of interest: Certain natural and religious destinations attract tourists due to the special attraction they have e.g. Golden Temple of Amritsar, wetlands of Harike Pattan and Kanjli etc. Such destinations have limited but assured market, as there is no substitute to these products.

• Spending Power of Tourist: Selection of a destination for a tourism projects should match with the spending power of the tourist e.g. a water sports complex in a remote area will fetch more revenue if close to urban area than a remote area.

Identified target markets, for various tourism themes are listed in Table 5.2

Table 5.2: Market Segment and Possible Target Markets

Target markets – outside State Sr. No.

Market Segment Domestic Foreign

1 Pilgrimage/Religious

Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh

Indonesia, Afghanistan, Pakistan Not for Pilgrimage but to study the heritage value of the pilgrimage spots from U.S.A, UK Canada, France

2 Leisure/Village Punjab and neighbouring states U.S.A, UK and France 3 Heritage Delhi, Himachal Pradesh U.S.A, UK France, Germany. Canada,

Japan and Australia 4 Business Delhi, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana,

Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh U.S.A, UK France, Germany. Canada, Japan and Australia

5 Highway All transit tourists from and outside state NRIs/foreigners travelling enroute

5.6 Perspective Plan

5.6.1 Methodology

(i) Collection of Data

The methodology adopted for preparation of the perspective plan for the State of Punjab involved collection both primary and secondary data form various sources, interacting with various stakeholders in the sector especially the Department of Tourism, Govt. of Punjab and PTDC.

Prior to visiting the destinations for implementing the primary survey, an assessment of the various destinations and their current tourist attractions was done.


5-16 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


The destinations were selected in such a manner that the total tourist arrivals to these destinations are more than 90% of the total tourist arrivals in Punjab. The destinations and tourism areas having State Government priority were given more attention during visits.

The primary survey provided the base for preparation of the Perspective Plan for Tourism Development in Punjab in terms of destination prioritization, evolution of Project ideas, growth forecasts, phasing of projects, assessment of infrastructural gaps etc.

(ii) Accommodation requirement

Accommodation is an important aspect of tourism industry. Spending on accommodation account for 50% of the total spending per day per tourist. The number of additional beds required at all the visited destinations was calculated based on estimated tourist arrivals, existing bed capacity of that destination and average duration of stay at that destination.

No. of additional beds required = No. of Tourists X Average length of stay No. of nights X Accommodation occupancy factor

No. of rooms required = No. of additional beds required Average room occupancy

Adjustments in the proposed capacity addition of accommodation at various destinations were made so as to offset the seasonal variations in demand, average capacity utilisation etc. Destination wise tourist accommodation facilities required and the investment thereof are given in Appendix 5.1.

(iii) Tourist need analysis and project ideas

The two important components of private sector participation are accommodation and tourism projects. Identification of investments required for tourism projects was based on the propose of visit of tourists and spending power of tourists visiting particular destination.

The tourism projects where private investment is envisaged has been classified into the major head like:

1. Restaurants and Food Joints 2. Parking cum Shopping Complex 3. Water Sports Complex 4. Folk Village 5. Punjabi cultural and Food Festivals 6. Sound and Light shows 7. Amusement Park 8. Ropeway 9. Golf Course 10. Casino 11. Heritage train and Palace-on -wheels

All the above tourism projects are revenue generating and cater to different market segments. The Water Sports Complex and the Amusement Park has been considered in and around urban centres viz, Pathankot, Bathinda, Gurdaspur, Kapurthala etc. Similarly restaurants and eating joints have been considered either on the highways or close to existing/proposed tourist attractions.


5-17 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


(iv) Development of Destinations

Private sector investment in tourism is only possible at popular destinations where the minimum number of tourists per year is large enough to make the proposed project viable. A restaurant may come up at a destination before a water park/ entertainment facility, as the minimum economic size of a restaurant is less than that of a water park. Moreover to attract the minimum number of tourists required at a destination, the availability of basic and tourism infrastructure is essential.

Thus, the life cycle of a location as a tourist destination begins with the place having the requisite tourist potential (wild life, hill station, beach, major city, etc.) and with augmentation of basic infrastructure at that destination. Such destination with potential for tourism but non-availability of basic infrastructure is termed a tertiary destination. With gradual increase in the number of tourists and promotion of that destination, fresh investments are made in tourist infrastructure to attract and facilitate tourists. These investments are generally small in magnitude and are funded through the budgetary allocation of state tourism department and local self-governments. In this phase, government departments’ start investing in revenue generating projects like accommodation etc as demonstration projects to attract private investments. While these public sector investments are made at the destination, it is a secondary destination.

The third phase begins when a destination has the basic and tourism infrastructure and has graduated to a primary destination. Private sector investments are done at this stage further increasing the tourist inflow exponentially. The increase in tourist inflow further attracts private investment and the cycle continues till a point where the destination reaches its carrying capacity.

Carrying capacity is a point beyond which any further development would result in negative growth of tourist arrivals. This implies that any further development beyond the carrying capacity of a destination depletes the natural resources and the potential for tourism at that place resulting into it being less attractive for tourists.

At such a point, where a destination reaches its carrying capacity, there should be another similar primary destination ready to substitute the destination in its maturity phase, so that the tourists are retained in Punjab and not move to other states. The destination development and investment planning thereof is discussed below.

5.6.2 Tourism Contribution to GDP

Presently the contribution of tourism to the state GDP is in the range of around 1.63%. This appears meagre compared to the untapped potential of the State as a Tourism Destination. The tourism growth in the State can be increased significantly considering the following amenable factors:

• Fairly good basic Infrastructure like roads, power, rail, airport, etc.

• Variety of attractions - heritage, Archaeological, leisure, etc.

• Very high buying power in the state.

• High standard of living.

• Very large NRI population visiting Punjab every year.

• Very close to the national capital which is the most important entry & exit point for foreign tourists.

• Easy access from the golden triangle.


5-18 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


• Government inclination for promotion through private sector participation

Based on basic premise of possibility of exploiting tourism potential of the State, this Perspective Plan aims to enhance tourism contribution to State GDP from the present level of 1.63% to 5.21% in the next 20 years

Derivation of various components of this Perspective Plan on the basis of goal of enhancing tourism contribution to GDP is explained in the diagram given below.

Figure 5.3: State GDP Goals

Growth in

Tourist Inflow

Growth in Average

Spending Pattern

Growth in Contributionto State GDP

Destination-wise Tourists Growth

Destination Development Plan

Destination Assessment

Short-Term

Mid-Term

Long-Term

Investment Phasing

Employment Generation

Details of the contribution of tourism to the state GDP spread over a 20 year perspective is given as Appendix 5.2.

5.6.3 Destination development

A conventional demand supply-model suggests that the average spending per day of tourists visiting popular primary tourist destinations is more than that for secondary destinations. The perspective plan should offer a proper mix of primary & secondary destinations in order to cater to tourists of various spending levels. New tourism projects coming up at primary tourist destinations increase demand and consequently the average cost per day at that destination. Thus, when the plan provides for fresh investments in primary destinations in revenue generating tourism projects, it should also provide budgetary support for strengthening of tourism infrastructure in secondary & basic infrastructure in tertiary destinations. Figure 5.4 indicates the approach to destination development through investment planning


5-19 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


Figure 5.4: Approach to destination development through investment planning

DESTINATION C o Roads/ Rail/ Airports

Transportation/ Communication

o Water & Power

DESTINATION B o Way Side Amenities o Public Amenities o Signages o Tourist Information

Centres o Tour operators

DESTINATION A o Accommodation o Restaurants o Other revenue

generating tourism projects

DESTINATION B o Roads/ Rail/ Airports o Transportation/

Communication o Water & Power

DESTINATION A o Way Side Amenities o Public Amenities o Signage o Tourist Information

Centre o Tour operators

TERTIARY DESTINATION Public Sector Investment on

Basic Infrastructure

SECONDARY DESTINATION

Tourism department

Investments in Tourism

Infrastructure Projects

PRIMARY DESTINATION Private sector investment in

Revenue Generating

Tourism Projects

DESTINATION A o Accommodation o Restaurants o Other revenue

generating tourism projects

This type of an investment plan would help secondary destinations like Patiala, Gurdaspur and Hoshiarpur to substitute for primary destinations like Amritsar, Jalandhar and Ludhiana that have reached or nearing their maximum carrying capacity. Looking at destinations as products, it means that when one product/ destination reaches its maturity phase, other product variants (similar secondary destinations) are in their growth phase, thus retaining the total market share

5.6.4 Feasibility/Sustainability Study

The projects identified at each destination during the survey, and after discussions with experts and government authorities, were assessed for their sustainability on Technical, Financial, Environmental


5-20 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


and Social aspects. Private sector investment projects have been included in the Perspective Plan. Projects that are not financially viable but are essential for tourism development like providing of basic and tourism infrastructure are proposed for funding through budget outlays.

The various factors considered while assessing the sustainability of a particular project are discussed earlier in Chapter 4

5.6.5 Strategy/ Marketing

Promotion of a destination is addressed to both tourists and private sector entrepreneurs and thus most of the promotional expenses for a destination or state have to be borne by the State Tourism Department.

The promotion campaign of the state should be planned in line with the destination prioritization done earlier. The marketing strategy and the media mix suggested by DCEL are discussed at length in Chapter 6

5.6.6 Assumptions

• Future growth of tourist arrivals in Punjab have been worked out based on discussions with Directorate of Tourism, Govt. of Punjab.

• Destinations visited form a share of almost 90% of the places visited by tourists in Punjab.

• The current level of accommodation availability at visited destinations is sufficient for the present visitor turnover. This assumption is based on discussions with local tourism officials at respective destinations. There is, however, shortage for accommodation in short and long term

• Though the perspective plan takes into consideration the major development plans by other government departments it does not include their proposed investments in the perspective plan.

5.6.7 Targets

(i) Tourism product mix

The proposed tourism product offered by Punjab would be a mix of various projects in heritage, leisure, highway, religious and rural tourism. Unlike other states, stress would not be laid on one particular theme. All tourism themes would be given equal weightage in terms of development.

(ii) Investments

The perspective plan envisages a total investment of around Rs. 281 Cr in next 20 years for the sustainable development of tourism in Punjab. This investment can be segregated depending upon the source of funding. The three sources of investment and their total investment is given below in Table 5.7.


5-21 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


Table 5.3: Investment Sources & distribution (during 2002 – 03 to 2022 – 23)

Source Projects Type Investment (Rs Lakhs)

% Share

Public Sector

Promotion, Basic Infrastructure, Tourism Infrastructure, projects in restricted zones like forts/railway, Human resource management, Tourism management and administration and incentives etc

4836.46 17.19

Private Sector

Revenue earning projects at primary and secondary destinations

23284.85 82.76

Public + Private

Joint projects like cultural and food festivals 15.00 0.05

Total 28136.31 100%

The total investment proposed in the perspective plan can also be classified into investments in major heads viz.:

1. Accommodation 2. Tourism Projects 3. Tourism Infrastructure 4. Promotion and Publicity 5. Human Resource development 6. Tourism management and Administration 7. Others (Incentives and subsidies etc)

The year wise investment plan for all the above heads is given in Appendix 5.3. A summary of investments in next 20 years is given in Table 5.4.

Table 5.4: Summary of Investments for 20 Years

Short Term (2002-03 to 2006-07

Mid Term (2007-08 to 2011-12)

Long Term (2012-13to2022-23

S. No Description

Total Investment

(Rs in Lakh)


(Rs in Lakh)


(Rs in Lakh)

% Share

1 Accommodation 811.42 53.39 3966.06 59.65 15719.44 78.71 2 Tourism Projects 273.98 18.03 2099.05 31.57 3684 18.45 3 Tourism Infrastructure 259.6 17.08 294.4 4.43 61.25 0.31 4 Promotion 67.25 4.42 47.70 0.72 97.32 0.49 5 Human Resource

Management 33.63 2.21 31.80 0.48 97.32 0.49 6 Tourism

Management/ Administration 40.35 2.65 47.70 0.72 116.79 0.58

7 Others (Incentives/Subsidies) 33.63 2.21 158.99 2.39 194.65 0.97

Total 1519.85 100.00 6645.69 100.00 19970.77 100.00


5-22 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


It is assumed based on site visit observations that the current accommodation availability is sufficient and hence accommodation projects have been planned in the medium and long term. Punjab does not have heritage/5-star accommodation facility which needs to be created in the long run.

1. Accommodation

Investments coming under this head are exclusively accommodation projects proposed at various destinations. Accommodation forms a very substantial part of the total tourism investment and hence treated as a separate head.

The investments under this head would be mostly private sector investments except for upgradation of PTDC complexes to be funded by the government.

2. Tourism Projects

This head includes revenue generating tourism projects that provide avenues for entertainment, leisure, shopping and food for tourists. The investment in these projects would be through private investors.

At some destinations where private players are not allowed such as forts, government departments would invest in the revenue earning projects proposed at those destinations.

3. Tourism Infrastructure

These investments funded by government expenditure would be utilized to strengthen tourist facilities such as:

• Public Amenities


• Area beautification and development

• Tourist Information Centres/Information Kiosks

• Heritage train/ palace-on -wheels

• Signage, etc

4. Promotion

The expenses incurred on promotion of Punjab as a destination on national and international platform would be funded by the budget of tourism department.

5. Human Resource Development

Tourism falls into the service industry, which essentially implies that people engaged in this trade, deal with people and cater to their needs. Hence, the people in the tourism industry need to develop skills for dealing with tourists and to develop a knowledge base, which has to be constantly updated for the facilities available to the tourists.


5-23 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


The need for training persons in this industry is felt due to the following reasons:

• The impression of a tourist during his visit is largely determined by two factors – the first is the impression of the tourist on the site visited and its history and the second, the hospitality, quality of service and knowledge and courtesy extended to the tourist during his stay. Therefore, a lot depends on the persons in the trade to make the tourists’ experience a pleasant one. The right selection, training and development are thus very important.

• Being a service industry, it offers tremendous scope for employment to a vast cross section of persons in various capacities like travel agents, guides, hotels (front office, waiters, cooks, stewards, housekeeping, etc.), and private entrepreneurship in travel trade, restaurant, lodges and souvenir shops, artisans involved in production of handicrafts, support and ancillary services.

• The two major activities in tourism are:

1. Accommodation and hospitality and 2. Travel trade.

Training for both these activities has to be based on clearly identified skills and knowledge needed for their effective performance.

6. Tourism management and Administration

• A proper management framework for administering the tourism needs to be developed. This will call for

• Develop MIS System

• Human Resource Development Plan

• Creation of EIA Cell & Project Development Company to assist Tourism Department in speeding up of development process.

• Others

• To encourage investment by the private sector in the tourism sector suitable incentives and subsidies will have to be given to the private entrepreneurs. This will ensure a uniform development of the destinations with fewer burdens on the government.

The destination wise phasing of investments under all above heads is given in Appendix 5.4.

5.7 Summary of 20 years Perspective plan for sustainable development of tourism in Punjab

5.7.1 Scope

1. Total number of destinations covered: 12

2. % share of covered destinations in total tourist arrivals: 90% (approx)


5-24 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


5.7.2 Investments

Total Investments: Rs 281.36 Cr

Private sector investments: Rs. 232.85 Cr (82.76%)

Public Investments: Rs. 48.36 Cr. (17.19%)

Public + Private: Rs.0.15 Cr. (0.05%)

5.7.3 Employment Opportunities

Tourism is one of the most employment friendly industries. Tourism is a sector with a high multiplier effect in employment generation and has been a platform from which poverty can be combated and economic growth attained. It is estimated that Tourism creates 47.5 direct jobs against 13 direct jobs in the manufacturing sector for every million rupees spent. Further 17 domestic tourists’ leads to one direct job and one foreign tourist generate one direct job. Each direct job has a multiplying factor of around 2.6 i.e. one direct job generates 2.6 indirect jobs.

It can be said that with the projected increase in the number of tourists around 1.34 lakh persons will be employed in tourism related activities by 2022. Special focus can be given to women where in specific jobs like handicrafts promotions, guides, tourism facilitation centres, way side amenities can be reserved for women. We suggest that around 30 % of the jobs should be reserved for women. By way of this the objective for socio economic development of the area will be achieved. Also this would also lead to sustainability of the tourism in the area. Appendix 5.5 gives employment generation projections over the next 20 years.

5.7.4 Key Characteristics

• Development phased on the basis of destination prioritization

• Suggested projects checked for sustainability considering economic, environmental and socioeconomic factors.

• Project profiles and feasibility done for commercially viable projects

• Year wise phasing of investment projects destination wise specific projects.

• Government expenditure kept limited to promotion and some major projects.

• Destination prioritization based on government priority and tourist trends.

• Major infrastructure projects planned in Punjab considered while estimating the growth of tourist inflow to particular destinations.

5.7.5 Tourist Circuits

Based on the availability of the huge variety and diversity in the places of tourist attraction with in the state, an effort has been made to identify and develop tourist circuits based on certain criteria, so as to


5-25 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


enable the tourist to extract maximum pleasure. The Criteria for selection of circuits in brief are as follows:

• Should provide the tourists with a unique experience

• Multiple attractions

• The entry and exit points should be popular tourism hubs/major connecting cities

• Well developed infrastructure and good means of accessibility

• Should possess the carrying capacity and ability to withstand tourist inflow

• Should not hamper the ecological balance of the region

Depending on the nature and the types of tourists the state receives, the identified circuits have been further grouped into following themes:

• Religious Tourism (Gurudwaras and other places of pilgrimage)

• Culture & Heritage Tourism (Forts and Palaces)

• Rural Tourism (at selected villages)

• Eco Tourism (Wetlands of Punjab)

• Leisure Tourism (at specially developed sites)

• Highway Tourism ( at the national and state highways)

The details of the identified tourist circuits are presented as Appendix 5.6 and letter from Ministry of Tourism, GOI regarding tourist circuits is presented as Appendix 5.7. Potential destinations of other states will be linked to the identified potential destinations in Punjab.


6-1 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


6 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY

6.1 Introduction

This chapter discusses the issues related to implementation of the tourism perspective plan – issues of promotion, financing, human resources development and agencies to undertake various activities.

The aim of devising development strategy is to develop and sustain Punjab as a major tourist destination. To make this happen, it is essential to identify strategic factors imparting competitive advantage and build appropriate strategies for attaining the desired goals/ targets envisaged in the Perspective Plan. Based on findings of the survey and focus group discussion among key stakeholders of the tourism sector, the following have been identified as key factors around which the development strategy has been formulated:

• High Profile

• High Quality

• Customer Focus

• Good Value for Money

• Planning & Management

HIGH PROFILE

HIGH QUALITY

CUSTOMER FOCUS VALUE FOR MONEY

Awareness (Initial Phase) Brand Image (Ultimate Aim)

Carefully Developed Destinations / Products High Service Standards

Realignment of Customer Focus Meeting Tourist Expectations Tourist Friendly Culture

Enhanced Quality Levels Satisfied / Excited Visitors

PLANNING & MANAGEMENT

Institutional Strengthening Human Resource

Development

CRITICAL ACTION AREAS

Before conceptualising the framework used in formulating the strategy and the action plans, the general factors typically affecting the demand in the tourism industry have been considered, as under:

• Social, economic and political status of the country

• Demand for travel is dependant on a number of goods and services which requires a high degree of co-ordination and efficient delivery systems


6-2 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


• The product to a large extent, consists of goods of a highly perishable nature which cannot be stored e.g., accommodation and transportation capacity.

• The product or facilities have an inherent rigidity and hence cannot be shifted around to cope with altered situations at short notice and hence initial investments have to be planned carefully.

• Though tourists make value comparisons between and among destinations and tourist products, yet the ‘uniqueness’ of attractions in one country tends to transcend many other considerations.

• A tourist is mainly influenced by the image of the State/Country as projected by the media.

A profile of the tourists and the factors influencing them are presented in the table below:

Table 6.1: Profile of Tourists and the influencing factors

Type of Tourist Classification Influencing Factors a) Foreign Tourist - Choice of destination Promotion of country

(cultural/leisure destination) - Business Executives Knowledge and Communication - Leisure i.e., holiday Packages offered - Specific interest e.g. archaeology,

historical heritage sites Country held in what view (e.g.

disturbed politically) - Pre-travel arrangement Ease with which formalities taken

care of. Getting a visa organised Friendly, efficient trade/ travel agent - Arrival into the Country Welcome Travel - Transit & during stay Quality of facilities Price & value for money Hospitality accorded - Departure Travel assistance Shopping opportunities e.g.

souvenirs b) Domestic Tourist - Choice of destination Proximity - Business Executive Knowledge and Communication - Pilgrimage Packages available - Industry/Job Incentives Tourism importance of the place - Leave Travel Concession Environment - Leisure – families going together - Pre-travel arrangements Price & value - Arrival of tourist &

during stay Variety of facilities

Price & value - Departure Shopping opportunities


6-3 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


The conceptual framework used in formulating the strategy and the action plans is pictorially depicted as under:

Figure 6.1: Conceptual framework of Strategy Formulation

Projects

Investments

Revenue/ Employment

DOT Punjab

• Facilitation • Project

Identification • Financial

Viability

Economic Development

Drivers (Tourism)

• Most of the tourist destinations/tourist attractions (barring few like Golden Temple, Anandpur Sahib) in Punjab are not known to tourists outside Punjab. Leave aside creating a brand image it has not been able even to create enough awareness. Hence, an initial attempt aimed at increasing awareness with an ultimate objective of creating a strong image of the State is needed.

• The survey and discussions also pointed out that the growth of tourism in the state has suffered primarily due to its inability to develop / provide high quality tourist destinations / products and services at these destinations. For instance, in most of the districts of Punjab no star category accommodation is available till date. While strategizing, immediate focus must be on destination development strategy.

The destination development strategy would basically include:

• Careful selection and prioritization of destinations based on inherent potential of location

• Phasing of Development

• Customer focus is another area which needs to be re-looked. So far, thrust has been always on attracting foreign tourists. Sourcing tourists from international markets is of course very crucial in view of its foreign exchange earning potential. The need to realign the tourism focus has been expressed by key stakeholders

• Most States in India are focussing on tourism. They have expressed the importance of tourism as one of the important sectors for achieving economic growth in their vision documents. Aggressive focus on tourism by all these States would mean increased internal competition. In order to sustain competitive pressures, it would be essential to provide “Value for Money” to tourists through enhanced quality levels and appropriate pricing strategy. Satisfied, excited visitors bring new knowledge home and send friends off to experience the same thing—which provides continuing business for the destination.

• For successful implementation of plans / programmes suggested in the Perspective Plan, there is a need to create proper institutional set up to:


6-4 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


o Communicate Plans / Programmes to Key Stakeholders

o Monitor the developments envisioned in the plans

o Facilitate co-ordination between State Government / Tourism & other related departments and other Stakeholders of tourism sector

• The other area of concern for the development of this sector especially in Punjab is the dearth of good professionals. It is absolutely necessary to carve out human resources development plan for this sector.

• The above discussion clearly indicates the need for developing strategies related to following crucial areas:

o Communication of Plans / Programmes

o Overall Marketing and Promotion

o Destination Development Strategy

o Funding Strategy

o Overall Institutional Strengthening

o Human Resource Development

The subsequent sections describe the above aspects in greater detail.

6.2 Communication of Plans / Programmes

Clear understanding of the perspective plan is essential to achieve goal congruence amongst various government departments. This would enable the concerned departments to make amendments if possible in their policies and regulations related to tourism projects and also provide feedback on issues related to their subject in the proposed projects.

The various stakeholders directly or indirectly associated with the tourism promotion in the state can be grouped essentially into following categories:

• Policy makers for Tourism Development, i.e All concerned government departments, who have a role in making policy that will affect Tourism development.

• Implementing Agencies of Tourism related policies in the state, including, Directorate Tourism, Punjab Tourism Development Corporation, regional and local Tourism promotion councils, District collectors, Tourism funding agencies of state and central government and all concerned agencies of State and Central Government as stake holders of Tourism development in the state.

• Beneficiaries of Tourism policies and Tourism development, i.e. Hospitality industry (including Hotels, Restaurants & Resort owners, Tour operators, Travel operators, Entertainment and amusement facilities operators, Art & culture groups, etc;), and importantly target customers, ( Domestic and Foreign tourists for information on the tourist places and Destination profile details)


6-5 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


6.2.1 Developing a institutional Framwork

To communicate and co-ordinate with different government departments to get required clearances from various departments, a high level co-coordinating committee, the Tourism Development Co-Ordinations Committee (TDCC) is proposed to be set up with representation from all related state government department. This committee will be responsible for the implementation of the perspective plan.

This committee will meet at least once in 6 months and if necessary more often to overcome any major hurdles that may come up. The committee should comprise of by the Minister for Tourism as Chairman, Commissioner of the Tourism Department, Finance Secretary, Planning Secretary and Secretaries of all concerned departments such as Water Supply, Irrigation, Sewerage, Power, PWD, PSRTC, Forest, Art and Culture, ASI and State department of Archaeology, as Members. There would also be representation from hospitality industry, tourism experts, well-known personalities form the field of Art and Culture, Archaeological experts on tribal lifestyle, history, NGO, representative from CII and Chamber of Commerce, travel writers and media. The Managing Director of the Tourism Development Corporation, Government of Punjab will be the Member-Secretary. The Secretary Tourism would be the convenor of the TDCC The convenor will be given the responsibility to communicate the perspective plan for project development and receive feedback from the concerned with regard to implementation issues of the specific projects suggested in the plan.

The tasks of communicating this plan should be primarily with Punjab State Heritage and Tourism Promotion Board (PSHTPB) – a nodal agency for the development of tourism in the state. Formation of Tourism Development and Co-ordination Committee (TDCC) under PSHTPB would ensure co-ordinated efforts towards attainment of unified goal of Integrated Tourism Development in the state. Table 6.2 describes the extent of involvement of important stakeholders in the process of Integrated Tourism Development.

Table 6.2: Role of Stakeholders in Integrated Tourism Development in Punjab

Stake Holder Role envisaged as per the perspective plan State Tourism Department

− State Tourism policy and plan, priorities, budget provisions, monitoring functions of PSHTPB

− Communicating the plan and co-ordinating with various state government departments for resource allocation of respective departments

− Policy making and designing packages for attracting private investment in Tourism projects.

Punjab State Heritage and Tourism Promotion Board

− Tourism related Data base preparation, Tourist projections − Developing tourism themes for which there is a potential and Destinations profile,

project profiles for identified and prioritized tourism projects, suggested state funded tourism infrastructure projects etc.

− Setting up MIS cell for Tourism database − Preparation of Tourism promotion plan, including media planning, attracting investors − Acquisition and transfer of land till private investor takes over project.


6-6 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


Stake Holder Role envisaged as per the perspective plan Tourism Development and Co-ordination Committee

− Facilitate co-ordination with different departments and stakeholders − Get approvals from various State Government Department on the perspective plan − Receive feedback form various departments regarding the issues, laws and regulations

that can act as impediment in implementation − List of specific projects suggested in the plan. − Revision of the perspective plan based on feedbacks − Getting/facilitating in getting clearance from various departments for the proposed

projects. − Reviewing the implementation of the perspective pan and taking corrective actions as

necessary Finance department

− Recommend incentive schemes and financial assistance schemes for selected projects − Budgetary allocation for tourist infrastructure projects

Home Department

− Security status of existing Tourist destinations and traffic and other safety requirements − Coordinate with State Tourism department about Tourism projects and Tourism related

events like fairs and festivals at various Tourist destinations. − Provide guidance and security to domestic and foreign tourists by creating Special

“Tourist Police Force” Punjab Infrastructure Development Board (PIDB)

− Development of Infrastructure projects in the state, including basic infrastructure for Tourism projects and transportation projects, power, water and urban infrastructure projects.

− Road development/maintenance at prioritized tourist destinations and tourism projects. − Co-ordinate for Railway projects with Central government. Coordinate for Air link

enhancement Punjab State Road Transport department

− Available Tourist access and development based on Tourist projections, destination priorities

− Adding new routes to tourist destinations and to support Tourism development in the state.

PWD − Filling of basic infrastructure gaps − Resource allocation to development of roads, public amenities, signages etc

Forestry Department

− Proposed nature tourism Projects − Track identification, carrying capacity of Nature sites, manpower planning and

development, restoration of forest guesthouses etc. Department of Environment and Punjab State Pollution Control Board

− Present environment status at various tourist destinations and proper actions for environment preservations

− Coordinate with TDCC in undertaking carrying capacity studies for existing and potential Tourist destinations and issue clearances to proposed Tourism projects for public and private investments.

− Monitor the environmental impacts of tourism development and suggest remedial measures to the concerned party.

State-Archaeology department

− Resource allocation and prioritization of restoration sites − Flood lighting of monuments − Issuing clearances for specific projects like Light & sound show, cultural shows at

monuments or haat – bazaars at the monument sites. Central Archaeology Department

− Conservation of Central ASI monuments − Co-ordination with state government for developing them as Tourist destinations

Urban Development Authorities

− Co-ordination with tourism department for incorporating tourism development details at various destinations and make urban infrastructure development planning accordingly.

Municipal Corporations

− Water supply, sewerage and solid waste management − Clearances, NOCs, land acquisitions etc

Funding Agencies − Funding of Tourism & Tourism Infrastructure Projects


1450//A/ February 2003

C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume I\R

Stake Holder Role envisaged as per the perspective plan Tour Operators − Conduct customized tours

− Introduce new tourist products − New tourist circuits, capacity expansion

Investors/ Entrepreneurs

− Investment in Tourism and related projects

As mentioned earlier, it is crucial to achieve goal congruence in the implementation of the perspective plan for development of tourism in Punjab. It is necessary for all concerned state departments, in principal to accept the perspective plan before initiation of the actual implementation process.

All deletions, additions, suggestions and amendments in the plan should be incorporated after receiving feedback from concerned government agencies on the perspective plan. This exercise would then provide guidelines for respective departments on a time scale, which would in turn give synergies in development of necessary infrastructure to sustain the planned growth in tourism.

Once principally all concerned departments, at implementation stage, accept the perspective plan, it will be assigned for implementation to TDCC. They in turn will assign or co-ordinate with regional Tourism development office or district collector’s office as the case may be. This regional office would interact with concerned departments through TDCC, to get clearances for specific projects in that area / destination / region.

The communication process with various government bodies is shown in figure 6.2

Figure 6.2: Process of Communication of the Perspective Plan – Govt. Department

Directorate of Tourism

PSHTPB

Relevant GovDepartments

The communication of thfunding agencies like Toterms of informing themplan also offers a shelf ofthat area.This would be h

Perspective Plan

6-7 of 25

eport.doc/01

Approval Amendments

Guidelines/ Regulations

Regional Offices

t.

e perspective plan for tourismurism Finance Corporation of about the thrust areas identi Tourism projects giving projelpful to private investors to m

TDCC

Govt. Departments / Key Stakeholders

Communication

Feedback

Clearances/ NOC

development to the private entrepeneurs and India (TFCI), IDBI, SIDBI etc is essential in fied by the state government. The perspective ect profiles of individual projects shortlisted in ake investment decisions in a particular prject.


6-8 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


A major impediment in setting up a tourism project is the number of clearances required to set up a tourism related project. The private investor should face minimal procedural hassles to expedite the process of capital inflow into the tourism economy. As seen from the communication process in figure 6.3 investors and funding agengies are insulated from the various state government departments.

Figure 6.3: Process of Communication between Government and Private Investors

Concerned Government Departments

PSHTPB Regional Offices

MR wing Promotion Wing

Private Investors/ Funding Agencies

Inquiry Single Window Clearance

Clearances

6.2.2 Other Relevant Departments

(i) Market Research and Planning Cell

The Market Research and Planning Department of DOT, Govt of Punjab would undertake feasibility study and detailed project reports for short-term projects. This cost can be recovered from the private investors taking up that project. The salient functions of this cell would be:

• Creating Awareness and building brand image

• Attracting Investment in the sector

• Attracting tourists at specific destinations

(ii) Environment Cell

Environment cell will be constituted which shall be responsible for creating environmental awareness, monitoring and assessment of environmental issues related with the present and proposed tourism activities/projects and act as advisory board to provide all environmental solutions to these projects. This body will also assist the developers and promoters for obtaining the necessary environmental clearances.


6-9 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


(iii) Promotion/ Marketing Cell

The Marketing Department (under erstwhile PTDC) would handle promotion and publicity campaigns directed towards both tourists and investors. This department would work closely with other departments such as forests, ASI, arts and culture and promote tourist attractions related to all these departments.

(iv) Regional Execution Offices

The regional tourism offices of erstwhile PTDC / DOT would act as facilitators between investors and the government departments. These offices would facilitate a single window clearance point for all projects proposed in that region.

The regional offices would also assist investors and funding agencies in implementation stage for acquisition of land, augmentation of basic infrastructure, etc.

6.3 Marketing Strategy

6.3.1 Marketing and Publicity

Marketing and Publicity will play a pivotal role in successful implementation of the Perspective Tourism Development Plan. It is often a point of debate whether the tourist inflow at a certain destination attracts related infrastructure and projects or is it the existing infrastructure and tourism amenities that attract tourist to a certain destination. Thus the marketing effort for tourism projects should be addressed to both tourists and investors of tourism projects.

6.3.2 Defining marketing objectives

The marketing objectives would broadly involve the following elements for formulating the marketing strategy:

1. Destination Prioritization

2. Target customer – Location-wise, Income-wise, Purpose-wise

3. Targeted Tourist inflow

4. Target investment inflow at each destination

From the Target Customers' point of view, marketing the tourist destinations in Punjab will have to be done at two levels:

1. Marketing for the local and domestic tourists; and

2. Marketing for the foreign tourists

The preparation of publicity material, organising of tourist festivals to coincide with the arrivals of tourists in Punjab and audio-visual presentations to familiarise the tourists with the tourist destinations


6-10 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


in Punjab will have to be done in such a way that the product is neither undersold nor oversold. To this end, a few objectives have been identified:

1. To increase the average duration of stay of foreign tourists

2. To sustain the growth of domestic tourists at an annual compound growth rate of 4.4% during the next 20 years

3. To provide avenues for expenditure so that the average expenditure of foreign tourists is increased.

For creating effective awareness about the places of tourist interest in Punjab, it is proposed to evolve an aggressive marketing strategy. For this purpose, it is proposed that Government would spend an amount of Rs.67.25 lakhs for promotion during short term i.e. between 2002-3 to 2006-07.

The Department of Tourism of Punjab should open/revamp Liaison Offices in other important cities through out the country and in the Indian embassies in selected countries

The Department of Tourism, Government of Punjab should also publish a multimedia CD-ROM containing audio, video and text based information on all the tourist spots in Punjab. As part of giving thrust to promote tourism and making Punjab a global destination, the Department shall also launch an Internet edition of the contents that go into the CD-ROM. The Department will actively participate in international travel markets, festivals, fairs and exhibitions.

The department should also take up membership of all the International and domestic tourism related organisations. The Department should prepare documentaries on all important places of tourist interest. The department should print attractive brochures/leaflets on all tourist places of Punjab and exhibit them with all major travel agents, 5-star hotels, etc.

The department should strengthen its structure to meet the requirement of high inflow of domestic and foreign tourists.

It is also proposed to have a periodical study on impact of tourism related activities on a continuous basis. The Department should engage the services of outside experts on a regular basis.

The Government marketing strategy will also be supported by involvement of private sector investors. The effort of both Government and Private Sector is expected to boost Tourism inflow of both, foreign and domestic tourists.

The department should frequently get feedback from people in the field of travel which will be stored in data bank. The department will also devise method of getting feedback from tourists.

The approach of department has also to be changed and it will have to be more package oriented, specific and practical.

The department would make all efforts to put Punjab very high on the Tourism map of India and world.


6-11 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


6.4 Marketing Strategies with reference to publicity and advertisement

6.4.1 Media Publicity

Publicity in the print and Audio-visual media should be used to promote individual destinations, circuits and even the entire state. Such promotion of destinations would serve a dual purpose of attracting tourists as well investments to that destination. The promotion campaigns should promote selected destinations depending upon the target audience and development priority of that destination.

It should be noted here that a good promotion campaign is only successful if a sound distribution network backs it. Similarly in tourism industry a good promotion campaign will attract tourists on a sustainable basis only if it is backed by good accessibility (to destination) tourist infrastructure and tourist retaining capability.

Various media tools suggested for destination marketing depending on the destination type and target audience is to be judiciously planned such as hoardings, travel guides, in-flight magazines, tourist magazines, airports, TV, etc.

In addition to this Punjab as a destination should be promoted amongst international tourism writers and tours should be hosted for travel writers from Far East Asian and European countries.

Table 6.3: Suggested Media Mix

Tou

rist

M

agaz

ines

Tra

vel G

uide

Hoa

rdin

gs

Tel

evis

ion

New

spap

ers

Oth

er

Mag

azin

es

En Route destinations like Pathankot and Rupnagar

Local weekend destination like Kapurthala (Kanjali)

Overall Punjab

6.4.2 Road shows and exhibitions

Punjab tourism department should take active part in national and international tourism exhibitions to propagate and enhance the brand image of Punjab among the domestic and international tourists and tour operators.

6.4.3 Newspaper articles and interview

Interviews and articles on particular destinations or tourism policy on the whole can be used as a tool to invite private investors in the tourism sector. Such articles and interviews can appear in publications of associations related to tourism industry, travel magazines and other business magazines and newspapers.


6-12 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


Such a publicity campaign can address the exact target audience of private entrepreneurs and other funding agencies. This can be particularly used in promoting medium and long-term destinations and projects.

6.4.4 Familiarity (FAM) Tours for Tour Operators

National and international tour operators should be called for a free visit to priority destinations of the state government and information regarding the destinations should be disseminated to them. Tour operators should be encouraged to visit the priority destinations more often through alliances between tour operators and DOT.

6.4.5 Alliances with Transporters, International Airways, International Tour Operators etc

PTDC should go in for alliances with international and domestic transporters and tour operators outside Punjab for Joint destination promotion campaigns.

6.4.6 Tourist Information Centers and Kiosks

This is the most effective tool in the marketing mix as it offers promotion as well as acts as a facilitator or service provider to tourists. Tourist information centers should be strategically located at national and international gateways and important tourist destinations.

The facilities at Tourist Information Centers (TIC) should include:

• Information Kiosks

• Help desk providing related literature and brochures

• Booking services for Conducted/ Package Tours, Transport and Hotel accommodation.

Full fledged TIC should be provided at important gateways and major destinations while interactive information Kiosks should be provided at Major railway stations, airports, high budget hotels etc.

6.5 Marketing strategy to attract investors

Apart from the strategies outlined in the earlier paragraphs, a special marketing effort also has to be made to attract and convince the private entrepreneurs and funding agencies. Marketing department of PSHTPB /DOT should target private entrepreneurs, funding agencies like TFCI, World Bank, ADB, etc for investments in different types of projects in Punjab. Use of several methods or combination of more than one individual method to reach out to the potential investors and offer them opportunities to invest in tourism projects in Punjab can go a long way.

Some of the steps or strategies which can be taken up for promoting tourism in Punjab and attract investment in the sector can be as follows:

1. Seminars, presentations and exhibitions (Road Shows) showcasing investment opportunities in the State at national and international travel and tourism exhibitions


6-13 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


2. Presentation to various organizations in the tourism industry such as Indian Association of Amusement Parks and allied Industries (IAAPI), FHRAI etc and convey to them the perspective plan proposed by the Government

Distributing printed brochures to potential investors stating

• Information of tourist destinations

• Current and potential tourist inflow

• Projects identified and investments required

• Incentives and assistance given by the government

• Investment procedure

Apart from the strategies discussed so far, the following things can also be done to promote and develop sustainable tourism in the state of Punjab:

• Create awareness amongst the local people on the earning potential of Tourism

• Collaborated efforts with major domestic & international and tour operators to bring in foreign tourists

• Proactive promotional efforts to be made with the neighbouring states

6.6 Development Strategy

Punjab’s tourism development strategy should focus on the following priorities:

• The management and implementation of the Tourism Perspective Plan

• Promoting travel in Punjab

• Establishing Punjab’s position as a world-class tourism destination while retaining its distinctive identity

• Restoration and preservation of tourism attractions

• Promoting Highway Tourism

• Promoting religious, heritage and rural tourism

• Promoting repeat visits

• Promoting educational trips

• Raising Punjab’s profile and showcasing the state as a global destination

• Increasing visitor arrivals

• Positioning Punjab as a hub for meetings, conventions and exhibitions

6.6.1 Destination Development Strategies

In the tourism industry, destination is a product which is offered to the tourists and hence it has to be developed and marketed well to accomplish the desired objectives. As a part of our study, 12 destinations


6-14 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


were surveyed. Strategies for development of these destinations according to different tourism themes are discussed below. The state has the world famous Gurudwaras and the heritage structures. Strategies need to be focussed on the development of these destinations having the existing tourist attractions. The State does not have much to offer so far as natural resources are concerned. Hence, some manmade features/attractions (Amusement Parks/.Water Parks/Restaurants) need to be created in the state to attract tourists. The state has excellent road network (both National and State Highway). Emphasis should be, hence, laid on highway tourism by creating projects lined on the highways.

(i) Religious Tourism

This category of tourists are solely from the domestic market or the visiting NRIs who visit during holy months, festivals and peak seasons like. (Baisakhi, summer vacations, e.t.c.)

Short Term Medium Term Long Term Offer standardised as well as customised packaged tours. Package tours can have a particular theme (religious, leisure, e.tc.) or a mix could be offered Civic amenities and cleanliness to be maintained in and around the sites.

− Invite private sector participation for canteens / food courts on contractual basis, where all types of Indian food could be made available. Preference should be given to women and locals

− Posters of the temples and gurudwaras along with their heritage and historical importance should be provided to the tour operators organising tours in these destinations

Special trains or coaches should be made available specifically for tourists on package tours offered by PTDC (or) Private operators.

− Create awareness among the tourists about the nearby tourist attractions. E.g through brochures, signboards etc.

− Tourist facilitation centres should be made available for tourists

− Proper Medical facilities should be provided during the festival season to take care of the medical requirements of the pilgrimage.

− Organised shopping centres should be made available to tourists for them to spend time in the afternoon.

− Advertise in the local newspapers about the festivals and events. Proper media coverage should be given to the celebrations and festivals like Baisakhi, Holamohalla

− Special festivals or events should be arranged in the lean seasons

− Nature cure centres, yoga, medication centres, stress relieving centres etc should be organised during the lean seasons

− Print ads denoting the artistic beauty of the gurudwaras and temples

− Security arrangements to reduce thefts, chain snatching and pick pocketing.

− Increase hotel options

− Proper transport facility and connectivity with the nearby tourist attractions

− Improve the basic civic amenities like drainage and water facilities

−

− Sitting arrangements and rest rooms should be made available for tourists. Tents accommodation should be made available during the festivals.

− Improved food facilities and way side amenities

− Parking arrangement outside the temples and gurudwaras

−


6-15 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


(ii) Leisure Tourism

Short Term Medium Term Long Term − Aggressive publicity drives.

Advertisement should be shown in the national level channels during prime time.

− Proper 2-3 days circuits should be arranged and care should be taken while designing the circuits

− The projects suggested in the report should be implemented at the earliest possible time

− The blend of the package tours is dependent upon the psychological determinants of the target market tourists. The domestic tourists prefer a blend of religious and leisure, as their psychological determinant is holy visits and relaxation. For the Non Resident Indians the determinant is family bonding. These aspects have to be exploited in Advertising and publicity

− Procedures to obtain liquor from the permit holders should be made simpler and easier.

− The focus needs to be on the rural lifestyle and culture that would attract the foreign tourists as well as the domestic tourists

− There is an urgent need for good budget hotels

− Tourist facilitation centres should be made available for tourists

− Entertainment options have to be increased to a certain extent at all the destinations

− Tourist information centres at railway stations and airports

− Banking facilities need to be improved. (Acceptance of travellers cheques and credit cards should me facilitated)

− Speech, light and sound show during the evenings at Patiala and Bathinda could be organised.

−

(iii) Culture and Heritage Tourism

The main interest groups for this category are the Foreign tourists and the education tourists. Though the extreme climate is supposed to be hindering factor, Rajasthan tourism’s success is a classic example of how well these destinations could be marketed in Punjab as well.

Short Term Medium Term Long Term − Massive publicity drives. − Special and economy packages

should be designed for domestic tourists. E.g.<Rs. 5000 for 4 days and three nights. Weekend packages should be customised and marketed for domestic tourists living in Punjab.

− Special focus should be given to the handicraft, folk music, local food etc.

− Usage of Internet. Website of Punjab tourism should be made attractive and should serve as a tourist guide to the Internet surfers. Tourist Map and information of the destinations and pictures should be made downloadable for free

− Print ads in Asia Travel magazines.( Highlight ARTISTIC VALUE)

− Photographic galleries and museums should be made available to tourists. The focus of these should be the historical importance of the site


6-16 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


Short Term Medium Term Long Term − Sound and light shows should be

organised at the heritage sites − Billboards and Hoarding at all the

major Airports in India for a minimum span of 2 months at all the locations preferably in the months between Oct-Feb

− Special festivals/events should be organised on a regular basis and supported by media campaigns.

− Promotional activities should be undertaken for shooting of films and serials at heritage properties

− Billboards at railway and bus stations with the highest traffic in India.

− Ghuram and Buddhist caves are still under low profile and needs more attention to publicise

− Tour Operators of repute should be accommodated free of cost as a promotional activity during the lean season

− Non-availability of Guides has undermined the real historical importance of these sites; hence personnel with a pleasing personality and good communication skills have to be recruited as guides by the tour operators and trained in history and professionalism by the PTDC

− Authentic events from the life of Guru Nanak and other sikh gurus as laid out in the texts should be recreated in the form of sculptures and pictures

(iv) Business Tourism

Jalandhar, Ludhiana and Kapurthala attract a sizeable number of business tourists in this region. These destinations should have increased Tourism related activities so that the business tourists are encouraged motivated to spend.

Short Term Medium Term Long Term − Better communication facilities

like internet/fax/phone should be provided keeping in mind the requirements of business tourists

− Entertainment options have to be increased in these destinations like air conditioned shopping malls, multiplexes, Golf courses, Tennis courts, etc

− Increase the quality of services provided by the star hotels. Necessary assistance should be provided by the government in the form of loans for renovations, swimming pool, Gym, etc. at subsidised rates

− Options for budget hotels have to be increased

− Availability of budget hotels has to be increased in these destinations

− World-class conference facilities should be developed

− Availability of budget hotels has to be increased

− Increase the quality of services provided by the star hotels. Necessary assistance should be provided by the government in the form of loans at subsidised interest rates. E.g. swimming pool, gym, etc

− Stress relieving or nature cure therapy centres to be developed

− Brochures containing the potential nearby destinations have to be made available at all the hotels and tourist information centres

− Increase the quality of services provided by the star hotels. Necessary assistance should be provided by the government in the form of loans at subsidised interest rates. e.g. swimming pool, gym, etc

−


6-17 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


(v) Nature Tourism

Hari ke Pattan, Kanjali and Ropar wetlands are the places identified for the promotion of nature tourism.

Short Term Medium Term Long Term − Restoration of ecological settings of the

wetlands. − Restoration of available

infrastructure at these sites − De-weeding of lakes on urgent basis − Carefully customised publicity campaign − Development of suggested projects

− Replication of those project or extending facilities depending on the carrying capacity of the locations

(vi) Rural Tourism

Initially, one site can be developed in Chhatbir village at Patiala district which can be replicated later at Sangrur and other potential sites identified by DOT Punjab.

Short Term Medium Term Long Term − Awareness among the locals

regarding the benefits of rural tourism.

− Develop required infrastructure using the local resources and encouraging women participation

− Replicate at other potential sites

− Publicity drives − Cultural festivals and traditional

crafts to be promoted − Develop a model village &

promote the concept

(vii) Highway Tourism

Punjab has one of the best road networks in the country. Road travel is the most opted mode of travel in Punjab therefore it can be promoted to earn significant revenue for the tourism industry. There is a significant highway travel especially enroute between Delhi, Jalandhar, Ludhiana, Pathankot, Patiala etc.

Short Term Medium Term Long Term − Develop way side amenities − Improve Signages

− Implement the concept of highway patrol on the lines of Haryana.

− Implement the upcoming road projects with due attention to the aesthetics and greenery along the highways.

− Information centres and advertisement can be clubbed with other basic wayside amenities.

− Make compulsory for the state transport buses to halt at the PTDC complexes instead of private dhabas and hotels.

6.7 Financing

The Government has to limit its role to only that of a facilitator and take up the responsibility of providing the basic infrastructure necessary for the development of tourism in the State.

The need for funding in the tourism sector arises for:


6-18 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


• Investments in new tourism circuits & tourism infrastructure projects

• Investments for expanding existing tourism facilities

• Upgradation and renovation of the erstwhile PTDC properties

There are three basic types of funding requirements for the suggested projects in the Perspective Plan according to the nature of project.

Largely, the source for direct revenue generating project will be private sector investment.

Basic infrastructure augmentation like power, water, public amenities, signages, etc., would be the responsibility of the concerned government departments and thus the financing of such schemes.

The third category of projects/ activity such as marketing and publicity, human resource development (HRD), tourist information centres (TIC), planning and implementation of projects, MIS, feasibility analysis and Environment monitoring would be funded by PSHTPB /DOT. A cost sharing arrangement between PSHTPB /DOT and private players could be possible in some categories like TICs, Publicity and HRD ( we have not considered the same).

There is a fourth category of projects such as Rural Village Tourism Project, wherein the initial promotion, would be made by the government. However, the method of implementing the project can be decided after carrying out a detailed feasibility study of different options, essentially keeping the private investors in mind. The various configurations of these projects can be innovatively worked out during the stage of the detailed study.

For the Palace on Wheels Project or the train project or the train project of Jaijon Village, the Department of Tourism, Govt. of Punjab alongwith the Ministry of Railways have to be the promoters. Some functions/activities during operation can be given out to the private companies.

For entrepreneurs willing to invest in direct revenue generating projects like accommodation facility, etc., will have access to finance from various domestic funding agencies and international funding institutions such as Commercial banks, ICICI, IDBI, TFCI, World Bank, ADB, UNDP, etc.

PTDC owns a string of tourism and tourism related properties. It is committed to privatization of properties since the new strategy envisages a decisively catalytic role. Some PTDC properties are already privatized. There is a need to bring in private operator for other remaining properties for the following reasons:

• Limitations of PTDC in investing in new infrastructure or maintain existing ones

• Privatization will be the best way to keep with the growing demand for infrastructure and services

• Privatization will improve choice, and therefore, quality of services

The task of privatisation and bringing private operator should be entrusted to TDCC as explained in earlier section. This would to a large extent eliminate the funding related bottlenecks as the projects identified and structured by TDCC would have better bankability.


6-19 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


6.7.1 Funding sources for projects

(i) Commercial Banks

The commercial banks in India finance any commercially viable project with minimum projected DSCR of 2. The interest rate varies in the range of 15-18% depending on the bank. The eligibility criteria also varies between the banks.

(ii) TFCI

Tourism Finance Corporation of India (TFCI) provides financial assistance to enterprises for setting up and/ or development of tourism related projects, facilities and services. These include hotels, restaurants, holiday resorts, amusement parks and complexes for entertainment, education and sports, safari parks, rope-ways, cultural centres, convention halls, transport, travel and tour operating, air service, tourist emporia, sports facilities etc.

TFCI provides loans for projects of capital cost of over Rs.3 Crore. The amount interest rates are 18%, Dept; Equity Rate of 1.5:1 (can be related to 2:1). Moratorium period of 1.5 to 2 years in hotel projects and 3-5 years in transportation and repayment period of 8 years

(iii) International funding agencies

Many international funding agencies fund tourism projects and projects related to provision of infrastructure at tourist destinations. Generally international funding is available for projects promotion, socio-economic development, environment and forest conservation, and heritage restoration.

• The World Bank

Not directly involved in funding tourism projects, this agency provides major funding for infrastructure, environmental and conservation projects that benefit tourism as well as serve general needs.

• UNDP (United Nations Development Program)

The UNDP is mainly a technical assistance agency. It is an important source agency for the funding of tourism planning and other tourism related projects through WTO (World tourism organization). Many of these projects include provision of equipments as well as technical assistance. The UNCDF provides small scale tourism assistance in form of grants and long term loans for social facilities, services and economic activities.

• Asian Development Bank (ADB)

Similar to the World Bank, this agency gives preference to infrastructure projects.


6-20 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


6.8 Institutional Strengthening Strategy

The Perspective Plan envisages a critical catalytic role of Tourism Corporation of Punjab in the overall development of tourism sector in the State. There is need for Punjab State Heritage and Tourism Promotion Board (PSHTPB) to critically assess their capabilities to assume the role envisioned in the Perspective Plan. Such an assessment would bring to the fore several strategic, structural and systemic deficiencies. PSHTPB would have to redress these deficiencies and possibly reorient themselves fulfil the role expected in the Perspective Plan. The two areas which clearly need strengthening and realignment are:

• Organisation Focus

• Marketing

The role of PSHTPB envisaged by the perspective is that of a catalyst for tourism development in the state. This role envisaged in the Perspective Plan indicates paradigm shift from the traditional role PSHTPB, i.e. commercial functions such as operation of hotels and resorts to policy formulation and information dissemination.

The shift in the functional orientation of the organisation will bring about significant changes in some of the functional areas like Marketing & Market Research, Public Relations, Publicity and Information Systems. PSHTPB will have to commence building expertise, both the software and the hardware, to effectively perform these functions.

The Marketing Research role of the Corporation is very critical, since it would be the basis for formulating policies and giving strategic direction to the future growth of the sector. The following key marketing functions need to be strengthened at PSHTPB:

• Research and analysis

• Product development

• Travel trade co-ordination

• Information services

• Consumer services

• Advertising

• Public Relations and promotion

Apart from marketing & research, other areas which PSHTPB needs to strengthen capabilities include:

• Environmental Management

• Project Structuring

• Project Evaluation

• Infrastructure Evaluation

Though, it is possible to outsource these functions, it is suggested that PSHTPB develops these skills in-house considering long term role of PSHTPB in the tourism development process.


6-21 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


6.9 Human Resources Development

The dearth of good professionals / skilled staff (i.e. managerial, supervisory, skilled or unskilled, trainers, Guides, etc) in this sector in Punjab is a major area of concern for the development of this sector. The sparse availability of proper manpower in this sector leads to higher staff turnover in the hotel industry.

Tourists depend upon travel agents, guides and hence trained manpower in these areas is one of the most important aspects of the tourism industry. On the basis of available statistics, training facilities can be safely said to be inadequate. If trained manpower is not available locally, the objective of local employment will not be achieved.

Keeping in view the approach of market-led development, the State Government / agencies involved in tourism activities need to take following actions for human resources development in this sector:

• Encourage and support creation of training facilities in the private sector by private agencies/individuals.

• Following specialised courses needs to be introduced at Industrial Training Institutes:

o Hotel Management courses

o Courses meant for guides, caterer and other supervisory and non-supervisory staff

• Residents of Punjab, especially local youths, should be encouraged and facilitated to take part in such training courses.

• The Institute of Hotel Management, Catering & Nutrition which is working under the administrative control of the Central Government need to start new training courses so that the residents of Punjab can get admission and manpower requirement of this sector is met.

• Due publicity should be given by the government and private agencies to make the students at the school level aware of the career prospects in the hotel industry and to encourage them to join the Institute of Hotel Management.

• Increased incentives, concessions in the fees at the Institute of Hotel Management should be extended to the local students. Scholarships should be provided to the students of Punjab origin studying in recognized institutions anywhere in the country.

• An institute similar to Food Craft Institute of the National Council should be set up.

• Courses on travel and tourism management should be started after estimating the demand existing for trained professionals in this sector.

• Special courses to upgrade the standards of Institutional and industrial catering in the State should be started.

• Special certificate courses for the hotel employees should be conducted by Institute of Sanitation, Fire and Safety procedures, Personal Hygiene, Food safety.

• The private initiative for hospitality education needs to be encouraged and investments in such enterprises should be made attractive through exemptions / concessions.


6-22 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


6.10 Implementation

Implementation of certain elements of the action programs:

• Recommendations for the promotion program and layouts of priority collateral material;

• Based on the priority projects in the rural highways and Eco-tourism fields, certain projects will be selected to serve as models for expanding the possibilities of tourism development;

• Based on priority projects on cultural heritage, certain projects will be selected for improved presentation and interpretation facilities;

• Based on recommendations, the public tourism awareness program will be implemented in totality or in part in the first stage of the program;

• Based on recommendations, tourist information services in the marketing plan will be initiated including the establishment of a tourist information centre in Chandigarh.

6.10.1 Implementation Strategy

Following are the pre-requisites for successful implementation of tourism projects:

• Creation of conducive environment for tourism development in the host area

• Establish appropriate institutional set up

• Installing efficient project management system to monitor and evaluate the progress

Involving local participation in the development process would ensure long term success of the proposed tourism project. The local community needs to be educated about the possible economic & social benefits of tourism so as to develop favourable and conducive climate for the project.

The Perspective Plan envisages development of integrated tourism circuits. The implementation of a project of this nature would necessarily involve the efforts of several agencies and government departments. To ensure constantly and continue of focus and priority for each of the implementing agencies, there is need to have the requisite powers and authority to ensure speedy and timely implementation.

Key agencies that would have major role in development of tourism in Punjab have been enlisted below:

• PTDC and TDCC

• District Collectors

• Forest Department

• Punjab State Transport Corporation

• Archaeological Survey of India

• Road and Buildings Department

• State Electricity Board

• State Art and Culture Department


6-23 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


• State Water Supply Board

• State Environment Department.

• State police Department

Considering the level and extent of development envisioned in the Perspective Plan, it would be essential to set up efficient Project Management System to monitor and evaluate the progress. Such a system would have to constantly monitor progress and trouble–shoot. The project will have to be evaluated at periodic intervals to ensure achievement of objectives by the TDCC. Mid term corrections and modifications will need to be decided upon and rapidly implemented.

The guidelines for ensuring successful tourism development are given below:

• Prioritize the implementation of the project components such that they result in a visible and positive impact on the respective regions within the shortest possible time frame.

• Ensure that the proposed development takes place within the specified time frame.

• Encourage private investment in the development plans.

• Clearly define and demarcate the areas of responsibility for various implementing agencies.

• Ensure active participation of the local population in the development process.

• Minimise conflicts, if any, between the development work already initiated by various state government agencies and the projects proposed in the Perspective Development Plan.

• Develop suitable planning and co-ordination mechanisms to ensure smooth execution of the development process.

6.11 Infrastructure Development

Some of the major projects that are coming up in Punjab include:

• Khalsa Centenary Complex at Anandpur Sahib

• Jalandhar Science City

• New Rail Projects

• New Road Projects

All these projects will certainly go a long way in the development of tourism in the State in the coming years.

6.12 Identification of Executing Agencies

Since tourism is a multi-sector project, agencies need to be identified who will be responsible for the execution of each sub-project. At a later stage, it may be worthwhile to identify by name the officer in each agency who will be the contact person for this project.

The following table broadly indicates the sub-project and the executing agency for each sub-project:


6-24 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


Table 6.4: Executing Agency for Tourism Project

Sl. # Name of Sub-project Department Responsible Actual executing agency 1 Accommodation DOT - 2 Transportation State Transport

Department State Transport Department, Private Operators

3 Wayside amenities DOT DOT 4 Nature Tourism DOT, PSCST DOT, Private Developers 6 Landscaping - Flood lighting DOT DOT - Signage DOT DOT, Department of Archaeology,

Municipal Corporation - Archaeology Dept. of Archaeology Dept. of Archaeology 7 Telecommunication Dept. of

Telecommunication Dept. of Telecommunication

8 Roads PWD PWD 9 Water & Sanitation PHE PHE 10 Power PSEB PSEB 11 Air Strips PWD PWD 12 Human Resource Development DOT DOT with the help of other institutions 13 Marketing Strategy DOT DOT 14 Project monitoring and evaluation DOT DOT

6.13 Action programs

The elaboration of some action programs and special studies to guide implementation of the tourism development strategy:

• Preparation of the action program that specifies the development projects and other actions required to implement the first stage or first five years of the development strategy;

• Preparation of a marketing plan which will consist of marketing objectives, marketing strategy and promotion program;

• Design of a comprehensive MIS for creation and maintenance of statistics relating to tourists arrival, average spending pattern, and destination-wise tourists visited, etc.

• Undertaking of a study and preparation of a program for development of rural and Eco-tourism;

• Formulation of recommendations on the best approaches for interpretation of tourist attractions;

• Undertaking a study on human resource development for tourism in Punjab with recommendations on an integrated program for providing qualified personnel to work in all aspects of tourism;

• Preparation of a public tourism awareness program and a tourist behaviour code;


6-25 of 25 1450//A/ February 2003


• Preparation of a financial plan for the tourism development strategy with recommended sources of funding for tourism development;

6.14 Recommendations

Major plans, action and strategies proposed so far can be compiled and summarised as the following recommendations:

• Tourism Department should act as a nodal agency for co-ordinating with various other State and Central departments in order to promote the state and to provide better infrastructure.

• Creation of a nodal agency for development of Tourism in the State, viz. Tourism Development and Co-ordination Committee (TDCC) to ensure co-ordinated efforts towards attainment of unified goal of Integrated Tourism Development in the State

• A single window clearance of tourism projects with a transparent process should be evolved.

• The tourism heads at the district level should be at helm of affairs in their location. The role of the District Collector in Tourism needs to be re-examined.

• More budgetary support to the department should be provided by the state government

• Additional assistance from Central Government should be sought for developing mega tourism projects envisaged for the state

• Awareness should be created among the locals on the earning potential/employment opportunity on account of tourism, thereby changing the closed and conservative mindset of the people

• The role of private entrepreneurs in Tourism promotion and in implementing projects should be recognised and a Public-Private Tourism model be evolved.

• The Government should focus its efforts in promotion of the State abroad and in other States and act as a facilitator by limiting itself to providing infrastructure support.

The aim of devising development strategy is to develop and sustain Punjab as a major tourist destination. To make this happen, it is essential not only to identify strategic factors imparting competitive advantage and build appropriate strategies for attaining the desired goals/ targets envisioned, but also co-ordination amongst various related departments and stakeholders. A mix of appropriate tools along with focussed approaches, taking into consideration various factors affecting this industry would definitely go a long way in making Punjab a sought after global tourist destinations in the coming years.

Study Report on Preparation of 20 Years Perspective Plan for Dalal Mott MacDonald Development of Sustainable Tourism in Joint Director General (MR), Department of Tourism Punjab Annexure – 1

Joint Director General (MR), Department of Tourism Ministry of Tourism and Culture C-1, Hutments, Dalhousie Road New Delhi 110001 India



Maharashtra

June 2002

Dalal Consultants and Engineers Limited Sarojini House 6 Bhagwan Dass Road New Delhi 110 001 India

1 of 6 1450/Punjab C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 1\contact list.doc/01


LIST OF CONTACTS – PUNJAB STATE

Sr. No. Contact Telephone/E-mail 1. Mrs. Geetika Kalha, IAS

Secretary Tourism Govt. of Punjab, 514-15 Mini Sectt. Chandigarh

0172-742131

2. Mr. Sanjay Kumar IAS Managing Director Punjab Tourism Dev. Corporation Sector 8-C, Chandigarh

0172-781138/781147

3. Mr. IS Sandhu IAS Director Tourism Deptt. of Tourism Punjab Sector 22-C, Chandigarh

0172-721173

4. Mr. N. S. Tiwana Executive Director Punjab State Council for Science & Technology Sector – 26, Chandigarh

0172-792325

5. Dr. Satnam Singh Ladhar Principal Scientific Officer (Environment) Punjab State Council for Science & Technology Sector – 26, Chandigarh

0172-793141

6. Dr. K. S. Bath Senior Scientific Officer (Science City) Punjab State Council for Science & Technology Sector – 26, Chandigarh

0172-793141

7. Mr. R. S. Gosal , Dy. Director Operations Punjab State Road Transport Deptt. Chandigarh

0172-702575

8. Mr. Amarjit Singh Chief – Stores & Purchase Officer Punjab State Road Transport Deptt., Sector 17-C Chandigarh

0172-704790/704679

9. Mr. P. Sodhi, Publicity Officer Punjab Khadi & Village Industries Board Sector – 22 D Chandigarh

0172-705177

10. Mr. A.S. Dogra Principal Conservator of Forests, Punjab Punjab – Sector 22-C Chandigarh

0172-705828



Sr. No. Contact Telephone/E-mail 11. Mr. R. S. Randhawa

Director Cultural Affairs, Archaeology & Museums Plot No. 3, Sector 38-A Chandigarh

0172-694889

12. Mr. Jairam Chief Conservator Cultural Affairs, Archaeology & Museums Plot No. 3, Sector 38-A Chandigarh

0172-694889

13. Mr. Kuldeep Singh Cultural Affairs, Archaeology & Museums Plot No. 3, Sector 38-A Chandigarh

14. Mr. Gurmeet Singh/Mr. Gurmail Chand Dy. Chief Warden Wildlife Govt. of Punjab Sector 22-C, Chandigarh

0172-705828

15. Mr. S.K. Mahendroo Chief Coordinator Town Planning Govt. of Punjab Chandigarh

16. Mr. Kuldeep Singh , Dept of Irrigation – Punjab (Canal Rest Houses) Madhya Marg, Chandigarh

17. Chief Engineer Public Works Deptt, ( Circuit Houses and Rest Houses) Lower Mall Patiala

18. Mr. R.T. Jindal Director North Zone Culture Centre Patiala

0175-213218/211429

19. Chief Town Planner Town & Country Planning Department 18-A, Old Estate Office Bldg. Chandigarh

0172-549066/774239

20. Mr. Gautam Manager, PTDC Complexes, Shambhu

21. Mr. Malkait Singh PTDC Complex Sirhind



Sr. No. Contact Telephone/E-mail 22. Mr. Ravi Thakur

Hotel Maharaja Place SutehriRoad, Near Govt. College Chowk, Hoshiarpur – 146001

223880, 221174 98140-65488 98141-21447

23. Khalifa Syed Mohammad Yahya Rauza Sharif, Fatehgarh Sahib

01763-32144

24. Mr. Chandra Jyoti, Manager Floating Restaurant, Fatehgarh Sahib

01763-29170

25. Mr. Sarjit Singh Saini, Manager Pinkassia PTDC Complex, Ropar

26197, 22097

26. Ms. Sulochana Devi, Mr. Darshan Lal, Sarpanch Jaijo

01884-41737

27. Dr. T. S. Bindra, Chairman VVRI, Hoshiarpur

221002

28. Mr. Gurmit Singh, Secretary, Cultural Wing, Desh Bhagat Hall, Jalandhar

0181-458224, 481506 98141 29757

29. Mr. S. K. Mukerjee, Secretary, Jalianwala Bagh, Amritsar

542245

30. Mr. Raman Kumar, Keeper, Maharaja Ranjit Singh Summer Palace, Company Bagh, Amritsar

31. Mr. Jagjdip Singh, D.F.O. Wildlife, Harike

0183-402824

32. Mr. Chet Singh, Manager Kaner PTDC Complex, Moga

01636-24348

33. Mr. Bhajan Singh, A/Conservator Aamkhas Bagh, Sirhind

0175-353211

34. Taj Regency Near Bus Stand, Jalandhar Road, Kapurthalal – 144 601

01822 – 39881, 31189, 20240 E-mail : [email protected]

35. Mr. Anil Kaissital Hotel Sahil Palace Old Bus Stand, Ropar

01881-22033, 22633 E-mail : [email protected]



Sr. No. Contact Telephone/E-mail 36. Mr. K.D. Jha

Manager, Hotel Mohan Continental Opp. Head Post Office Patiala – 147 001

0175-22170, 222445 ®

37. Hotel Shine Star Nehru Gate Nawanshahr (Pb.)

01823-21157

38. Hotel G.K. International SCO. 353 – 356, Sector 35 B, Chandigarh

0172-647510, 647513, 660737 Fax : 0172-389509

39. Mr. Gurdeep Singh Virdi Partner Hargobind Travels SCO 94-95, Sec. 34 – A, Behind Piccadily Theatre, Chandigarh

0172 - 608484, 607203, 387609 E-mail:[email protected]

40. Mr. Mukesh Sharma Sandal Travels Private Limited S.C.O. 83 – 84, Sector 34 – A, Chandigarh

608611, 612556, 385637, 385638 Fax : 385639

41. Hotel sun City Towers 84 / 15 – 2, Queen’s Road, Amritsar

0183-229636-37-38 Fax : 0183-222117

42. Mr. Harvinder Singh Sarai Managing Partner Maharaja Palace KKP Bye-Pass, Near Micro Tower, Moga – 142001

01636-27752 98140-36374

43. Hotel Dev Main Bazar, Moga

01636-22510, 25218

44. Hotel Samrat New Gulabi Bagh,, G.T. Road, Moga – 142 001

01636-24343, 28343

45. High way Link Travel Ch. Clock Tower Golden Temple, Amritsar

0183-559635, 559345

46. President Taxi Operator Union, Railway Station , Pathankot

0186-26071

47. Maneger U-Nite Hotel, Pathankot Gurudaspur Road, Pathankot

0186-30082, 33469



Sr. No. Contact Telephone/E-mail 48. Mr. M.S.Bajwa,

Chairman & Managing Director Indo-American Disney’s World , Hotel and Beach Resort, National Highway ,Pathankot Jammu By Pass , Madhopur

01867-44448,43480/81

49. Mr Vijay Prakap Puri Ex Chairmain Sugar Mill Gurdaspur

50. Mr Darbara Singh Coral PTDC Tourist Complex, Madhopur, Gurdaspur

01870-57241

51. Asst Engineer Department of Irrigation Shahpur Kandi Fort, Gurdaspur

01870-63232

52. Mr Surender Kumar, Monument Attendant, Department of ASI Takate Akbari, Village Kalanaur, Gurudaspur

53. Monument Attendant, Department of ASI Baradwari and Shamsher Khan Tomb, Batala, Gurdaspur

54. Mr C.M.Puri Sewak, Vashnav Monastry, Village Pandori Manhattan, Gurdaspur

01874-56460

55. Mr S.C Gupta, Statistical Officer, Economic Adviser to Government of Punjab Gurdaspur

56. Dinesh Sainai Shu\iv Sagar Tours and Travels,Near Parag Hotel, Main Gali Shastri Nagar, Pathankot

35534, 25068

57. Mr Rajender Sharma Shalimar Tour and Travel, Near Bus Stand, Gurdaspur Road, Pathankot

28817, 28817

58. Mr Vijay Kumar V.K.Bali Tour and Travels, Opp Bus Stand, Pathankot

30822, 33522

59. MrMr Kapil Amar Tour and Travels, Opp Prag Hotel, Near General Bus stand, Pathankot

33531, 29401

60. Mr Mahesh R.K.Tour and Travels, Opp. Bus stand, Pathankot

26357, 30541



Sr. No. Contact Telephone/E-mail 61. Mr Artur

Tara Tour and Travels, Opp Bus stands , Pathankot

24371, 32098

62. Mr Rajan Nand Tour and Tavels, Hotel Nanda Complex, Bhadaur House, Ludhiana

740618, 741618

63. Mrs Shalini Travels Travel and Tour Operators, Novelty Plaza , Hotel Park Plaza, Bhaibala Chowk, Ferozpur Road, Ludhiana

413146, 413147

64. Mr Inderjit Singh Sekhon Mukh Sewadar, Tilla Baba Farid , Faridkot

98140-71535 01639-53876,51073

65. Col. Balbir Singh Sra(Retd), Sr. General Manager, Maharawal Khewaji Trust, The Fort Faridkot

01639-50612/50902/50138

66. Mr Krishen Kr Pooja Tours Travels ,College Road, Faridkot

01639-52620/ 53813

67. Mr Nanu Ram Painter Shibu Tours & Travels Collage Road , Faridkot

01639-55890

68. Manager Sangam Hotel, Kotkapura Road, Faridkot

01639-55889/ 52144


Dalal Mott MacDonald

Page 1 of 2

QUESTIONNAIRE FOR FOREIGN TOURIST

1. Name of the Respondent Nationality

2. Port of Entry

Demographic profile a) Sex Male Female

3-14 years 15-24 years


45-54 years 55-64 years b) Age

Above 64 year

Professional Executives

3.

c) Occupation Entrepreneur Others (Students etc.)

Business / Conference Culture/Heritage/ Monuments

Adventure Leisure

4. Purpose of visit to destination

Others please specify

Alone With Family 5. Travel pattern

In a Group Group Size

Yes No

If yes, exclusively to the destination or to other destination also (please specify other destinations)

6.

Are you travelling on a package tour?

Air Sea 7. Mode of transport to destination Road Train

Less than 1 Week 1-2 Weeks 8. Average length of stay at the destination > 2 Weeks

First visit Repeat visit 9. Frequency of visit

Indicate no. of previous visits

Television Advt.(newspaper)

Advt(travel journal) Travel guide

Friends/Relatives Travel agent/Tour operator

10. Source of information about destination

Govt. tourism office Others


Page 2 of 2

< U.S. $ 50 U.S. $ 51 – U.S. $ 100

U.S. $ 101 – U.S. $ 150 U.S. $ 151 – U.S. $ 200

11. Average spending per day per person

> U.S. $ 200

Accommodation Food

Transportation Entertainment

12. % contribution of major items (%) in daily expenses

Shopping

Four &Five star category Heritage category 1, 2, 3 star category Govt. Approved & Budget

13. Type of accommodation

Others (Please specify)

Accommodation Tourist attractions Sight seeing Guide services Shopping facilities Domestic airlines Airports Road transport Railways Cleanliness/Sanitation Safety of tourist Emergency health facilities Communication facilities Banking facilities

14. Rating of destination/tourist facilities (Scale of 1to 5 with 1 being the poor and 5 being excellent)

Facilities for elderly/disabled Any other (Please specify)

15. Attractions/Major items of interests during your visit

16. Problems faced during the stay

17. Would you visit the state again Yes No

18. Overall Experience Satisfactory Un-satisfactory

19. Suggestions for improvement of the tourist destination

Date: Name of interviewer (CAPITALS)

Name and Signature of the investigator Date:


Page 1 of 2

QUESTIONNAIRE FOR DOMESTIC TOURIST

1. Name of the Respondent State of

Origin

Demographic profile a) Sex Male Female



45-54 years 55-64 years b) Age

Above 64 year

Professional Executives

2.

c) Occupation Entrepreneur Others (Students etc.)

Business / Conference Culture/Heritage/ Monuments

Adventure Leisure

3. Purpose of visit to destination

Others please specify

Alone With Family 4. Travel pattern

In a Group Group Size

Yes No

If yes, exclusively to the destination or to other destination also (please specify other destinations)

5.

Are you travelling on a package tour?

Air Sea 6. Mode of transport to destination Road Train

Less than 1 Week 1-2 Weeks 7. Average length of stay at the destination > 2 Weeks

First visit Repeat visit 8. Frequency of visit

Indicate no. of previous visits

Television Advt.(newspaper)

Advt(travel journal) Travel guide

Friends/Relatives Travel agent/Tour operator

9. Source of information about destination

Govt. tourism office Others

< Rs.500 Rs.501 – Rs.1000

Rs.1001 – Rs.2000 Rs.2001 – Rs.3000

10. Average spending per day per person

Rs.3001 –Rs. 4000 > Rs.4000


Page 2 of 2

Accommodation Food

Transportation Entertainment

11. % contribution of major items (%) in daily expenses

Shopping

Four &Five star category Heritage category 1, 2, 3 star category Govt. Approved & Budget

12. Type of accommodation

Others (Please specify)

Accommodation Tourist attractions Sight seeing Guide services Shopping facilities Domestic airlines Airports Road transport Railways Cleanliness/Sanitation Safety of tourist Emergency health facilities Communication facilities Banking facilities

13. Rating of destination/tourist facilities (Scale of 1to 5 with 1 being the poor and 5 being excellent)

Facilities for elderly/disabled Any other (Please specify)

14. Attractions/Major items of interests during your visit

15. Problems faced during the stay

16. Would you visit the state again Yes No

17. Overall Experience Satisfactory Un-satisfactory

18. Suggestions for improvement of the tourist destination

Date: Name of interviewer (CAPITALS) Name and Signature of the investigator Date:


Page 1 of 4

QUESTIONNAIRE FOR TOUR OPERATORS

1. Name and address of Respondent (attach business card, if available)

2. Are you approved by the Dept. of Tourism, State Government

Yes No

3. Range of services offered

Hotel Booking Air/Railway ticket booking Package tour Tour guides Transport facility Entertainment Any other (Please specify) _________________________ _______________________________________________ (Collect details of package tours and group discounts offered by the operator) Domestic tourist:

4. Origin of the tourist traffic (specify city/ town/ State/ country) Foreign tourist:

5. Tourist season (specify

months) Peak Season: Off Season: Spl. Occasion:

6. Composition of tourist traffic in Percentage handled – 2000 - 2001

Domestic Foreign

7. Total number of tourists handled in a year (approx.)

8. Preferred Tourist Circuits (Please list them in the order of popularity)


Page 2 of 4

9. Preferred Tourist Destinations. (Please list them in the order of popularity)

Sl. No.

Tourist destination Tourist attraction

(Please collect brochures) 10. Potential Tourist Destinations (List them in order based on potential) Sl. No.

Tourist destination Tourist attraction Prospects Constraints

(collect details about location, accessibility, etc)

11. Composition of tourist traffic to the state ( 2000 – 01)

Sl. No. Type of tourist (% of the total traffic)

A Business / Conference B Adventure C Leisure D Pilgrimage E Culture / Heritage F Others (please specify)

Total


Page 3 of 4

12. Demographic profile of tourist visiting the state a) Gender (Estimated % of total) Sl. No.

Description Domestic Foreign

I. Male

II. Female

Total

b) Age group (Estimated % of total) Sl. No.

Description Domestic Foreign

I. 3 – 14 years

II. 15 to 24 years

III. 25 to 34 years

IV. 35 to 44 years

V. 45 to 54 years

VI. 55 to 64 years

VII. Above 64 years

Total

13. Average length of stay and spending per person % of average expenditure on

Sl. No. Type

Avg. stay

(days)

Avg. Exp./Person (Rs./U.S. $)

Accom. Food Transp Enter. Shopp

I Domestic Tourists

II Foreign Tourists

14. Evaluation of tourist facilities (on a scale of 1 to 5 with 1 being poor and 5 being excellent)

Sr. No. Tourist Facility Destinations / Tourist Spot

A B C D E F Accommodation Food Transportation Entertainment Shopping Tourist Attractions Tour Operators / Guides Communication (STD / ISD) Civic Amenities Safety and Security Health Facilities Banking / Forex Facilities Facility for elderly / disabled / families

with young children

Any other (please specify)


Page 4 of 4

15. Linkages with Department of Tourism/Expectations from Government. 16. Problems faced by tourists 17. Any linkages with communities residing/controlling any destinations 18. Important fairs and festivals which attracts tourist/Season 19. Availability of trained manpower 20. Availability of facilities like camping equipments 21. Suggestions for development of tourism (including tourism projects) in the state at

various locations.

Date Name of the interviewer


Joint Director, Ministry of Tourism - - - New Delhi 110011 India



Punjab

July 2002

1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002 C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01


1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002

C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro.doc/01



Punjab


1-1 of 8 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


1 AMRITSAR

1.1 The City of the Pool of Nectar

Ram Das, the 4th Sikh Guru, founded this holy city of the Sikhs in 1577. Amritsar is the soul of Punjab. Situated very near to the international border of Pakistan, it is both - the centre of the Sikh religion and the major city of the State. It has grown from a sacred village pond into a spiritual temporal centre of Sikh culture. The city gets its name from the sacred pool Amrit (nectar) Sar (pool) in which the Golden temple was raised. The present city dates back to the 15th century but its association with the epic Ramayana, shows that its sacred heritage must be measured, not in centuries but millenniums. Amritsar is the most important seat of Sikh history and culture, trade and also, the gateway for travellers coming to India, on the overland route through Pakistan.

1.2 Accessibility

Located at around 446 kms from Delhi by road on NH-1, Amritsar is well connected with the other parts of the country. Amritsar has an Airport and it is connected by 2 pairs of Shatabdi train to New Delhi. Other cities are connected by super fast or express trains and luxury and deluxe buses go to Delhi and Chandigarh. Amritsar is well connected with other parts of Punjab by a very good network of roads.


1-2 of 8 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


1.2.1 Distances

New Delhi Amritsar 446 Chandigarh Amritsar 230 Ludhiana Amritsar 135 Jalandhar Amritsar 77

1.3 Major attractions

(i) Golden Temple

The Golden Temple was founded by Guru Ram Das in 1579 with a part of the land granted by Emperor Akbar. The foundation stone was laid by a Muslim Sufi Saint, Mian Mir and the construction was completed in 1601. The architecture of the temple is a blend of Hindu and Muslim styles. The Holy Scripture of the Sikhs, the Granth Sahib, is installed in the inner sanctum of the temple. The scripture is unique as it contains the divine message as received by saints, bhagats (devotees) and pirs of all the faiths of India. The temple was destroyed in 1761 by the Muslim invader Ahmad Shah Durani and was rebuilt in 1802 by the Sikh ruler, Maharaja Ranjit Singh (1780-1839) in marble and gold (its dome took 400kg of gold leaf to be covered). Ever since, it has been known as the Golden Temple. The Sikhs usually refer to it as the Hari Mandir (the temple of God) or Darbar Sahib (the Court of the Lord).

The temple complex has a number of shrines of historical importance, notably the Akal Takhat (throne of the Timeless God). It is here that the Shiromani Gurudwara Parbandhak Committee or the Sikh Parliament traditionally meets. Baba Atal Tower, located in the southeast of the enclosure is a 9-storey tower (30m high) built in 1784.

(ii) Jallianwala Bagh

Located near the Golden Temple, is a poignant memorial of the Freedom Movement. This garden was the site of a brutal massacre of over 2000 innocent unarmed people, on the orders of British General Dyer on April 13, 1919. This appalling massacre was one of the major events in India's struggle for freedom. The bullet scarred walls of the well-kept garden, today, enclose a memorial with an eternal flame, dedicated to the martyrs and has become a place of pilgrimage.


1-3 of 8 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


(iii) Durgiana Mandir (Lakshmi Narain Temple)

Built in the third decade of the 20th Century, Durgiana Mandir echoes, not the traditional Hindu temple architecture, but that of the Golden temple and, in a similar manner rises from the midst of a tank and has canopies and the central dome in the style of the Sikh temple.

Also called the Lakshmi Narayan Temple, it is located outside the Lohagarh gate of the old city. This temple is dedicated to Goddess Durga and dates back to the 16th century and is a centre of pilgrimage for devout Hindus. In its present form the temple echoes of not the traditional Hindu temple architecture, but that of the Golden Temple. It rises in a similar manner from the midst of a tank and has canopies and a central dome. Its foundation stone was laid by one of the greatest reformers and political leaders of resurgent India, Pandit Madan Mohan Malviya. It is a well-known repository of Hindu scriptures.

(iv) Maharaja Ranjit Singh Summer Palace

It is a palace built by the Sikh ruler Ranjit Singh. It has been converted into a museum that contains weapons dating back to Mughal times and some portraits of the ruling houses of the Punjab

(v) Ram Tirath

Located 30 km west of Amritsar on Chogawan road, the place dates back to the period of Ramayana. It was the site of Sage Valmiki's hermitage and the place where Sita, the consort of Lord Rama had taken refuge and given birth to her twin sons. The place has an ancient tank and many temples.

A hut marks the site where Mata Sita gave birth to Luv & Kush and also, still existing is Rishi Balmiki's hut and the well with stairs where Mata Sita used to take her bath. The Bedis of Punjab (Guru Nanak Dev ji, the founder Prophet of Sikhism was a Bedi) trace their descent from Kush and Sodhis (the 10th Prophet of Sikhism, Guru Gibind Singh ji was a Sodhi) from Luv.

(vi) Taren Taran

Taren Taran is an important Sikh tank located about 25km southeast of Amritsar. Gurudwara Taren Taran was built by Guru Arjun Dev, in the Mughal style, in memory of Guru Ram Das. Its dome is covered with copper gilt. It is


1-4 of 8 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


located on the edge of the tank whose water is believed to cure leprosy. The guru used to run a leper's home here. It's said that any leper who can swim across the tank will be miraculously cured. So, affected persons have been visiting this holy shrine for the last four centuries to seek cure of their lacerated wounds caused by leprosy. A big fair is held here every month, on amavas day. There is also a temple here, which predates Amritsar and a tower on the eastern side of the tank, which was constructed by Ranjit Singh.

(vii) Baba Bakala Gurudwara

Located 45kms from Amritsar Baba Bakala is the historical shrine associated with an important event in Sikh history. Here Makhan Shah Lubana declared from housetop that he had found the true Guru. It may be recalled that before his death at Delhi on March30, 1664 Guru Harkrishan mumbled feebly 'Baba Bakala', thereby meaning that his successor was to be found at Bakala village in Amritsar. On that day, the only Baba at Bakala was Baba Tegh Bahadur and none else. But many imposters tried to grab the Guru Gaddi by posing themselves as the real Guru. Credit goes to Makhan Shah Lubana, a banjara trader from Jhelum district, for discovering the Guru.

A beautiful Gurudwara stands at the spot where Guru Tegh Bahadur used to meditate in an underground cell. This small village where Guru Tegh Bahadur revealed himself, subsequently, came to be called Baba-Bakala. The Gurudwara has many beautiful paintings pertaining to the Sikh history. People gather in thousands on every amavas night. Besides an Annual Fair is held on raksha bandhan day when many people throng this holy place from all over the country.

(viii) Wagha Border

The pageant of the beating of the retreat and the change of guard within handshaking distance of the Indian and Pakistani forces here makes the most charming of the spectacles as a daily evening drill. The Border is located at a distance of 25 kms from the Amritsar City near Attari village. The site presents one of the most exciting attractions to the domestic and international tourists. Thousands of tourists visit this place daily to witness the retreat.


1-5 of 8 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


(ix) Harike wildlife Sanctuary

Harike wetland is a shallow water storage reservoir. It came into being as a result of construction of barrage in 1952 at the confluence of rivers Beas and Sutluj near Harike township with the very objective of storing and providing irrigation and drinking water to the parts of Southern Punjab and the adjoining state of Rajasthan. Prior to the construction of barrage, the area presently occupied by lake was a marshy pond with lot of aquatic vegetation and wildlife.

Harike Lake, 30o 31’ N 75o 12’ E forms a part of larger wetland system in the districts of Amritsar, Ferozpur and Kapurthala. The larger wetland area stretches from Village Gidderpindi along river Sutlej till the village Kirtowal down stream. The lake is triangular in shape, with its in apex in the west, a bund called the Dhussi Bund also called L.M.B. forming one side, a canal, the second and a major Road, the third.

The wetland area, is spread over an expanse of about 148 Sq.km. of which 41 Sq.km. is open water. It is situated approximately 55Km. South of Amritar, 83 Km. from Jalandhar via Lahian, 70, Km. From Kapurthala via Gidderpindi, 56Km. from Ferozpur via Zira and 150Km.from Chandigarh North West. It is located at an altitude of 218.83m. MSL. (bed level at barrage).

It is approachable both by Bus and Rail. The nearest railway station is Makhu which is only 5 Km. from Harike. It possible to reach by bus from Jalandhar, Amritsar, Kapurthala and Ferozpur. The nearest Airport is Rajasani International Airport. (Amritsar).

1.4 Festivals/Special events linked to the destination

1. On the eve of Baisakhi, all the jewellery in the toshakhana (treasury) of the temple, which consist of indescribable ornaments, is displayed around Sri Guru Granth Sahib.

2. Ram Tirath: 4 days National Fair starting on the night of the full moon in November

3. Baba Bakala: every amavas (moonless night) and on the day of Raksha Bandhan, a very big fair is organised.

1.5 Climate

The district has three major seasons i.e. summer, monsoon, and winter. Summer extends from April to June and with temperatures rising upto 44 degrees Celsius the heat is unbearable at that time. Monsoon touches in the month of July and continues till September. Most of the rainfall in the district occurs during this season only. The annual average rainfall is 579 mm. July and August are the rainiest months accounting for about 57 % of the total annual rainfall. Winter arives in October and remains till March and extreme cold can be experienced at this time. December – January are the coldest months when the temperatures dips as low as 0.7 degrees.


1-6 of 8 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


1.6 Tourist inflow

As per the discussions with the tour operators, Taxi unions and Hotel owners, Amritsar is one of the most important tourist destination in Punjab. The domestic tourists come from all over the country. The tourist arrival would be around 2.5 to 3 Lakh/year

1.6.1 Spending Pattern of tourist

As per the survey, the average spending per domestic tourist per day is around Rs 1000 – 1200 only. The maximum spending is on accommodation (40-45 %) followed by food (25-30%) and transportation (20-25 %). The rest is spent on entertainment, shopping and other purposes.

1.6.2 Nature of Tourist

85 % of surveyed tourists were Religious Tourist, and the restraining were in Amritsar for leisure.

1.6.3 Size of Groups

As per the survey, 75 % were travelling with the family/Group .The size of the varied between 2-6 persons.

Average stay was around 2-3 days

1.6.4 Profile of Tourist

Around 45% tourists were between the age group of 25-34 years, 25% of 35-44 years, 17% of 45-54 years and rest were below 25 years.

1.6.5 Origin of Tourists

Domestic tourists were from all over the India. Foreign tourists and NRIs visit the place mainly from Canada, USA, UK and Australia

1.6.6 Repeat Tourists

Since this destination is one of the important pilgrimage centres a considerable number of tourists visit the place more than once. About 35 % of the surveyed domestic tourists were on repeat visit.

1.7 Infrastructure details

Golden Temple is situated in the heart of the city therefore all the basic facilities are available at the site. A number of good hotels, resorts, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are available. Apart from this, a number of low budget hotels and restaurants are available.

There are no entertainment facilities available except for a few cinema halls.


1-7 of 8 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


The destination is well connected with other parts of the country and world through a very good network of STD and ISD lines. A number of STD and ISD booths provide 24 hours service and the quality of service is good.

Amritsar is well connected by rail and road with Delhi, and other major cities of the country. The city has an airport.

As per the discussions with the travel agents, there are no organised tour packages/other services available in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide rented car and other passenger vehicles for various tourist destinations in Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu and Kashmir only.

Forex and ATM facility is available in the city.

Basic and all modern medical facilities are available in the city.

Table 1.1: Basic Infrastructure Status at the Destination

Characteristics Status Accessibility External Roads Good Internal Roads Very congested Internal Transport Fair Bus Connection Good Rail Excellent Air Connectivity Airport available, destination linked by air Communication Information Centres/ Availability of Guides Poor Post Offices Good Telecommunication Good Entertainment Shopping Centres Good Emporiums/Gift Shops Good Parks/Gardens Fair Others Eating Joints Sufficient & Good Restaurants/Eateries Good Utilities Water Availability Good Drinking water Facilities Good Sanitation Facilities Not adequate Other Services Medical Good Banking Facilities Good Sign Boards Not adequate Vehicle Parking Inadequate at Golden temple, Durgiana Mandir and no

space at all near Jallian Walla Bagh Police and Security Available Intermediaries Travel Agents Available Taxi Operators Available Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children

Not Available


1-8 of 8 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


Table 1.2: Basic Infrastructure at the Tourist Attractions

Tourist Atractions

Characteristics / Basic Facilities

Gol

den

Tem

ple

Jalli

anw

alla

Bag

h

Dur

gian

a M

andi

r

Sum

mer

Pa

lace

Ram

T

irth

Tar

en

Tar

an

Bab

a B

akal

a

Wag

ha

Bor

der

Har

ike

Patt

an

Accessibility Through congested

roads

Through congested

roads

Through congested

roads

Good Good Good Good Good Good

TIC/Guides Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No No Emporiums/Gift Shops

Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No No

Eating Joints Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Drinking water Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Sanitation Facilities

Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No

Sign Boards Yes Yes No Yes Yes -- -- Yes No Vehicle Parking Not

adequate No Not

adequate Yes No Not

adequate No Yes No

Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children

No No No No No No No No No

1.8 Environment Status, Policy & Regulations

The general environment status of the city is not very pleasant. Poor traffic conditions and heavily congested streets contribute to the high ambient noise level in the most of the parts of the city. The drainage system and the solid waste management system seem to be inadequate.

1.9 Other Undeveloped Site

One of the potential undeveloped sites near Amritsar is Sarai Amanat Khan. It is located at around 30 kms from the Amritsar City, close to the Attari Village. One of the Sarais used very often by the Mughal Armies during their movements, is now a neglected place encroached by the local population. Well linked with the National Highway through good metalled road, this historical site is presently under the ASI.

1.10 Project Ideas

• Tourist information centre • Parking cum shopping complex at Golden temple and Durgiana Mandir • Sound and light show at Jallian Walla Bagh • Development of Harike Pattan for nature tourism • Restaurant at the Wagha Border, Ram Tirth and garden restaurant near Maharaja Ranjit

Singh Summer Palace • Heritage lodge at Sarai Amanat Khan


2-1 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


2 PATIALA

2.1 The City of Gardens and Palaces

Though historians have tried to trace the origin of Patiala (as far as the name is concerned) in the Rigvedic literature yet the town as it stands today was founded by Ala Singh with the construction of the Qila Mubarak in the year 1763. One gets the impression as if the city was designed and developed according to a plan akin to that of temple architecture. In the heart of the city was the seat of the king similar to the house of the deity and the residential areas of communities developed almost status wise. The first settlers of Patiala were the Hindus of Sirhind who opened their business establishments outside the Darshani Gate. Maharaja Narendra Singh (1845-1862) fortified the city of Patiala by constructing ramparts and ten gates around the city. Some of these gates have been demolished to facilitate the flow of traffic. Inside the walls, besides the residences, there are Mandis and Bazars and a visitor with meagre amount in his pocket can still indulge in the luxury of purchasing traditional goods famous for their art and beauty such as embroidered Juti and Phulkari.

Patiala is a consumer goods emporium. Punjabi shoes, golden and silver shoes embroidered in several patterns and colours to match dresses, silver and gold embroidered "naalas" (or pyjama strings), parandhas(women weave them at the end of their plaits or braids) of varied shapes and designs but uniformly beautiful hand-woven head coverings, Phulkaris which can only be described as embroidered epics. The place is also famous for its delicious cuisines

Patiala has magnificent Forts, Palaces, extensive gardens like Quilla Androon Sheesh Mahal, Moti Bagh Palace, Baradari Garden, Art Galleries and National Institute of Sports. Quilla Mubarak, which is still the Nucleus of the city also, houses impressive armoury and chande-liers.


2-2 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


2.2 Accessibility

Located around 249 kms from Delhi by road, Patiala is well connected with the other parts of the country. Chandigarh is the nearest domestic Airport and it is well connected by a number of super fast trains to New Delhi. Other cities of Punjab are also connected by express trains and luxury and deluxe buses. The nearest international airport is at New Delhi.

2.2.1 Distances

New Delhi Patiala 249 km Chandigarh Patiala 63 km Ludhiana Patiala 92 km Jalandhar Patiala 150 km Amritsar Patiala 227 km


(i) Quila Mubarak

Qila Mubarik, a blend of Mughal and Rajasthani architecture is a piece of marvel. From the outskirts, no vistor can make out that this grand edifice is spread out in 12 acres with nine big or small baradaris inside. Baba Ala Singh laid the foundation of this fort in Feb.12, 1764. The Quila was the residence of Patiala dynasty. The residential part was called Qila Androon or the inner fort. Its living apartments have names like Jail Walla Palace for royal prisoners, the Moti (pearl) Palace, the Sheesh (mirror work) Palace, the Rajmata (Queen Mother) Palace, the Palace of Colours, the Palace of the Moon. The recreational structures were called the Putli (Puppet) Ghar and Bagh Ghar or the Garden House. Its richly painted chambers are peerless. The Palace is fitted with underground sewerage system and has a cool room connected with a tunnel which brings cool air from the basement.

The Darbar Hall is now converted into a mini museum where on display are rare arms and armours including a sword of Nadir Shah known as 'Shikar Gah' depicting hunting scenes. Most precious pieces of art are the rich collection of tree-like chandeliers made of Bohemian cut-glass emitting prism like radiant splendour and sheen. To those interested in metallurgy and guns, a visit to the Cannon Park within the premises of the Qila Mubarak would certainly be a thrilling experience of life time. The murals inside the palaces are rare specimen of the Kangra and Rajasthan paintings. Outside the main gate there is a rectangular building, housing some shops, a police chowki in front of the Darshani Gate and in the centre the Shiva Temple.


2-3 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


(ii) Sheesh Mahal

It was built during the reign of Maharaja Narinder Singh (1845-1862) in a forest with terraces, gardens, fountains and an artificial lake. With two watching towers in the north and the south the lake is connected to Banasar Ghar, where all type of stuffed animals are kept and Sheesh Mahal, the residential palace with a suspension bridge, which is a copy of the Lakhsman Jhula at Rishikesh. Part of the three storied building is inset with pieces of reflecting mirrors and a large number of wall paintings depicting scenes from Bhagwat Puran and portraits of the Sikh Gurus. The palace has galleries displaying antique paintings, bronzes, sculptures and portraits of the Maharajas of Patiala. The highlight is the gallery, which displays the world's largest collection of medals, decoration and orders of various countries.

Maharaja Narendra Singh invited many painters from Kangra and Rajasthan to paint the walls of Sheesh Mahal. The museum has a rich collection of miniature paintings of the middle of 19th century. Besides miniature paintings, there are fine objects of Tibetan art particularly the sculpture of different kinds of metals, ivory carvings of Punjab, royal wooden carved furniture, and a large number of Burmese and Kashmiri carved objects. The collection contains medals from Belgium, Denmark, Finland and host of other countries of Africa and Asia. On the advice of the Europeans, Maharaja Ranjit Singh and Maharaja Dalip Singh also issued medals which are studded with precious stones. Some of them display miniature paintings of the Maharaja in profile in the centre.

(iii) Baradari Garden

Situated in the north of the old Patiala city, just outside the Sheranwala Gate, the Baradari Garden was built around the Baradari Palace constructed as a residence for the crown Prince Rajinder Singh. A great lover of nature, the Crown Prince brought all kinds of saplings of rare trees and planted them here in the garden, the huge fruit trees, Fern House and Rock Garden stand testimony to his interest. A great enthusiast of cricket, he got wicket prepared which developed into a great centre of the game of cricket.

(iv) Gurudwara Dukhniwaran Sahib

The capital of the former princely state, Patiala has a magnificent historical shrine, Gurudwara Dukh Niwaran.Gurudwara Dukhniwaran Sahib is close to Patiala railway station. It was built in the memory of Guru Tegh Bahadur Sahib Ji who rested at this place for some time while passing through the area in 1662-63. It is built on the spot graced by ninth Guru Sri Tegh Bahadurji. The Gurudwara stands adjoining a tank, where a dip is considered must by devoted pilgrims.

Gurdwara Dukhnivaran was established to commemorate the memory of the visit of Guru Teg Bahadur. The land was donated by the village of Lehal and modest Gurdwara was built on the elevated site. The present building and sarovar was built by Maharaja Yadvindra Singh who was a devout Sikh.


2-4 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


There is a strong belief that any person paying obeisance at this Gurdwara is by the grace of the Guru relieved of his sufferings, hence the name of the shrine.

(v) Kali Devi Temple

Situated opposite Baradari garden on the Mall Road of Patiala, this Temple was built by the rulers of the Patiala State. Because of its beautiful wall paintings and icons the temple has been declared a national monument.

Kali Temple came into existence during the reign of Maharaja Bhupinder Singh whose deep interest in tantrism inspired him to bring the statue of the deity Kali, more than six feet in height, from Makrana and the priest named Umesh Jha from Darbhanga (Bihar). Now, it has been developed into a big complex and draws-a large number of devotees both Hindus and Sikhs from distant places to pay obeisance.

2.4 Climate

The district has three major seasons i.e. summer, monsoon, and winter. Summer extends from April to June and with temperatures rising upto 41 degrees Celsius, the heat is unbearable. Monsoon arrives in the month of July and lasts till September. Most of the rainfall in the district occurs during this season only. The annual average rainfall is 875 mm. June, July and August are the rainiest months accounting for about 70 % of the total annual rainfall. Winter arrives in October and remains till March and extreme cold can be experienced at this time. December – January are the coldest months when the temperatures dips to as low as 3.2 degrees.

2.5 Tourist inflow

As per the discussions with the tour operators, Taxi unions and Hotel owners Patiala is mostly visited (around 10,000/yr) by the people for social function or business purposes. Most of the tourists are from the various other districts of Punjab. Delhi, Haryana and Himachal Pradesh also account for a significant number of business tourists.

2.5.1 Origin of Tourist

The domestic tourists visiting Patiala include those mainly from all over Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh and Delhi. NRIs mainluy come here from Canada, USA, UK and Australia and other countries


As per the survey, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 800-1000. The maximum spending is on Accommodation (40-45 %) followed by transportation (25-30%) and food (20-25 %) and the rest on entertainment, shopping and other purpose.


2-5 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



40 % of surveyed tourists came for social functions or other activities, and 30% were business tourists.


As per the survey tourists 50 % were travelling with the family/Group .The size of the group was 2-6 persons.

2.5.5 Average stay is around 2-3 days


Around 45% tourists are in the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group of 35-44 years, 17% in the age group of 45-54 years and rest are below 25 years.


About 35 % of the surveyed domestic tourists were on a repeat visit.

2.5.8 Infrastructure Status

The destination has 3-4 good hotels, resorts, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are there. Apart from this, a number of low budget hotels and restaurants are also present.

There aren’t any good entertainment facilities available except for a few cinema halls.


As per the discussions with the travel agents, there is no organised travel related service in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide rented car and other passenger vehicles for various tourist destinations in Punjab, Delhi, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu and Kashmir only.

ATM facility is available in the city.

Basic and all modern medical facilities are available in the city.


2-6 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Characteristics Status Accessibility External Roads Fair Internal Roads Poor Internal Transport poor Bus Connection Fair Rail Connectivity to main line via Rajpura Air Connectivity Nearest airport at Chandigarh Communication Information Centres/ Availability of Guides Missing Post Offices Good Telecommunication Good Entertainment Shopping Centres Good Emporiums/Gift Shops Good Parks/Gardens Fair Others Eating Joints Restaurants/Eateries Ok Utilities Water Availability Good Drinking water Facilities Good Sanitation Facilities Ok Other Services Medical Good Banking Facilities Good Sign Boards Missing Vehicle Parking Fair at most of the tourist attractions to

cater to the present demand Police and Security Available Intermediaries Travel Agents Not Available Taxi Operators Very few Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children Not Available


2-7 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Tourist Atractions Characteristics / Basic

Facilities Quila Mubarak Sheesh Mahal Dukhniwaran

Sahib Kali Devi Temple

Accessibility Through congested roads

Ok Access road

not Ok Good

TIC/Guides No No No No Emporiums/Gift Shops Yes No Yes Yes Eating Joints Yes No Yes Yes Drinking water No No Yes Yes Sanitation Facilities No No Yes Yes Sign Boards Not adequate Not adequate -- -- Vehicle Parking No Yes Not adequate Yes Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/ Families with Young Children

No No No No

2.6 Project Ideas

• Tourist information centre

• Refurbishment of Sheesh Mahal

• Sound and light show at Quila Mubarak

• Patiala ka Meena Bazaar on the lines of Dilli Haat

• Live theatre and cultural shows

• Patiala Lake Complex: a floating restaurant near Kali Devi Temple with boating facilities

• Highway bar cum restaurant near Bahadurgarh Fort


3-1 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


3 ANANDPUR SAHIB

3.1 The City of Spiritual Bliss

Anandpur Sahib, "City of Bliss'; is one of the most holy places of the Sikhs. This is the birth place of the Sikh faith. Here Guru Gobind Singh founded the Khalsa Panth on Baisakhi day in 1699. The Takht Keshgarh Sahib stands at the place where the tenth Master baptized the 'Panj Pyaras', the five beloved ones, and administered Amrit to them Situated 45km from Ropar on the left bank of the river Sutlej, Anandpur Sahib has a number of historical Gurdwaras. The town gained further importance with the construction of Nangal and Bhakra projects nearby, 20 km to the north. These projects have brought Anandpur Sahib on the rail and road map of India. It is located at a distance of 80 km from Chandigarh.

3.2 Accessibility

Anandpur Sahib is situated on the left bank of the river Sutlej at a distance of about 45kms.from Ropar on the Chandigarh-Nangal Road. It is located 80 kms on the Chandigarh-Manali Road

The nearest domestic airport is at Chandigarh and the nearest international airport is at Amritsar.


3-2 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


Anandpur Sahib has a railway station connecting it to Rup Nagar and Hoshiarpur.

3.2.1 Distances

New Delhi Anandpur Sahib 340 km Chandigarh Anandpur Sahib 80 km

Amritsar Anandpur Sahib 175 km


(i) Gurudwaras at Anandpur Sahib

Anandpur is one of the most holy places of the Sikhs. Here Guru Gobind Singh founded the Khalsa Panth on Baisakhi day in 1699. The Takht Keshgarh Sahib stands at the place where the tenth master baptized the 'Panj Pyaras', the five beloved ones, and administered Amrit to them.

Besides, there are a number of other Gurdwaras associated with Sikh history. Gurudwara Guru Ka Mahal was built by Guru Tegh Bahadur for his residence and it was here that sons of Guru Gobind Singh were born. Gurudwara Sisgani commemorates the spot where the head of ninth Guru Tegh Bahadur was cremated when it was brought to Anandpur Sahib by Bhai Jaita from Delhi, after his martyrdom in Chandni Chowk in 1675.

(ii) Nangal

This pretty township at a distance of about 20 Kms. from Anandpur Sahib, is an important tourist place because of the Nangal and Bhakra Nangal Dam. Nangal is on the Delhi Una line and there is a daily train "Himachal express" on this route.

There is a vast network of state bus services of Punjab, Himachal, Delhi, Haryana, Chandigarh, Rajasthan apart from private operators.

Distance From

Chandigarh 110 Kms. New Delhi 360 Kms.


3-3 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



(i) Hola Mohalla, (National Fair) Anandpur Sahib:

The fair is held during mid-March immediately after the festival of Holi.The 10th Prophet of the Sikhs, Sri Guru Gobind Singh ji had started this fair in 1700-AD. To the traditional festival of the colours, Holi, he added spiritual and martial dimensions. The fair begins a few days before Holi & is marked by the congregation of Sikh from all over the State, who arrive on trucks and tractors. A large number of 'Langars' (community kitchen) offer free food to the poor and the rich alike. The day after Holi, called Hola, begins with the singing of the divine hymns in the ambrosial hours of morning. With the dawning of the day the Nihangs called the Guru's beloved force and colourful sects of the Sikhs, come centre-stage. They wear traditional robes and armour of blue and saffron colours and all steel. They tie conical rising double turbans inter-laced with steel chakras (quoits) and steel rosaries, a cutlass dangling at the waist and a sword, (Sometimes also a lance) clutched in the right hand. They take out a procession riding their stallions. When they reach the bed of an old seasonal river Charan Ganga they perform feats of martial valour such as riding two horses with one foot on the back of each and a weight balanced on their heads, fencing and enacting of mock battles. The pageant strikes as a fascinating novelty.

3.5 Climate

There are three well defined seasons. These are:

1. Hot Season (mid-April to the end of June) 2. Rainy Season ( early July to the end of September) 3. Cold Season (early December to the end of February)


1. Post-monsoon (September to end of November) is transitional period between the rainy and cold seasons.

2. Pre-hot season (March to mid-April) is a transitional period between the cold and hot seasons.

3.6 Tourist inflow

As per the discussions with the local people, Taxi operators and Hotel owners, Anandpur Sahib is an important pilgrimage centre. Most of the domestic tourists are from Punjab followed by Himachal Pradesh, Delhi, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh.


3-4 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Domestic tourists come mainly from all over Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, and Delhi. Foreign tourists (NRIs) come from Canada, USA, UK and Australia.


As per the survey, the average spending per person per day of the domestic tourists is around Rs 400-500/ only. The maximum spending is on transportation followed by food and shopping .


More than 90% of the surveyed tourist stated that they had come to Anandpur Sahib for religious purposes.


As per the survey, 75 % of the tourists were travelling with the family/Group .The size of the group varied from 4-6 persons.


Around 45% tourists are between the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group 35-44 years, 17% in the age group 45-54 years and rest are below 25 years.


Since this destination is one of the important religious centres fro the Sikhs, most of the tourists are repeat tourists. As per the survey, 40% of the tourists were on a repeat visit.

3.7 Infrastructure Status

A number of good hotels, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are present in the destination.

There are no entertainment facilities available except for a few cinema halls.


As per the discussions with the taxi operators and hoteliers, there is no organised travel related service in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide rented car and other passenger vehicles for various tourist destinations in Punjab and Himachal Pradesh.



3-5 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Characteristics Status Accessibility External Roads Good Internal Roads Good Internal Transport Fair Bus Connection Good Rail Available Air Connectivity Nearest airport at Chandigarh Communication Information Centres/ Availability of Guides Not available Post Offices Good Telecommunication Good Entertainment Shopping Centres Fair Emporiums/Gift Shops Fair Parks/Gardens - Others Eating Joints Restaurants/Eateries Fair Utilities Water Availability Good Drinking water Facilities Good Sanitation Facilities Fair Other Services Medical Available Banking Facilities Available Sign Boards Poor Vehicle Parking Inadequate during festival seasons Police and Security Available Intermediaries Travel Agents Few Taxi Operators Few Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children

Not Available


Tourist Attractions Characteristics / Basic Facilities Gurudwara Anandpur Sahib Nangal

Accessibility Good Good TIC/Guides -- - Emporiums/Gift Shops Yes Yes Eating Joints Yes Yes Drinking water Yes Yes Sanitation Facilities Yes No Vehicle Parking Not adequate No Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children

No No

3.8 Project Ideas

• Tourist information centre • Golf course • Fast food centre at Nangal


4-1 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


4 JALANDHAR

4.1 The Sports City of India

Jalandhar is a ancient city with a modern face. A town of great antiquity, Jalandhar today is highly industrialized center of commercial activity. It also has the privilege of being the Sports City of India as not only has it produced some of our finest sports people but also produces world class sports equipment. In fact, 12 of India’s greatest hockey players have come from a single village, Sansarpur, in Jalandhar district.

Historical evidence suggests that in 185 B.C., Jalandhar defined the northwestern boundary of Pushyamitra Sunga’s kingdom. Jalandhar also finds mention in accounts of King Harsha’s reign which began in 606 A.D. Jalandhar continued to flourish under the Mughals and played a prominent role in the freedom struggle as many patriots were born here.

The city is famous for sports goods, oldest Military Cantonment, PAP and BSF Head Quarters, and as a centre of vernacular publications. This city has twelve gates. Jalandhar is the biggest printing centre of Northern India and most of the vernacular papers, magazines in Hindi, Punjabi and Urdu are published here.


4-2 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


4.2 Accessibility

Jalandhar is connected with direct trains to Delhi, Calcutta, Mumbai, Puri, Nagpur, Jammu Tawi . Direct Shatabadi Express connects it to Delhi

There is a vast network of state bus services of Punjab, Himachal, Delhi, Haryana, Pepsu, Chandigarh, U.P., J&k, Rajasthan State Roadways, apart from private operators. Important destinations include Delhi, Shimla, Chandigarh, Dehradun, Jaipur and Ganganagar.

4.2.1 Distance

New Delhi Jalandhar 369 km Chandigarh Jalandhar 147 km

Amritsar Jalandhar 77 km Ludhiana Jalandhar 59 km


(i) Devi Talab

The anterior Devi Talab Mandir had been invaded several times by Foreign Rulers, but from the shambles has emerged a new gilded Mandir famous for influx of record number of devotees. Hariballabh Sangeet Sammelan is held every year in the precincts of Devi Talab Mandir for the last 125 years. Sodal Mandir is also thronged by millions every year on the occasion of Anant Chaturdashi

(ii) Catholic Cathedral

The cathedral with its rare design is a tribute to the Punjabi tradition. The Cathedral was initiated by representatives of His Holiness, the Pope.

(iii) Desh-Bhagat Memorial Hall

Desh-Bhagat Memorial Hall was constructed to perpetuate the memory of martyrs who lost their lives in the fight for freedom from the British rule.


4-3 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



4.4.1 Harballabh Sangeet Sammelan, Devi Talab, Jalandhar

A National Fair is held every year in the month of December. Started by Baba Harballabh in the memory of his Guru Swami Tulja Giri in 1875, it is the only music fair of its type in India and even, abroad. The best of the country's exponents of instrumental and vocal music deem their careers incomplete unless they come and perform here. Also, great people from all walks of life look forward to attending this gathering. In 1929, Mahatma Gandhi had attended this fair.

4.5 Climate

The destination has three distinct seasons i.e. summer, monsoon, and winter. Summer extends from April to June with temperatures rising upto 44 degrees Celsius. Monsoon arrives in the month of July and continues till September. Most of the rainfall in the district occurs during this season only. The annual average rainfall is 691 mm. July and August are the rainiest months accounting for about 54 % of the total annual rainfall. Winter arrives in October and lasts till March and extreme cold can be experienced at this time. December – January are the coldest months.

4.6 Tourist inflow

As per the discussions with the local people, Taxi operators and Hotel owners, Jalandhar is an important business centre of Punjab. Most of the domestic tourists are from Punjab followed by Delhi, Utter Pradesh, Haryana. The total tourist arrival in the destination would be around 90,000 per year.


The domestic tourists are mainly from all over Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh. NRIs visit the place from Canada, USA, UK and Australia and other countries


As per the surveyed tourists, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 800-1000/. The maximum spending is on accommodation and transportation followed by food and shopping.


More than 50% of the tourists surveyed were in Jalandhar for business purpose. People also visit the place for religious reasons.


4-4 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



More than 60% of the tourists surveyed were travelling alone. The group size of those travelling in family/groups ranged between 4-6 persons.


Around 45% of the tourists are in the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group 35-44 years, 17% in the age group 45-54 years and rest are below 25 years.


Since this destination is an important business centre, most of the tourists were on repeat visit.


A number of good hotels, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are available in the destination.






Characteristics Status Accessibility External Roads Good Internal Roads Good in general, congested at some places Internal Transport Ok Bus Connection Good Rail Excellent Air Connectivity Nearest airport at Amritsar Communication Information Centres/ Availability of Guides Not available Post Offices Good Telecommunication Good


4-5 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


Characteristics Status Entertainment Shopping Centres Good Emporiums/Gift Shops Good Parks/Gardens Good Others Eating Joints Restaurants/Eateries Good Utilities Water Availability Good Drinking water Facilities Good Sanitation Facilities Ok Other Services Medical Available Banking Facilities Available Sign Boards Poor Vehicle Parking -- Police and Security Available Intermediaries Travel Agents Available Taxi Operators Available Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children

Not Available


Tourist Attractions Characteristics / Basic Facilities Devi Talab Catholic

Cathedral Desh Bhagat

Hall Sarai Noor

Mahal Accessibility Good Good Good Good TIC/Guides -- -- -- No Emporiums/Gift Shops Yes No Yes Yes Eating Joints Yes No Yes Yes Drinking water Yes Yes Yes No Sanitation Facilities Yes Yes Yes No Sign Boards -- -- Yes No Vehicle Parking Yes No Yes No Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/ Families with Young Children

No No No No

4.6.8 Project Ideas

• Heritage restaurant (Noor Mahal Rasoi) at Noor Mahal


5-1 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


5 BATHINDA

With the formation of the Patiala and East Punjab State Union (PEPSU) on May 5, 1948, Bathinda district came into existence on 20 August, 1948. Its headquarters was at Faridkot which was shifted to Bathinda in 1953. After 1953, many changes were effected in the geographical boundaries of Bathinda district.

It is one of the historical towns of India, being associated with the imprisonment of first women emperor Razia Sultan in 1239 in the fort here. It is situated in southern Punjab. It is bounded by the Faridkot and Mukatsar districts in the North and West, Sangrur and Mansa districts in the East and Haryana State in the South.

Bala Rao inhabited this city in 965 AD and named this city as Bhatinda after his caste name. This city also remained the capital of Raja Jaipal. Bathinda is one of the biggest railway junctions in Northern India. During the Rigvedic Aryan period, Bathinda seems to have been part of the Saptasindhu (seven waters) which came to be known as Panchanada (five rivers) in the Mahabharata time. After the Rigvedic Aryan period, Bathinda became part of the Maurya and Gupta regimes.


5-2 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


5.1 Accessibility

Bathinda is around 186 kms from Amritsar on the National Highway No. 15. Located at 218 kms from Chandigarh, it is well connected by regular bus services from all major cities of Punjab. Bathinda is well connected to New Delhi and other cities of India by fast trains.

5.1.1 Distances

New Delhi Bathinda 346 km Chandigarh Bathinda 218 km

Amritsar Bathinda 186 km Jalandhar Bathinda 184 km


(i) Fort (Quila Mubarak )

It is the oldest and highest small brick monument. History of which is quite amazing. Raja Binepal , a Bhatti Rajput built it about 1800 , years ago. The first women emperor Razia Sultana was imprisoned here in 1239 AD by the then Governor Altunia. She jumped from the Summan Burj and later on died at Sirsa fighting with royal forces.

The Tenth Sikh Guru Shri Guru Gobind Singh came to this fort in June, 1705 and threw out a Monster Kana Deo and blessed the area with prosperity. Maharaja Ala Singh of Patiala State captured this Fort in 1754 and named the Fort Gobindgarh. Earlier it was called Bakramgarh. The Gurudwara was constructed by Maharaja Karam Singh of Patiala on the top of the Fort. The fort is situated in the heart of the city.

5.3 Talwandi Sabo

It is also known as Guru Ki Kashi. The fifth Takht of the Sikhs is located here. The other four Takhts are Akal Takht (Amritsar) Takht Keshgarh Sahib (Anandpur) Takht Hazur Sahib (Nanded, Maharashtra) and Takht Harmandir Sahib (Patna, Bihar). Guru Gobind Singh arrived here on 20-21 January, 1706 and camped outside the village. The magnificent Gurudwara Sri Damdama Sahib marks the place of his stav. Here, local Chaudhari Bhai Dalla looked after Guruji with great devotion. He refused to arrest the Guru as directed by Wazir Khan, Nawab of Sirhind.

Mata Sundri and Mata Sahib Kaur escorted by Bhai Mani Singh came here from Delhi to meet Guruji. Guruji spent nine months of intense literary activities. Here, Bhai Mani Singh


5-3 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


prepared the holy volume under the guidance of Guruji. Talwandi thus became a seat of learning and assumed the status of Guru Ki Kashi. Sacred articles of the tenth Guru, namely Sri Sahib (Sword), a mirror, a match lock, a portrait of the tenth Guru, a pothi. (book) transcribed by Baba Deep Singh, Sword of Baba Deep Singh and a Persian sword are displayed in the Gurudwara Damdama Sahib. The other sacred place at Talwandi Sabo are, Jand Sahib, Tibbi Sahib, Likhansar and Gurusar.

Besides, there are two Gurdwaras in memory of the ninth Guru Sri Tegh Bahadur, known as Wada Darbar Sahib and Gurusar.


(i) Baisakhi National Fair (April), Talwandi Sabo, Bathinda

It is another unique Punjabi fair, which tempers gay abandon with deep devotion. Dancing men and women, on the day of Baisakhi, emerge singing and dancing from the surrounding villages carrying a portion of the first harvest of wheat. Everyone is seen to be proceeding to the historical gurudwara to make an offering of it. Calm descends every where when they approach the Gurudwara and make their obeisance offerings. Devotees from far off places run free kitchens here. The next day is taken over by the Nihangs and their awe-inspiring feats of the martial arts.

5.5 Climate

The highest day time temperature is recorded during the months of May and June is 40.4o C. The lowest maximum temperature is recorded during the month of January, when the sun's rays are more oblique as compared to the other months. The cold winds check the rise of day temperature. The temperature begins to rise from February onwards. Though the real hot season starts in mid-April, the rising temperature breaks the high pressure belt in the north-west of the Indian peninsula.

The temperature is lowest from December to February. The lowest minimum temperature recorded at Bathinda is 0.2o C. The major part of annual rainfall is experienced during the monsoon period, when the monsoon current in the Bay of Bengal enters from the south-east. The normal onset of the monsoon is in the first week of July.

5.6 Tourist inflow

As per the discussions with the local people day, Taxi operators and Hotel owners, Bathinda is an important business centre centre. The tourist arrival in the destination is between 150,000 per year. Most of the domestic tourists are from Punjab followed by Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Haryana and other major cities.


The domestic tourists are mainly from all over Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh. Foreign tourists (NRIs) are mainly from Canada, USA, UK and Australia.


As per the surveyed tourists, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 1200-1400/ only. The maximum spending is on accommodation followed by transportation, food and shopping.


5-4 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



More than 90% of the surveyed tourists were business Tourists.


75% of the surveyed tourists were travelling alone


Around 50% of the surveyed tourists were in the age group of 40-50 years, 25% in the age group of 25-40 years, 10% in the age group of >50 years and rest were below 25 years.


Since this destination is one of the important business centres in Punjab, most of the tourists were on repeat visit. 50% of surveyed domestic tourists were on a repeat visit.


A number of good hotels, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are available.

There is no entertainment facility available except for a few cinema halls.


As per the discussions with the taxi operators and hoteliers, there is no organised travel related service in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide rented car and other passenger vehicles to various tourist destinations in Delhi, Punjab and Himachal Pradesh.



Characteristics Status Accessibility External Roads Good Internal Roads Fair Internal Transport Fair Bus Connection Good Rail Good Air Connectivity Nearest airport is at Amritsar Communication Information Centres/ Availability of Guides Missing Post Offices Good Telecommunication Good


5-5 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


Entertainment Shopping Centres Good Emporiums/Gift Shops Good Parks/Gardens Fair Others Eating Joints Restaurants/Eateries Ok Utilities Water Availability Good Drinking water Facilities Good Sanitation Facilities Ok Other Services Medical Good Banking Facilities Good Sign Boards Missing Vehicle Parking Inadequate at the Fort Police and Security Available Intermediaries Travel Agents Few Taxi Operators Few Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children Not Available


Tourist Attractions Characteristics / Basic Facilities Quila Mubarak Talwandi Sabo

Accessibility Through congested road Good TIC/Guides No -- Emporiums/Gift Shops Yes No Eating Joints Yes Yes Drinking water Yes Yes Sanitation Facilities No Yes Sign Boards No -- Vehicle Parking Not adequate Yes Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/ Families with Young Children

No No

5.8 Project Ideas


• Sound and light show at the fort

• Bathinda Fort Meena Bazaar

• Live theatre and cultural shows.


6-1 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


6 PATHANKOT

Pathankot is located in the Gurdaspur district of Punjab which is the halting station for the tourists visiting Jammu and Kashmir, Kangra valley, Kullu valley, Dalhousie and Chamba. This is also a army cantonment area.

6.1 Accessibility

Pathankot is well connected with Delhi and other parts of country by rail and road. The nearest Domestic and international airport is at Amritsar which is 125 Km from Pathankot. Regular bus services connect Pathankot with other parts of Punjab. Pathankot is a halting station for tourists visiting Jammu and Dalhousie.

6.1.1 Distance

Delhi Pathankot 492 Km Pathankot Amritsar 101 Km Pathankot Chandigarh 285 Km


6-2 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



(i) Shahpur Kandi Fort

The fort is located on the bank of River Ravi and foothills of the towering Himalayas. Maharaja Ranjit Singh built the fort during 16th century. Now, the fort has been converted into the rest house of Irrigation department.

(ii) Ranjit Sagar Dam

Ranjit Sagar Dam (Thein Dam) is a gigantic Multipurpose River Project constructed on the river Ravi,

(iii) Anarkali Baradari, Batala

The water reservoir was built by Shamsher Khan, eunuch and the Karori of Batala in AD 1590 during the reign of Akbar. Sher Singh, son of Maharaja Ranjit Singh (AD 1780- 1839) built this beautiful baradari over raised high plinth in the centre of tank. The baradari standing in the tank resembles a Jal Mahal. It has square room in the centre of the pavilion with a passage all around and over it has another floor. The roof of the pavilion has collapsed. Entry to the first floor is through a staircase with concave shaped steps on north-eastern corner.

(iv) Shamsher Khan's Tomb, Batala

It is located on the road to Pathankot. Locally known as Hazira, this memorial stands near Baring College in the locality and built by Shamsher Khan, eunuch and karori of Batala during the reign of Akbar. The tomb stands on a raised platform surrounded by a low wall having bastions at corners. The tomb is an octagonal structure crowned with a low dome. The exterior has two storeys of recesses covered with pointed arches. The space between recesses is relieved with two vertical rows of sunken panels, one on its either side. The soffits of the recesses are adorned with stalactites" The spandrels of the arches are filled with painted arabesque and geometrical designs.


6-3 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


The entrance of the tomb is from the south. The interior as well as the exterior of the tomb is richly adorned with paintings depicting floral, geometrical and calligraphic designs. The decoration is intact on the interior but the gateway and also whole of its outer surface was originally painted with imitation brickwork in red and white. In addition to the above, the exterior had horizontal panels of decorative inscriptions, only traces of which are extant. According to the relevant inscription, a reservoir, a mosque and a garden were completed during the reign of Akbar in AH 998 (AD 1590) by Shamsher Khan.

(v) Takht-i-Akbari, Kalanaur

The small town of Kalanaur is situated about 70 km north-east of Amritsar, has the pride of place for having witnessed the coronation of Akbar on 2 Rabi 11963/14 February 1556 as emperor of India by his guardian Bairam Kham after the news of Humayun's death. Akbar, at that time, was camping at Kalanaur in order to direct the campaign against Sikandar Shah Sur, the Afghan pretender to the throne who had taken refuse at Mankot in Jammu region. The Takht-i-Akbari is a simple square platform of brick, coated with plaster. A tank in the centre of platform added to its beauty. The water of this tank overflows down the scalloped chutes of red-painted plaster into four miniature reservoirs at the bottom of the platform. Little flight of steps on either side of the chutes lead on the platform from every side except the west. On this side of the throne, a plain brick structure with single front step extending its full length is visible.

(vi) Dera Baba Nanak

Situated 35 kms west of Gurudaspur on the border of Pakistan is the place where Sri Guru Nanak Dev Ji , the founder of Sikhism spent about 12 years of his later life. Precious robes which were presented to him when he visited Mecca are preserved here. Pilgrims from all over the country visit this place on the eve of Maghi in the second week of January every year.

6.2.2 Vaishnav Monastry Village Pandori Manhattan

The monastery famous for Satguru Narayain Ji is situated 10 kms from Gurdaspur. There is a temple made by the Mughal emperor Jahagir inside the fort which is 550 year old


(i) Jor Mela at Dera Baba Nanak

Jor Mela on the eve of Maghi in the second week of January is held each year in the location.


6-4 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


(ii) Hola Mohalla

The fair is held during mid-March immediately after the festival of Holi.The 10th Prophet of the Sikhs, Sri Guru Gobind Singh ji had started this fair in 1700-AD. To the traditional festival of the colours, Holi., he added spiritual and martial dimensions. The fair begins a few days before Holi. A large number of 'Langars' (community kitchen) offer free food to the poor and the rich alike.The day after Holi, called Hola, begins with the singing of the divine hymns in the very early morning hours.

(iii) Mela at Vaishnav Monastry

During the month of April (from 13th to 15th), the vaishnav devotees organize this mela at the Monastery.

Janmashtmi and Vyas Purnima (July) are also celebrated here.

6.4 Climate

The climate of Pathankot is given in Table 6.1

Table 6.1: Climate of Pathankote

Climate Maximum Minimum Average and Remarks Rainfall 344.6 Milimeters 4.3 Milimeters The annual average rainfall

during the year 1995-1999 was recorded 78.8 Milimeters, The maximum rainfall during the month of August and minimum during the month of December.

44.3 Centigrade during the month of May (summer)


Average Temperature (1999)

23.1 Centigrade during the month of January (Winter)


Mean Relative Humidity

72% during July and August

33% during the month of April

6.5 Tourist inflow

As per the discussion with the tour operators, Taxi union and Hotel owners, Pathankot is the transit point for the Vaishno Devi Temple, Dalhousie and Dharamshala. The domestic tourist arrivals in the destination is between 50000-60000 and foreign tourist arrival is between 1000-1500 per year. Most of the domestic tourists are from the Gujarat followed by Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Haryana.


6-5 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



The domestic tourists are mainly locals and businessman from all over India. NRIs are from Canada, USA, UK and Australia.


As per the surveyed tourists the average spending per person per day is around Rs 850/ only. The maximum spending of a tourist is on accommodation (38%) followed by food (30%). Transportation constitutes 23% of the total spending of a tourist. Expenditure on entertainment and shopping is quite less.


83% of surveyed tourists were Religious Tourists and 17% were visiting the destination for leisure.


As per the surveyed tourists 75 % of the tourists were travelling with the family/Group .The size of the group varies between 2-6 persons. Average stay was for a day as Pathankot is the transit point for Jammu, Dalhousie and other places. People generally stay for one night and then move to further destination.

6.5.5 Seasonal flow details

May to June is the peak season when the devotees visit Pathankot during transit to Vaishno Devi .


Around 45% tourists are in the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group 35-44 years, 17% in the age group 45-54 years and rest below 25 years.


Since this destination is on the way of Vaishno Devi Mandir, people visit more than once. 33 % of surveyed domestic tourists were on repeat visit.


Around 15 good hotels with restaurants are available. The total room strength would be around 300. Some low budget hotels and restaurants are also available. One four star hotel is under construction on Pathankot Jammu by pass, having good facilities including swimming pool, shopping complex, conference hall, amusement park and fast food center. The complex is expected to start within two to three years.


6-6 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


There aren’t any good entertainment facilities available except for two cinema halls.

The destination is well connected with other parts of India as well as all over world through ISD and STD There are many ISD/STD booths in the city.

Pathankot is well connected with rail and road to Delhi and Amritsar, The nearest airport is at Amritsar.

There is no good travel agent in the city. Only very few small tour operators are in Pathankot .Most of them provide rented car and Tata Sumo for other tourist destinations of Himachal Pradesh, Jammu and Kashmir.

There is no facility available for Forex and ATM.


Characteristics Status Accessibility External Roads Good Internal Roads Good Internal Transport Fair Bus Connection Good Rail Excellent Air Connectivity Nearest airport at Amritsar Communication Information Centres/ Availability of Guides Not available Post Offices Good Telecommunication Good Entertainment Shopping Centres Good Emporiums/Gift Shops Good Parks/Gardens Good Others Eating Joints Restaurants/Eateries Good Utilities Water Availability Good Drinking water Facilities Good Sanitation Facilities Ok Other Services Medical Available Banking Facilities Available Sign Boards Poor Vehicle Parking -- Police and Security Available Intermediaries Travel Agents Available Taxi Operators Available Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children Not Available


6-7 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Tourist Attractions

Shah

pur

Kan

di F

ort

Ran

jit

Saga

r D

am

Ana

rkal

i B

arad

ari

Sham

sher

K

han

Tom

bT

akht

-e-

Akb

ari

Der

a B

aba

Nan

ak

Vai

shna

v M

onas

tery

Accessibility Good Good Good Good Good Good Good TIC/Guides No No No No No No No Emporiums/Gift Shops No No No No No No No Eating Joints No Yes No No No No No Drinking water Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Sanitation Facilities Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Sign Boards No Yes No No No No No Vehicle Parking No Yes No No No No No Facilities for Elderly/Disabled /Families with Young Children

No No No No No No No

6.7 Project Ideas


• Up-gradation of Coral Tourist Complex

• Maharaja Ranjit Singh Dam water sports complex

• Deer Park

• Anarkali water sports complex

• Beautification of Shamsher Khan Tomb

• Shahpur Kandi Water Sports Complex

• Shimla Pahari development


Joint Director, Ministry of Tourism - - - New Delhi 110011 India



Punjab

July 2002

Mott MacDonald Sarojini House 6 Bhagwan Dass Road New Delhi 110 001 India Tel: 98102 77059

1450//A/30 July 2002 C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/


1450//A/30 July 2002

C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 3\destpro7onward.doc/



Punjab


7-1 of 1 1450//A/30 July 2002


7 Amritsar

7.1 The City of the Pool of Nectar


7-1 of 6 1450//A/30 July 2002


7 LUDHIANA

Ludhiana is known as Manchester of India which is renowned world over for its hosiery goods. From Moscow to Montreal, shopping malls retail both cotton and woollen products from Ludhiana. However, Ludhiana’s claim to fame is not its commercial enterprises alone. It is an important pilgrimage center as there are many historic Gurudwaras in and around Ludhiana. Ludhiana also boasts of many prestigious educational institutions. There are two Medical Colleges and the famous Punjab Agricultural University modelled on the Land Grant of America.

During the struggle for freedom, many leaders of the freedom movement came from Ludhiana. Prominent among them were Lala Lajpat Rai, Sardar Kartar Singh Saraba, Baba Santa Singh and Maulana Habibur Rehman.

During the reign of Maharaja Ranjit Singh, Ludhiana became an important British cantonment. Initially, in 1805, Maharaja Ranjit Singh had occupied Ludhiana. However, in 1809, the British decided to curb his advance eastwards and sent troops to confront him. Ranjit Singh was forced to sign the treaty of ‘perpetual friendship’ with the British, which confined his activities to the Right Bank of the Sutlej. British troops were permanently stationed in Ludhiana and the Cis-Sutlej states came under British Protection.

7.1 Accessibility

Ludhiana is located on NH –1 and is well connected to other parts of country. Regular bus services ply between Delhi – Ludhiana. There are excellent government and private bus services connecting various parts of Punjab to Ludhiana. The city is well connected with Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata and Jaipur by rail. Ludhiana has a domestic airport and the nearest international airport is at Amritsar.


7-2 of 6 1450//A/30 July 2002


7.1.1 Distances

Ludhiana Delhi 311 Km Ludhiana Amritsar 135 Km Ludhiana Chandigarh 88 Km


(i) Gurudwara Charan Kamal ,Machhiwara

The Gurdwara Charan Kamal is located in village Machhiwara, Ludhiana district. The Gurudwara Charan Kanwal is named after the Guru’s lotus feet. When Aurangzeb’s army attacked the fortress of Chamkaur Sahib, Guru Gobind Singhji successfully resisted their onslaught and slipped away into the forests of Machhiwara. The Mughal forces got to know about his whereabouts and Guru Gobind was saved by two of his Muslim devotees who disguised him as their Muslim prophet. The place where the Guru rested is where the Gurudwara stands today.

(ii) Gurudwara Manji Sahib, Alamgir

Another famous Gurudwara Manji Sahib is at Alamgir, 10 kilometres from Ludhiana, where the two Muslim devotees placed the cot in which Guruji was being carried. There is a ten feet deep tank near the Gurudwara where, according to a legend, Guru Gobind Singhji shot an arrow into the parched land, which miraculously yielded water.

(iii) Ancient site, Sunset (Ludhiana)

The ancient site lies about 6 km from Ludhiana bus stand and about 1 km south from Ludhiana -Ferozpur road. The present village is inhabited over an early historical mound. The place has been referred to in literature as Sunetra, after one of the three sons of Dhritarashtra of Kuru dynasty. The excavation revealed a sequence of six cultural periods.

(iv) Gurudwara Nanaksar Sahib- Jagraon

Situated near Jagraon at a distance about 38 Kms from Ludhiana on Ferozepur Road, the gurdwara was founded by Baba Nand Singh. Nank Sahib gurdwara is a model of elegance and architecture.


7-3 of 6 1450//A/30 July 2002


(v) Museum of Rural Life of Punjab

The museum is the only one of its kind in India and reminds the charms of ancient Punjab. The museum is situated near the college of Home Science of Punjab Agricultural University. The museum building is built after a thorough study of traditional building in the old town of Punjab. The double storeyed building covered an area of 4000 sq. ft. The main entrance depicts the archaeological finds of Punjab. These include pottery of various periods like Harapan, Aryan, Gupta and Mediaeval antiquities in terracotta, speciments of old coins and seals. The original false ceiling of 18th century adds to its beauty.

The museum has on display the utensils and kitchenware like lota, garwa, ganga sagar ,degchi, patila etc right from the Harappan period onwards.

The museum also creates the environment of a lady’s bed room with a traditional cot of strong and large wooden frames, Vanity boxes and different types of lamps along with their stands enhance the beauty of this room.

The entire wall space of the varandha is embellished with murals of folk sensibilities.

A dummy well where various devices used through the ages for lifting water for drinking as well as for irrigation are on display.


• At Gurudura Nanaksar Sahib the “barsi” is being celebrated during the month of August or 13th Bhadon. It is attended by nearly one-lakh devotees from different part of India.

• During the month of December and January Jarg Mela is being celebrated at Gurudwara Charan Kamal ,Machhiwara; Gurudwara Manjit Sahib,Alamgir. It starts from the 19-21 December and extends to 13 January. This mela starts at Anandpur Sahib and ends at Mukteshwar.(Maki Mela) in between it passes through Ropar, Chamhar Sahib, Machhiwara, Fathegarh Sahib, Alamgir, Raikot, Takhatpur, Dina Nagar

• Rural Sports, National Fair (February), Kila Raipur: is held 6 kms from Ludhiana This meet is a fair that epitomises the special Punjabi bon homie and the spirit that never says die, ingenious for finding competition and pleasure from ordinary things of life. Bullock carts and other animal races, awe inspiring feats of strength and danger, the traditional wrestling, cock-fighting, kabbadi etc. made the occasion. The meet is wound up by the electrifying dances of the Punjab, the Gidha and the Bhangra.

• Prof. Mohan Singh Mela, Ludhiana: It is a unique fair of cultural confluence of Punjabi artists, writers and folk performers of Punjab. Alongside this cultural extravaganza, noted writers and artists are honoured for their contribution to the promotion of Punjabi literature, language and culture.


7-4 of 6 1450//A/30 July 2002


7.4 Climate

The climate of Ludhiana is given in Table 7.1

Table 7.1: Climate of Ludhiana


during the year 1995-1999 was recorded 53 Milimeters, The maximum rainfall is during the month of July and minimum during the month of November.



Average Temperature (1999) 23.1 Centigrade during the

month of January (Winter) 3.2 Centigrade during the month of January (Winter)




7.5 Tourist inflow

As per discussion with the hotel owners, Gurudwara Committee and taxi operators, the maximum tourists to Ludhiana are for business purpose. The estimated number of tourists would be around 125000-200000 per year, which includes only domestic tourists. There are no foreign tourists visiting Ludhiana except NRIs. NRI’s visiting Ludhiana will be around 750-1000 per year.


Domestic tourists are mainly local and businessmen from all over India. NRIs are from Canada, USA, UK and Australia.


The maximum expenditure of a tourist is on transportation (37%) followed by accommodation (33%), while food constitutes about 20% of the spending. A tourist spends 10% on shopping and other activities.


About 67% of the tourists are business tourists and 33% constitute religious tourists.


7-5 of 6 1450//A/30 July 2002


7.5.4 Average stay in number of days

The average duration of tourist staying in Ludhiana is for 3 days. About 67 % of the tourists stay for more than 2 weeks and 33% stay for about 1-2 weeks.


• 70 % of surveyed tourists were male and 30 were female • The surveyed tourists were in the age group of 35-64 years. • All the surveyed tourists were on repeat visit.

7.6 Infrastructure details – Quality and quantity details

Around 50 hotels are available in Ludhiana. Out of these, one is a three star hotel and two are one star hotels. The total room capacity of these three hotels is 79 rooms only. There are two amusement parks in Ludhiana City.

STD/ISD, Internet, mobile Post Office and Courier services are available.

7.7 Mode of Transportation

Road The internal roads of the city are good. The connecting roads to the city from the other parts of the state are good.

Rail The city is located on the main rail line. Two Shatabdi trains run daily connecting Ludhiana with Delhi.

Airport There is an airport in Ludhiana .The nearest international airport is at Amritsar.



Characteristics Status Accessibility External Roads Good Internal Roads Good in general, congested at some places Internal Transport Good Bus Connection Good Rail Excellent Air Connectivity Available, nearest international airport at Amritsar Communication Information Centres/ Availability of Guides Not available Post Offices Good Telecommunication Good Entertainment Shopping Centres Good


7-6 of 6 1450//A/30 July 2002


Characteristics Status Emporiums/Gift Shops Good Parks/Gardens Good Others Eating Joints Restaurants/Eateries Good Utilities Water Availability Good Drinking water Facilities Good Sanitation Facilities Ok Other Services Medical Available Banking Facilities Available Sign Boards Poor Vehicle Parking -- Police and Security Available Intermediaries Travel Agents Available Taxi Operators Available Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children

Not Available


Tourist Attractions Characteristics / Basic Facilities Gurudwara

Charan Kamal

Gurudwara Manji Sahib

Sunet Ancient

Site

Gurudwara Nanaksar

Sahib

Rural Museum

Accessibility Good Good Good Good Good TIC/Guides No No No No No Emporiums/Gift Shops No No No No No Eating Joints No No No No No Drinking water Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Sanitation Facilities Yes Yes No Yes Yes Sign Boards No No No No No Vehicle Parking No No No No No Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/ Families with Young Children

No No No No No

7.9 Project Ideas


• Parking cum shopping complex at Manji Sahib and Gurudwara Charan Kamal

• Neelon water sports complex


8-1 of 7 1450//A/30 July 2002


8 FATEHGARH SAHIB

8.1 Sirhind: A Mughal Legacy

The ancient town of Sirhind is replete with ruins of beautiful mosques and tombs. During Mughal days it was a town of considerable importance. Its ancient fort was built by 'Firoz Tughlaq'. It is 50 km from Chandigarh airport. It is well connected by road and is a railway junction too. Sirhind was an important town during the days of the Mughal Empire. In the 18th century AD it was repeatedly sacked by the enemies of the Mughal rulers, and virtually destroyed in 1763 AD. Today, its monuments stand mute testimony to those troubled days.

Sirhind achieved its zenith under the Mughals as it received the personal attention of emperors like Akbar and Jahangir. Many Afghan rulers over the ages claimed Sirhind as their territory and there are many monuments in the city which illustrate the Afghan links of this city.

Sirhind has also witnessed many important events in the evolution of the Sikh faith. It was here in the ancient fort of Sirhind built by Ferozeshah Tughlaq that the two young sons of Guru Gobind Singhji were bricked in by walls and suffocated to death for refusing to embrace Islam. The Gurudwara Fatehgarh Sahib built on the spot commemorates the victory or ‘fateh’ or the two noble souls who refused to abandon their faith under severe duress.

8.2 Accessibility

Sirhind is 50 km from Chandigarh airport. It is well connected by road and is a railway junction too. It is about 50 km to the north of Patiala on Patiala Rupnagar Road via Morinda. The town of Morinda is 15 kms from this place


8-2 of 7 1450//A/30 July 2002


Air : The nearest airport is Chandigarh (48 kms).

Rail : The nearest railhead is Chandigarh (48 kms).

Road: There are buses and taxis from Chandigarh (48 kms), Amritsar, Ambala, Chandigarh, Ludhiana and other parts of the state.

8.2.1 Distances

New Delhi Fatehgarh Sahib 300 km Chandigarh Fatehgarh Sahib 48 km Ludhiana Fatehgarh Sahib 72 km Amritsar Fatehgarh Sahib 205 km


(i) Aam Khas Bagh

The Mughals known for their architectural panache, built this beautiful garden surrounded by the obligatory high wall and cooled with water flowing in disciplined courses. Aam Khas Bagh, which was built by Akbar and later, developed by Jahangir and Shahjahan was built for the public and also for exclusive use of the Emperor Shah Jahan. Both of them used to stay here while going to and coming back from Lahore. There were adequate numbers of places for the stay of Mughal Emperors. And since it contained both a public and Aam area, and a private or Khas section, it was known as the Aam Khas Bagh: literally the Public-Private Garden. In its heyday it had a double-storeyed royal pavilion, baths, underground water-cooled chambers, and plenty of accommodation for weary travellers. The royal part includes a large water tank, a palace with beautiful walls and elaborate fountains. Although this was also ransacked by the enemies of the Mughals, but even the ruins are so magnificent that it is well worth visiting Aam Khas Bagh

A close scrutiny of the remnants of the place clearly indicates that there was a perfect system of air-conditioning in the monument is called 'SARAD KHANA'. The other monuments include 'SHEESH MAHAL' (DAULAT-KHANA-E-KHAS), HAMAM and the Tank where unique methods of heating water were adopted. The total area of the complex is 700ft X 485ft.


8-3 of 7 1450//A/30 July 2002


(ii) Rauza Sharif

This beautiful and spacious mausoleum is a national historic monument, which is venerated as a second Mecca by Sunni Muslims, and visited annually in or about August by thousands of Naqshbandi Muslims from Pakistan, Afghanistan, Indonesia and India. In the premises of the mausoleum, there are tombs and cenotaphs apart from a mosque. One such grand cenotaph is of King Shah Zaman of Afganistan.

The magnificent and spacious Rauza is a mausoleum which commemorates the burial place of Mujadid-alf-Saani Sheikh Ahmed Farooqi, Kabuli, Sirhindi who lived during the reigns of Akbar and Jahangir from 1563 to 1634. The old mosque in the vicinity is extant, so are several cenotaphs. The tomb of the Shah Zaman, one of the Kings of Afghanistan indicates that the Rauza was once considered a propitious burial place of high and mighty.

The Rauza also contains scalloped arches, framed domes and minarets and sun-striated corridors. During Urs in the month of August, Muslims from all over the world come here to pay homage.

(iii) Gurudwara Fatehgarh Sahib

The Fatehgarh Sahib Gurdwara marks the spot, where the two brave children, the younger sons of Guru Gobind Singh died for the noble cause. They refused to be converted to Islam during the reign of Emperor Aurangzeb.

The main Gurdwara commemorates the martyrdom of the two tender Sahibzada(sons), Zorawar Singh (9 years) and Fateh Singh (7 years) of the tenth Sikh Guru, Sri Guru Gobind Singh Ji, who refused to apostasise from truth and religion under threat from their captor, the Suba of Sirhind and were suffocated to death in the walls which were raised around them.

(iv) Gurdwara Jyoti Sarup

After the heroic death of two elder sons of Guru Gobind Singh, in the battle of Chamkaur, on December22, 1704 his two younger sons, namely, Zorawar Singh and Fateh Singh were killed, by being bricked alive in the fort of Sirhind on December 28, 1704 by the order of the tyrant Nawab Wazir Khan. Mata Gujri, grandmother of the two Sahibzadas expired due to the shock of brutal murder of her two grand children. The Gurudwara Jyoti Swarup marks the spot where all these were cremated. Every December, thousands gather here during the Jor Mela to pay homage and express their devotion. A Hindu Philanthropist Dewan Todar Mal cremated three dead bodies with the help of other devotees of the Guru. He purchased the land by paying gold coins to the muslim Zamindar named Atta. Here stands the Gurdwara Jyoti Swarup. A big hall with a seating capacity for5,000 persons has been recently constructed. It has been named Dewan Todar Mal Hall.


8-4 of 7 1450//A/30 July 2002


(v) Sadna Qasai Mosque

Since 1970, 56 ancient and historic sites have been declared Protected Monuments by the Punjab Government. The Government of India had separately protected 30 sites. Among them are kos minars (small towers that marked ancient roads), sarais, palaces, temples, tombs and forts. Sadna Qasai is one of the protected monuments at Sirhind.

(vi) Floating Restaurant Sirhind

Floating Restaurant constructed over the Sirhind Canal is an important tourist spot run by Punjab Tourism Development Corp. It is at a distance of 5 KM. from Sirhind on the Sher Shah Suri Marg. It attracts a large no of tourists, especially during summer. There is also provision for night stay. It has eight (8) suites. It is a unique type of Restaurant in the whole of the Punjab. Built in the middle of the canal, it presents a picturesque view to the visitors.


• Fatehgarh Sahib: Gurudwara Fatehgarh Sahib Jor Mela.(December)

• Rauza Sharif, Sirhind, Fatehgarh Sahib: Urs in August

8.5 Climate

The district has three major seasons. Hot weather season (April to June) when the mercury shoots up to as high as 43.3 degree Celsius. Rainy season is from July to September. The average annual rainfall ranges between 960 mm in the sub-mountain region and 58 mm in the plains. Winter months are October to March when the temperature dips to as low as 4.4 degree Celsius. October to March is the best season to visit.

8.6 Tourist inflow

As per the discussions with the taxi operators, and Hotel and restaurant owners Fatehgarh is one of the important pilgrimage centres in Punjab. Most of the domestic tourists are from the Punjab state. Urs at Rauza Sharif and Jor Mela are the occasions during which a number of tourists come from various adjoining states. During Urs in the month of August, Muslims from all over the world come here to pay homage.


The domestic tourists are mainly from Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh. Foreign tourists (NRIs) are from Canada, USA, UK and Australia and other countries. During Rauza Sharif, tourists come from Pakistan, Afghanistan and Indonesia.


8-5 of 7 1450//A/30 July 2002



As per the survey, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 400 – 500. The maximum spending is on transportation (40-45 %) followed by food (25-30%) and rest on entertainment, shopping and other purposes.


95 % of surveyed tourists were Religious Tourists.


As per the survey, 75 % were travelling with the family/Group .The size of the group ranges from 2-6 persons.

8.6.5 Seasonal flow details

(i) Profile of Tourist

Around 45% tourists are in the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group of 35-44 years, 17% in the age group of 45-54 years and rest are below 25 years.

(ii) Repeat Tourists.

Since this destination is one of the important pilgrimage centres a considerable number of tourist visit the place more than once. About 40 % of the surveyed domestic tourists were on a repeat visit.


A number of hotels, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are there. Apart from this, two PTDC complexes are also present.

There aren’t any good entertainment facilities available in the destination except for a few cinema halls.


Fatehgarh Sahib is well connected with rail and road with Delhi, and other major cities of the country.

As per the discussions with the taxi operators and hotels and restaurant owners, there is no organised travel related service in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide rented car and other passenger vehicles for various tourist destinations in Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu and Kashmir.


8-6 of 7 1450//A/30 July 2002



8.8 Environment Status, Policy & Regulations

The general environment in and around the tourist attractions were found to be pleasant.


Characteristics Status Accessibility External Roads Good Internal Roads Good Internal Transport Poor Bus Connection Good Rail Available Air Connectivity Nearest airport at Chandigarh Communication Information Centres/ Availability of Guides Not available Post Offices Good Telecommunication Good Entertainment Shopping Centres Fair Emporiums/Gift Shops Fair Parks/Gardens - Others Eating Joints Restaurants/Eateries Fair Utilities Water Availability Good Drinking water Facilities Good Sanitation Facilities Fair Other Services Medical Available Banking Facilities Available Sign Boards Poor Vehicle Parking Sufficient for present demand Police and Security Available Intermediaries Travel Agents Very few Taxi Operators Few Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children

Not Available


8-7 of 7 1450//A/30 July 2002



Tourist Atractions Characteristics / Basic Facilities Aam

Khas Bagh

Rauza Sharif

Gurudwara Jyoti

Swarup

Gurudwara Fatehgarh

Sahib

Sadna Quasai Mosque

Floating Restaurant

Accessibility Good Good Good Good Good Good TIC/Guides No -- -- -- No -- Emporiums/Gift Shops No No No No No Yes Eating Joints Yes No No No No Yes Drinking water No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Sanitation Facilities No No Yes Yes No Yes Sign Boards No -- -- -- No -- Vehicle Parking Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Facilities for Elderly/Disabled /Families with Young Children

No No No No No

8.9 Project Ideas

• Restaurant near Gurudwara Jyoti Swarup and fast food centre (Garden Restaurant) at Aam Khas Baag


9-1 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002


9 KAPURTHALA

9.1 The French Connection

Named after its founder Nawab Kapur Singh, this capital town of an erstwhile princely state is situated towards the west of Jalandhar City at a distance of 19 kms. Kapurthala is a city with a colourful past. It is now the headquarters of the district in Punjab with the same name.

The Maharajas of Kapurthala were renowned for their taste and many of them were influenced by western fashions and trends. Perhaps the most colourful of them was Maharaja Jagat Singh who is believed to have been ‘one of the most enlightened of the Hindu princes’ in pre-independent India.

Many of Kapurthala’s striking buildings owe their existence to Maharaja Jagat Singh. He was a great admirer of French architecture and had a Louis the XVI palace built for himself by a French architect. The famous French architect M. Manteaux designed the Moorish Mosque, a unqiue building in India because of the Moorish style of architecture. The mosque has a large compound paved with pure Indian marble and the inner dome has been decorated by artists from the Lahore School of Art. Maharaja Jagatjit Singh’s palace today houses the Sainik School and epitomizes the perfect blend of French architecture and oriental surroundings.

9.2 Accessibility

Kapurthala is well connected with all major cities. Regular bus service is available connecting it from Chandigarh and other major towns of Punjab. It has a railway station connecting it with Amritsar and Nawanshehr. The nearest domestic airport is at Amritsar and the international airport is at New Delhi.


9-2 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002


9.2.1 Distances

New Delhi Kapurthala 388 km Chandigarh Kapurthala 165 km

Amritsar Kapurthala 72 km Jalandhar Kapurthala 19 km


(i) Moorish Mosque

This is one of the most historic as well as unique building situated in Kapurthala about 21 km from Jalandhar. The mosque was built in 1930 by his highness Maharaja Jagatjit Singh Bahadur. Designed by famous French architect M. Manteaux, it is a unique piece of art of the Moorish style of architecture. This is patterned after the Qutbya Mosque on Morocco. It has a large compound paved with pure Indian Marble and decorators from Lahore School of Art had designed the interiors of the historic Mosque. The inner domes of the mosque have designs by the artists of the Mayo School of Arts, Lahore.

(ii) Panch Mandir

The most striking building in the town is a fine Hindu temple called the 'Panch Mandir' built during the reign of, Sardar Fateh Singh. This architecturally beautiful temple is located 21 km from Jalandhar in Kapurthala town.

Several smaller temples dedicated to different deities surround the principal dome in center. Another amazing stuff is that from the main silver door of temple one can pay obeisance to every idol and these idols are equally attractive from outside the door as they are from inside. Even historic idol of God "Brahmajee" is placed in this temple. A replica of this only temple of its kind was exhibited in the pre-partition Punjab Museum at Lahore.


9-3 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002


(iii) The Shalimar Garden

The city has a beautiful garden called Shalimar Gardens. One historical building -"Baradari" is also present in the Shalimar Garden where Maharaja Ranjit Singh and Maharaja Fateh Singh had met. There are also "Samadhis" of former rulers of Kapurthala State in this historic garden with excellent art work on them. There is a magnificent gate at the entrance to this garden. It also has a pond, a park & a library. The Basant Panchi Mela is organised every year in this historic garden.

(iv) Kanjli Wetland

Kanjli is a wetland of national importance. It has immense ecological significance and supports a large variety of aquatic flora and fauna. It is located on the Kali Bein at 21o 32’ N latitude and 75o 76’ E longitude.

9.4 Climate

The district has three major seasons i.e. summer, monsoon, and winter. Summer extends from April to June and with May – June as the hottest months. Monsoon arrives in the month of July and lasts till September. Most of the rainfall in the district occurs during this season only. The annual average rainfall is 616 mm. July and August are the rainiest months accounting for about 51 % of the total annual rainfall. Winter comes in October and remains till March and extreme cold can be experienced at this time. December – January are the coldest months.

9.5 Tourist inflow

As per the discussions with the local people, Taxi operators and Hotel owners, Kapurthala is not a very famous tourist attraction. The domestic tourist arrival in the destination is from Punjab only.


The domestic tourists are mainly from all over Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh and Delhi. NRIs are from Canada, USA, UK and Australia and other countries


As per the surveyed tourists, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 400-500/ only. The maximum spending is on transportation followed by food and shopping.


9-4 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002



More than 50% of the tourists visited the place for business activities. 30% replied social functions as a reason for their visit.


As per the surveyed tourists, 40 % were travelling with the family/Group .The group is 2-3 persons only.


Around 45% tourists are in the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group of 35-44 years, 17% in the age group of 45-54 years and rest below 25 years.


Since people visit this destination for business purpose and for personal / social functions, 40-50% of surveyed domestic tourists reported being on repeat visit.


A number of good hotels, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are present in the destination.





Characteristics Status Accessibility External Roads Good Internal Roads Very congested Internal Transport Poor Bus Connection Good Rail Available


9-5 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002


Air Connectivity Nearest airport at Amritsar

Communication Information Centres/ Availability of Guides Not available Post Offices Good Telecommunication Good Entertainment Shopping Centres Good Emporiums/Gift Shops Good Parks/Gardens ok Others Eating Joints Restaurants/Eateries Good Utilities Water Availability Good Drinking water Facilities Good Sanitation Facilities Poor Other Services Medical Available Banking Facilities Available Sign Boards Not available Vehicle Parking -- Police and Security Available Intermediaries Travel Agents Few Taxi Operators Few Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children Not Available


Tourist Attractions Characteristics / Basic Facilities Moorish

Mosque Panch Mandir

Shalimar Garden

Kanjali Wetland

Accessibility Good Congested roads Ok Good TIC/Guides No -- -- -- Emporiums/Gift Shops Yes Yes Yes No Eating Joints Yes Yes Yes Not good Drinking water No Yes Yes Yes Sanitation Facilities No No No No Sign Boards No -- -- Yes Vehicle Parking Yes No Yes Yes Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/ Families with Young Children

No No No No

9.7 Project Ideas

• Development of Kanjali Wetland for nature tourism.


10-1 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002


10 RUP NAGAR

Located at a distance of 45 kms from Chandigarh on the National Highway No. 1, Rup Nagar is an important halting station for the tourists visiting Kullu. Rup Nagar is an important district in Punjab accounting for the major part of Hydel power generation. The Sutlej Water body is an important environmental feature providing nesting grounds to the migratory birds.

10.1 Accessibility

Rupnagar is located on the bank of the river Sutlej at a distance of about 45kms.from Chandigarh on the National Highway No. 1. The bus service between Chandigarh and Rup nagar and Rup Nagar and other parts of Punjab is good. Rup Nagar has a railway station and it is linked with Fatehgarh Sahib and Anandpur Sahib. The nearest domestic airport is at Chandigarh and the international airport is at Amritsar

10.1.1 Distances

New Delhi Rup Nagar 292 km Chandigarh Rup Nagar 45 km

Amritsar Rup Nagar 178 km Patiala Rup Nagar 108 km

Jalandhar Rup Nagar 101 km


10-2 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002



(i) Ropar Wetland

This is a National Wetland. It is a manmade wetland of lake and river formed by the construction of a barrage on Sutluj River. The site is an important breeding place for the nationally protected Smooth Indian Otter, Hog Deer, Sambar, and several reptiles, and the endangered Indian Pangolin (Manis crassicaudata). Some 35 species of fish play an important role in the food chain, and about 150 species of local and migrated birds are found here. Local fisheries are economically significant, and wheat, rice , sugarcane, and sorghum are cultivated in the surrounding area. Nature lovers, birdwatchers, swimmers and boaters visit the site in considerable numbers. It is Ramsar site no.1161.

(ii) Gurudwara Parivar Vichhora

This Gurudwara is situated on the bank of the river Sarsa. Here Guru Gobind Singh decided to make a brief halt for a religious congregation. Earlier he had vacated fortress of Anandpur Sahib after Mughal army commander had promised to allow them to leave the fort. But he broke the oath taken on holy Quran and attacked the Guru on the bank of this river. Many devoted Sikhs laid down their lives while fighting the enemy. The Guru himself followed by devoted Sikhs, after invoking the blessings of the Almighty, fearlessly rode the horses into the swollen stream with sparkling swords in their hands. In the chaos two younger sons of the Guru along with their grandmother, got separated. At this holy spot magnificent Gurudwara Parivar Vichhora was built by grateful devotees of the great Guru.

10.3 Climate

There are three well defined seasons . These are:



1. Post-monsoon (September to end of November). It is transitional period between the rainy and cold seasons.

2. Pre-hot season (March to mid-April). It is a transitional period between the cold and hot seasons.

The annual average rainfall at Rupnagar is 752 mm. July – August are the rainiest months accounting for 58% of the total annual rainfall.

10.4 Tourist inflow

As per the discussions with the local people, Taxi operators and Hotel owners Rupnagar is a resting / overnight halting place for the tourists going to Kullu, Himachal Pradesh. Most of the domestic tourists are from Delhi, Punjab, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh.


10-3 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002





As per the surveyed tourists, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 600-800/ only. The maximum spending is on accommodation, followed by transportation and food.


As per the surveyed tourist 50 % were travelling with the family/Group .The size of the group was in the range of 4-6 persons.


Around 45% tourists were in the age group of 25-34 years, 25% in the age group 35-44 years, 17% in the age group 45-54 years and rest are below 25 years.


Since this destination is one of the routes followed by tourists visiting Kullu, Himachal Pradesh, most of the tourists are repeat tourists.


Few good hotels, restaurants, fast food centres, icecream parlours and bars are present. Rupnagar has one PTDC complex located near the bank of Satluj River.



Rupnagar is well connected by road with Delhi, and other major cities of the country. Rupnagar is linked with Fatehgarh Sahib and Nangal by rail line. The nearest domestic airport is at Chandigarh and the nearest international airport is at Amritsar.



10-4 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002


Figure 10.1: Basic Infrastructure Status at the Destination

Characteristics Status Accessibility External Roads Good Internal Roads Poor Internal Transport Poor Bus Connection Good Rail Available Air Connectivity Nearest airport at Chandigarh Communication Information Centres/ Availability of Guides Not available Post Offices Good Telecommunication Good Entertainment Shopping Centres Fair Emporiums/Gift Shops Fair Parks/Gardens - Others Eating Joints Restaurants/Eateries Fair Utilities Water Availability Good Drinking water Facilities Good Sanitation Facilities Fair Other Services Medical Available Banking Facilities Available Sign Boards Poor Vehicle Parking OK Police and Security Available Intermediaries Travel Agents Few Taxi Operators Few Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children

Not Available


Tourist Attractions Characteristics / Basic Facilities Ropar Wetland Gurudwara Pariwar Vichhora

Accessibility Good Good TIC/Guides -- -- Emporiums/Gift Shops Yes No Eating Joints Yes No Drinking water Yes Yes


10-5 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002


Sanitation Facilities No Yes Sign Boards -- -- Vehicle Parking Yes Yes Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/ Families with Young Children

No No

10.6 Project Ideas

• Artificial beach development, log huts and other facilities for nature tourism

• Rope way between Maharaja Ranjit Singh Hills and PTDC complex


11-1 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002


11 Hoshiarpur

11.1 (Chhoti Kashi – A Centre of Learning)

Hoshiarpur is situated at the foothills of Shivaliks. Tradition ascribes the foundation of the town to two versions: first to Hargobind and Ram Chand, Diwans of the Emperor Muhammad Bin Tughlak (1325-1351 A.D.); and second to Hoshiar Khan, a resident of Bajwara, who lived about the same period and after whom the town has been named as Hoshiarpur.

Hoshiarpur town is well known for its religious and educational activities in the northern India. The town was once called Chhoti Kashi, due to its renowned Brahmleen saints Hari Baba Ji and Swami Kathustha Nand. Besides, the place is also well known for Bhrigu Samhita, an ancient hand-written compilation on loose leaves by Maharishi Bhrigu Maharaj. There are eight families in the town which have parts of the Bhrigu Samhita with them. The V.V.R.I, one of the premier Indological Research Institute, has put Hoshiarpur on the scholarly map of the world. Hoshiarpur has the distinction of having the highest literacy rate in the state.

The town is also known for Ivory (now plastic) inlay goods, Brassware, Doll-making, Wooden furniture etc. Ivory inlay work has brought recognition in the Cottage industry to the town of Hoshiarpur.


11-2 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002


11.2 Accessibility

Located at 387 kms from Delhi, Hoshiarpur is well connected by road to all major cities. A railway line links it with the city of Jalandhar which is around 39 kms from Hoshiarpur. Regular bus service is available from Chandigarh and other major cities of Punjab.

11.2.1 Distance:

New Delhi Hoshiarpur 387 km Chandigarh Hoshiarpur 137 km

Amritsar Hoshiarpur 105 km Jalandhar Hoshiarpur 39 km

11.2.2 Major attractions

(i) Jaijon-Doaba

Situated at a distance of 16 kilometers to the north of Garhshankar, Jaijon is a rail terminal on the Jalandhar City-Jaijon Doaba line of Northern Railway. Jaijon was founded by one Jaiju Shah after whom the town was named. There are five shrines including that of Jaiju Shah, which are held in high esteem by the people. In older days, Jaijon was the seat of Jaswal Rajas. Raja Ram Singh first took up his residence here and the Fort which commanded the Pass in the hills was said to have been built in 1701 AD. Taken by Maharaja Ranjit Singh in 1815, it was dismantled at the annexation by the British Government. The palaces of Jaswal Rajas are in ruins.

(ii) Vishveshvaranand Vedic Research Institute

The well-known Vishveshvaranand Vedic Research Institute was shifted from Lahore to Hoshiarpur soon after Partition. This institution restarted its research work under the scholarly leadership of the late Acharya Vishva Bandhu on 2.11.1947, at Sadhu Ashram, on the outskirts of the town. In 1957, Punjab University set up its department of manuscript transcription and research at the institute, with a view to transcribe manuscripts written in South Indian languages into Devanagari script.The V.V.R.I, one of the premier Indological Research Institute, has put Hoshiarpur on the scholarly map of the world.

The literature, which the institute brings out in Hindi, Punjabi, Sanskrit and English, based on Indological researches and general studies, aims at propagating the quintessence of the ancient and the modern wisdom of mankind towards development of an emotionally integrated and balanced personality. On the educational side, the institute has been running language proficiency (Prabhakar) classes.


11-3 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002


The institute’s library, which houses nearly one lakh printed books and papers and about 10,000 ancient manuscripts, including about 4,000 palm leaf manuscripts written in different South Indian languages, is the largest Indological reference unit in north-western India. Teachers and researchers come here from different parts of India and even abroad for doing research work. The reading room, attached to the library, is regularly provided with about 200 periodicals.

The archaeological museum in the library building contains a rich collection of sculptures, of the Harappan civilisation, relics, and paintings of archaeological importance from all over India. The museum, which attracts a large number of visitors, is a very valuable addition to the existing facilities available at the institute for studying Indian history and culture.

11.3 Climate

The three well defined seasons in the region are:



1. Post-monsoon (September to end of November). It is transitional period between the rainy and cold seasons.

2. Pre-hot season (March to mid-April). It is a transitional period between the cold and hot seasons.

The amount of rainfall in the Punjab ranges between 250 mm and 1000 mm, the maximum falling near the Shivalik Hills. Near the hills, rainfall is over 1000 mm, Hoshiarpur receives an annual rainfall of more than 750 mm.

The major part of annual rainfall is experienced during the monsoon period

During the winter season, weather is normally cool and dry. This type of weather is associated with the passage of western disturbances through the region.

In the area adjoining the Shivalik Hills, winter crops are dependent upon this rainfall.

11.4 Tourist inflow

As per the discussions with the local people, Taxi operators and Hotel owners Hoshiarpur is not a very famous tourist centre. Most of the tourists visit Hoshiarpur for business activities.




As per the tourists surveyed, the average spending per person per day is around Rs 800-1000/ only. The maximum spending is on accommodation and transportation followed by food and shopping.


11-4 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002



More than 90% of the surveyed tourists were business Tourists.


80 % of the surveyed tourists were travelling alone.


Around 50% tourist were in the age group of 40-50 years, 25% in the age group 25-40 years, 10% in the age group >50 years and rest below 25 years.


Since this destination is a business centres, most of the tourists are repeat tourists. 50% of surveyed domestic tourists reported being on repeat visit.


Few good hotels are there in the location. A number of budget hotels, restaurants, fast food centres, ice-cream parlours and bars are present.

There aren’t any entertainment facilities available except few a few cinema halls.


As per the discussions with the taxi operators and hoteliers, there is no organised travel related service in the city. Most of the small tour operators provide ranted car and other passenger vehicles for various tourist destinations in Punjab and Himachal Pradesh.



Characteristics Status Accessibility External Roads Good Internal Roads Poor and congested Internal Transport Poor Bus Connection Good Rail Available Air Connectivity Nearest airport at Amritsar Communication Information Centres/ Availability of Guides Not available Post Offices Good Telecommunication Good


11-5 of 5 1450//A/30 July 2002


Characteristics Status Entertainment Shopping Centres Fair Emporiums/Gift Shops Fair Parks/Gardens - Others Eating Joints Restaurants/Eateries Fair Utilities Water Availability Good Drinking water Facilities Good Sanitation Facilities Poor Other Services Medical Available Banking Facilities Available Sign Boards Poor Vehicle Parking -- Police and Security Available Intermediaries Travel Agents Few Taxi Operators Few Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children

Not Available


Tourist Attractions

Characteristics / Basic Facilities Vedic Research Institute Jaijon Doaba Village

Accessibility Good Good TIC/Guides -- -- Emporiums/Gift Shops Yes No Eating Joints Yes Not good places are there Drinking water Yes Yes Sanitation Facilities Yes No proper public facilities Sign Boards -- -- Vehicle Parking Not adequate -- Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children

No No

11.5 Project Ideas

• Heritage train and Bara Sahib guesthouse at Jaijon Doaba village

• Bhrigusamhita Institute: services related to Bhrigusamhita; yoga and meditation etc.


12-1 of 4 1450//A/30 July 2002


12 FARIDKOT

Faridkot is located in western part of the Punjab. As per the census 2001 the total population of the district is 552466 and the literacy rate is 55.6% As per census 1991, there were two tahsil and 10 Blocks in the district.

12.1 Accessibility

Faridkot is well connected with Firozpur and Bhatinda by road and to Mumbai, Delhi, Jammu and Jaipur by train. The nearest domestic and international airport is at Amritsar.

12.1.1 Distances

Delhi Faridkot 374 Km Faridkot Amritsar 121 Km Faridkot Chandigarh 238 Km


(i) Chilla Baba Seikh Farid, Faridkot

A small monument which commemorates the visit of the great saint Baba Farid. Baba Seikh Farid Shakarganj was a famous Sufi Saint of Pakpattan, near Multan (now in Pakistan). On his way to Hansi


12-2 of 4 1450//A/30 July 2002


and Delhi, the Baba had halted at this place for some time. The city of Faridkot is named after him. His divine couplets are included in the scripture of the Sikhs.

(ii) Faridkot Fort

The fort is 700 year old made by Raja Mokalse. It is located in the main city and surrounded by the main market of Faridkot. There is a hall inside the fort known as “ ShishMahal” which is covered with mirrors and wall painting. The mirrors were copied in Rajasthan style

12.3 Climate

The climate of Faridkot is given in the following table

Table 12.1: Climate of Faridkot


during the year 1995-1999 was recorded 34.6 Milimeters, The maximum rainfall during the month of August and minimum during the month of December.



Average Temperature (1999)






12.4 Tourist inflow

Faridkot is not a famous destination. The flow of tourist is negligible. Only local devotees visit the Tila Baba Farid Gurdwara .


There are only three hotels in Faridkot and the total room capacity of these hotels is 28. No major entertainment facility is available in the city. One small children park is located outside the city which has a toy train. STD/ISD facilities are available in Faridkot.


12-3 of 4 1450//A/30 July 2002


12.6 Mode of Transportation

Faridkot is well connected with Ferozpur and Bhatinda by SH-15. The road condition of SH is very good. The internal road of city is needs improvement. Faridkot is connected with Mumbai, Delhi, Jammu and Jaipur by rail. There is no airport in Faridkot .The nearest domestic airport is Amritsar.



Characteristics Status Accessibility External Roads Good Internal Roads Ok Internal Transport Poor Bus Connection Good Rail Available Air Connectivity Nearest airport at Amritsar Communication Information Centres/ Availability of Guides Not available Post Offices Good Telecommunication Good Entertainment Shopping Centres Poor Emporiums/Gift Shops Poor Parks/Gardens -- Others Eating Joints Restaurants/Eateries Poor Utilities Water Availability Good Drinking water Facilities Good Sanitation Facilities Ok Other Services Medical Available Banking Facilities Available, ATM not available Sign Boards Not available Vehicle Parking -- Police and Security Available Intermediaries Travel Agents Not Available Taxi Operators Only two. Facilities for Elderly/Disabled/Families with Young Children

Not Available


12-4 of 4 1450//A/30 July 2002



Tourist Attractions Characteristics / Basic Facilities

Chaila Baba Sheikh Farid Faridkot Fort Accessibility Good Good TIC/Guides No No Emporiums/Gift Shops Yes Yes Eating Joints Yes Yes Drinking water Yes Yes Sanitation Facilities Yes Yes Sign Boards No No Vehicle Parking No No Facilities for Elderly/Disabled /Families with Young Children

No No

12.8 Project Ideas

• Baba Farid Art Gallery

Study Report on Preparation of 20 Years Perspective Plan for Dalal Consultants and Engineers Limited Development of Sustainable Tourism in Joint Director, Ministry of Tourism Punjab

Joint Director General (MR), Department of Tourism Ministry of Tourism & Culture C-1, Hutments, Dalhousie Road New Delhi – 110001 India



Punjab

July 2002


1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002 C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01



C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro.doc/01



Punjab


1-1 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


1 ROPEWAY (Tourism Project)

1.1 Project Concept

Ropeways are meant for transportation in difficult mountainous terrain. They have gained acceptance in the tourism sector as a means of traffic handling and developing new resorts. More than a means of commuting, Ropeways provide an enjoyable vision of scenic beauty of the destination or site.

The proposed ropeway shall be used mainly for joy rides and shall pass over the Satluj River connecting the PTDC Complex at one end to the Maharaja Ranjit Singh Hill on the other. The features of the proposed cabin ride system having a capacity of 4 seats each is given below:

Length of the ropeway is 1000 metres

The vertical lift and the height which it traverses is 200 metres.

Speed variable 0-3 meter/sec.

Carrying Capacity per cabin 320Kg.

1.2 Possible Location

Ropeway is proposed at Maharaja Ranjit Singh Hill, Rupnagar.

1.3 Market Demand / Segment / Target Market

The foreign tourists can also be attracted in large numbers to the ropeway and the restaurant if a village theme is adopted. All the transit tourists can be encouraged for an extra stop-over to enjoy the ropeway ride.

1.4 Environmental implications

The project is likely to develop commercial activities in the area. Though not prominently significant, this is likely to have the impact on:

(i) Air and noise pollution

Although, the ropeway shall be operated on electricity, increased vehicular flow and use of Diesel Generators in commercial establishments/ activities is likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant.

Since ropeways are normally built in places with scenic natural beauty, some destruction to nature is likely while developing the structure for ropeway facility.

(ii) Environmental awareness

The project will help in increasing public appreciation and awareness of the natural environment. For transport of tourist passenger ropeway system is good because this is a pollution free environment friendly transport system


1-2 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


1.5 Socio-economic impact

This project would increase the employment opportunities for the local communities near the highway and would eventually lead to the rise in their per capita income. This project would also improve the infrastructural facilities in the state.

1.6 Limitation

While using this project profile following limitations should be kept in mind:

• Location where the ropeway is required was identified based on our preliminary survey and destination prioritization and inflow of tourists at those destinations.

The success of such project will depend on assessing the exact inflow of tourists to that destination through a detailed study.

• Actual implementation of the project would depend on the attainment of permits from the required authorities.

• Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of implementation.

1.7 Project Implementation Schedule

The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12 Months. The details are given below

Months Schedule 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Detailed Project Report preparation Project Appraisal and Finance Acquisition of land Building and civil works Facilities procurement and installation Project operation

1.8 Manpower Details

Position Nos. Manager cum Engg . Incharge 1 Asst Manager cum Maintenance Incharge 1 Accountant cum office Asst. 1 Mech. Fitter Cum Operator(Skilled) 2 Fitter Cum Operator 2 Ticketing Clerk 1 Helper 2 Security 5 Electrician 2 Maintenance Staff 2 Gardener 1 Grand Total 20


1-3 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


1.9 Assumptions S. No Capacity in Numbers per Year 1 Traffic Handled 445500 2 Visitor Arrival Rate (in %) 1st Yr 60 2nd Yr 65 3rd Yr 70 4th Yr 80 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Rate of Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost Building construction cost per square feet in Rs 500 Foundation LS (Rs in Lakh) 100.00 Structural LS (Rs in Lakh) 60.00

1.10 Project Cost S. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 9.20 2 Civil Works 161.00 3 Equipment 495.00 4 Know - how & Detailed Engg. 50.00 5 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 57.60 6 Pre-operatives Expenses 37.61 7 Margin Money on Working Capital 5.97 8 Contingencies 81.64 9 Total Project Cost 898.02

1.11 Means of Finance Rs. in Lakhs

Equity 33% 296.35 Debt 67% 601.67 Total 100% 898.00

1.12 Working Capital Rs. in Lakhs

S. No Description (Lakh Rs) No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr 1 Other expenses 2 30% 8.75 20.03 20.17 20.45 2 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 16.71 18.10 19.49 22.28 Total 25.46 38.13 39.66 42.72

1.13 Income Statement Rs. in Lakhs

Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From Ropeway Capacity Utilisation 60 65 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Total visitors 267300 289575 311850 356400 356400 356400 356400 356400 356400 356400 Total Income 400.95 434.36 467.78 534.60 534.60 534.60 534.60 534.60 534.60 534.60


1-4 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


1.14 Project Profitability

Rs. in Lakhs Year Particulars

Yr -1 Yr-2 Yr -3 Yr -4 Yr-5 Yr -6 Yr -7 Yr-8 Yr -9 Yr-10 Operating Cost 32.41 99.27 99.27 99.27 99.27 99.27 99.27 99.27 99.27 99.27 Administrative Overheads

0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55

Salaries 9.51 9.51 9.51 9.51 9.51 9.51 9.51 9.51 9.51 9.51 Sub Total (A) 42.47 109.33 109.33 109.33 109.33 109.33 109.33 109.33 109.33 109.33 Sales Expenses 10.02 10.86 11.69 13.37 13.37 13.37 13.37 13.37 13.37 13.37 Total 52.50 120.19 121.03 122.70 122.70 122.70 122.70 122.70 122.70 122.70 Expected Sales Revenue 400.95 434.36 467.78 534.60 534.60 534.60 534.60 534.60 534.60 534.60 Gross Profit 348.45 314.17 346.75 411.90 411.90 411.90 411.90 411.90 411.90 411.90 Financial Expense Interest On Term Loan 90.25 90.25 86.49 71.45 56.41 41.36 26.32 11.28 Interest On Working Capital

2.92 4.28 4.46 4.82 4.82 4.82 4.82 4.82 4.82 4.82

Sub Total 93.17 94.53 90.95 76.27 61.23 46.19 31.14 16.10 4.82 4.82 Depreciation 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 Profit Before Tax 190.94 155.31 191.47 271.30 286.34 301.38 316.42 331.47 342.75 342.75 Provision For Tax 28.19 31.06 55.56 92.68 104.47 114.63 123.58 114.71 142.05 142.44 Profit After Tax 162.75 124.25 135.91 178.62 181.87 186.75 192.84 216.76 200.69 200.31 Retained Profit 162.75 124.25 135.91 178.62 181.87 186.75 192.84 216.76 200.69 200.31 Cash Accrual From Operations

227.08 188.58 200.24 242.95 246.20 251.08 257.17 281.09 265.03 264.64

1.15 Cash Flow Rs. in Lakhs

Description Const. Period

Yr -1 Yr-2 Yr -3 Yr -4 Yr-5 Yr -6 Yr -7 Yr-8 Yr -9 Yr-10

A. Sources of Funds Increase in Equity 296 Profit Before Tax with Interest Added Back

284.12 249.84 282.41 347.57 347.57 347.57 347.57 347.57 347.57 347.57

Depreciation 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33Increase in Long Term Loan 602 Increase in Bank Borrowings 19.49 9.01 1.21 2.42 Total (A) 898 367.94 323.18 347.96 414.32 411.90 411.90 411.90 411.90 411.90 411.90B. Disposition of Funds

Capital Expenditure for the Project/ Expansion

892.05

Increase in Current Assets 25.46 12.67 1.53 3.06 Long Term Loan 100.28 100.28 100.28 100.28 100.28 100.28 Interest on LT loan 90.25 90.25 86.49 71.45 56.41 41.36 26.32 11.28 Interest on Bank Borrowings for Working Capital

2.92 4.28 4.46 4.82 4.82 4.82 4.82 4.82 4.82 4.82

Taxation 28.19 31.06 55.56 92.68 104.47 114.63 123.58 114.71 142.05 142.44Total (B) 892.05 146.82 138.26 248.31 272.29 265.98 261.10 255.01 231.09 146.87 147.26Opening Balance of Cash in Hand & in Bank

5.97 227.08 412.00 511.65 653.68 799.60 950.40 1107.30 1288.11 1553.13

Net Surplus / Deficit (A-B) 5.97 221.12 184.92 99.64 142.03 145.92 150.80 156.89 180.81 265.03 264.64Closing Balance of Cash in Hand and at Bank

5.97 227.08 412.00 511.65 653.68 799.60 950.40 1107.30 1288.11 1553.13 1817.77


1-5 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


1.16 Balance Sheet Rs. in Lakhs

Operating Years Particulars Const.

Period Yr -1 Yr-2 Yr -3 Yr -4 Yr-5 Yr -6 Yr -7 Yr-8 Yr -9 Yr-10

Liabilities Equity 296.35 296.35 296.35 296.35 296.35 296.35 296.35 296.35 296.35 296.35 296.35Reserves & Surplus

162.75 287.00 422.91 601.53 783.40 970.14 1162.98 1379.74 1580.43 1780.74

Term Loan Long Term Loan 601.67 601.67 601.67 501.39 401.11 300.84 200.56 100.28 Working Capital Loan

19.49 28.50 29.71 32.13 32.13 32.13 32.13 32.13 32.13 32.13

Total Liabilities 898.02 1080.26 1213.52 1250.36 1331.12 1412.71 1499.18 1591.74 1708.22 1908.91 2109.22Assets Gross Fixed Assets

892.05 892.05 827.72 763.39 699.05 634.72 570.39 506.05 441.72 377.39 313.06

Less: Depreciation

64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33 64.33

Net Fixed Assets 892.05 827.72 763.39 699.05 634.72 570.39 506.05 441.72 377.39 313.06 248.72Current Assets 25.46 38.13 39.66 42.72 42.72 42.72 42.72 42.72 42.72 42.72Cash & Bank Balance

5.97 227.08 412.00 511.65 653.68 799.60 950.40 1107.30 1288.11 1553.13 1817.77

Total Assets 898.02 1080.26 1213.52 1250.36 1331.12 1412.71 1499.18 1591.74 1708.22 1908.91 2109.22

1.17 Financial Indicators

IRR 14.52% Average Cash Break Even Point 29% DSCR (in 4th Year) 1.83 ROI (in 4th Year) 45.33%


2-1 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


2 SIGNAGE & WAYSIDE AMENTIES (Tourism Infrastructure)

2.1 Project Concept

Signboards at the destinations are necessary to increase the accessibility and attractiveness of the destinations. Signboards showing road signs, directions, distances, blue print of the destination, major attractions nearby etc., help in accessing to the destination easily with minimum effort. The wayside amenities are important features associated with the tourist comfort in any distinction. These include safe drinking water and toilet facilities.

2.2 Possible Locations

Signboards are proposed at all archaeological and historical monuments. It has been found that all the destinations in Punjab do not have proper signboards and have to be taken up on priority. Further such signage should be put up along all major state roads/highways. Similarly wayside amenities should be set up along roads and highways. Such facilities are proposed to be set up in 30 locations.


Signages are an important feature of any tourism infrastructure that impacts a tourism friendly status of the state. Clear and explicit signages attract tourists to the destinations/state.


No significant environmental impacts are envisaged.


No socio-economic impacts of these projects are envisaged except for the creation of employment that too to a negligible extent


Ideally a signage can be put up within 1-2 months

2.7 Estimated Capital Investment

The estimated cost of putting signboards and wayside amenities at individual destinations will be around Rs.95 lakhs.


2-2 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


2.8 Manpower

Position Nos. Assistants (at 30 locations) 60

2.9 Project Cost (for 30 locations)

S. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 20.00 2 Civil Works 33.70 3 Equipment 28.12 4 Preliminary Expenses 0.25 5 Pre-operatives Expenses 0.20 6 Margin Money on Working Capital 3.83 7 Contingencies 8.61 8 Total Project Cost 94.71


3-1 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


3 SOUND AND LIGHT SHOWS (Tourism Project)

Capacity: 100 Tourists per day – 25 days working per year.

3.1 Project Concept

Archaeological sites of historical importance could be effectively made more attractive for the tourists though the sound and light shows. Halogen lights with suitable sound and music system need to be set up at the site to explain in detail about the site through a recorded or live audio system. Celebrity voices could be recorded and played for this purpose. This project is crucial for projecting the locale as a historically important destination and thus enhancing the image of the state as well as the country. The requirements for this Project are:

3.1.1 Amphitheatre

A main stage and a seating arrangement is constructed to host the Audio-Visual Show. The seating arrangement would have a capacity of 100 people.

3.1.2 Light Effect

Lighting arrangement on the fort should be designed to light adequately the major attractions in the fort. The light effect should be synchronised with the show commentary.

3.1.3 Sound Effect

A pre-recorded show commentary should anchor the show assisted by light effect focussed on the fort.

3.2 Possible Location(s)

Sound and light shows are proposed at Quila Mubarak, Patiala, Jallian Walla Bagh and Bathinda Fort.


The market demands for the sound and light show will come from the Domestic and foreign Tourist visiting the destinations. The target market for these sound and light shows will be upper class and middle class domestic and foreign tourists, students and business tourists. Locals can also be targeted for such shows


The project component includes lighting the area and having a good sound system to conduct the light and sound show.


3-2 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


3.4.1 Negative Impacts

(i) Air pollution and noise

Increased tourist inflow is likely to cause rise in emissions and ambient noise level due to vehicles, diesel generators and other commercial establishments/ activities.

(ii) Solid waste and littering

Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade the aesthetics of the area.

(iii) Stress on water resources

Increased tourist activities will create a stress on available water resources and increase the wastewater generation. Improper disposal will lead to water and land pollution

3.4.2 Positive Impacts

This project will have prominent positive impacts. It will help in improving the overall physical environment and in heritage conservation. The project will help in heritage property conservation and increase awareness about the culture of the place.

3.4.3 Suggestions

Proper environment management, well-designed utility systems, adopting regulatory measures like restricting the vehicle entry to a certain limit, controlling tourist activities within the heritage area will help in controlling the negative impacts of the project.


No significant socio-economic impact is envisaged except for the fact that it would help the tourists to understand the history of the site better.

3.6 Limitation

While using this project profile, following limitations should be kept in mind:

• Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and destination prioritization and inflow of tourists at those destinations.

• The success of such project will depend on location and competitive pricing by the owner of such Sound and Light Show.

• The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it may vary from these projections due to inflationary economy.

• The project cost may vary from place to place depending upon land cost, construction material cost and labour cost, hence the project cost should be considered as indicative only.



3-3 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 6 Months.

Month Schedule 1 2 3 4 5 6 Detailed Project Report preparation Project Appraisal and Finance Building and civil works Facilities procurement and installation

Project operation

3.8 Manpower

Position Nos. Managerial 1 Operator 4 Ticket Clerk 1 Unskilled Labour 2

3.9 Assumptions

1 Capacity per Year in Numbers Number of Visitors 120000 2 Occupancy Rate in % 1st Yr 40 2nd Yr 45 3rd Yr 55 4th Yr 60 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15%

3.10 Project Cost

S.No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Civil Works 0.50 2 Plant & Equipment 23.43 3 Know - how & Detailed Engg. 0.25 4 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 1.55 5 Pre-operatives Expenses 1.30 6 Margin Money on Working Capital 0.27 7 Contingencies 2.73 8 Total Project Cost 30.03 Say 30.00


3-4 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


3.11 Means of Finance

Rs. in Lakhs Equity 33% 9.91 Debt 67% 20.12 Total 100% 30.03

3.12 Working Capital

Rs. in Lakhs Sr. No. Description No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr 1 Other expenses 2 30% 0.30 0.68 0.70 0.72 2 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 0.90 1.01 1.24 1.35 Total 1.20 1.69 1.94 2.07

3.13 Income Statement

Rs. in Lakhs Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From Floatel Capacity Utilisation 40 45 55 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Total Number of Visitors 48000 54000 66000 72000 72000 72000 72000 72000 72000 72000 Total Income From Floatel 21.60 24.30 29.70 32.40 32.40 32.40 32.40 32.40 32.40 32.40




0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18

Salaries (A) 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 Sub Total 4.84 7.09 7.09 7.09 7.09 7.09 7.09 7.09 7.09 7.09 Sales Expenses 0.54 0.61 0.74 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81 0.81 Total 5.38 7.69 7.83 7.90 7.90 7.90 7.90 7.90 7.90 7.90 Expected Sales Revenue

21.60 24.30 29.70 32.40 32.40 32.40 32.40 32.40 32.40 32.40

Gross Profit 16.22 16.61 21.87 24.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Financial Expenses Interest On Term Loan

3.02 3.02 2.89 2.39 1.89 1.38 0.88 0.38

Interest On Working Capital

0.14 0.19 0.22 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24


11.08 10.60 13.54 15.16 15.21 15.32 15.49 15.44 15.92 15.84


3-5 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


3.15 Cash Flow

Rs. in Lakhs




13.46 13.85 19.11 21.74 21.74 21.74 21.74 21.74 21.74 21.74

Depreciation 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 Increase in Long Term Loan

20

Increase in Bank Borrowings

0.93 0.36 0.20 0.10

Total (A) 30 17.14 16.97 22.07 24.60 24.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 B. Disposition of Funds Capital Expenditure for the Project/Expansion

29.77

Increase in Current Assets

1.20 0.50 0.25 0.12

Long Term Loan 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 Interest on LT loan 3.02 3.02 2.89 2.39 1.89 1.38 0.88 0.38 Interest on Bank Borrowings for Working Capital

0.14 0.19 0.22 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24

Taxation 1.98 2.79 5.22 6.71 7.17 7.56 7.90 8.45 8.35 8.43

Total (B) 29.77 6.33 6.50 11.93 12.82 12.65 12.54 12.37 12.41 8.58 8.66 Opening Balance of Cash in Hand & in Bank

0.27 11.08 21.55 31.68 43.46 55.31 67.28 79.41 91.50 107.42

Net Surplus / Deficit (A-B)

0.27 10.81 10.47 10.13 11.78 11.85 11.97 12.13 12.09 15.92 15.84

Closing Balance of Cash in Hand and at Bank

0.27 11.08 21.55 31.68 43.46 55.31 67.28 79.41 91.50 107.42 123.26


3-6 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


3.16 Balance Sheet

Rs. in Lakhs Operating Years Particulars

Const. Period Yr -1 Yr-2 Yr -3 Yr -4 Yr-5 Yr -6 Yr -7 Yr-8 Yr -9 Yr-10 Liabilities Equity 9.91 9.91 9.91 9.91 9.91 9.91 9.91 9.91 9.91 9.91 9.91 Reserves & Surplus 8.32 16.17 26.95 39.35 51.80 64.36 77.09 89.77 102.93 116.02 Term Loan Long Term Loan 20.12 20.12 20.12 16.77 13.42 10.06 6.71 3.35 Working Capital Loan 0.93 1.29 1.48 1.58 1.58 1.58 1.58 1.58 1.58 1.58 Total Liabilities 30.03 39.28 47.49 55.11 64.26 73.35 82.56 91.94 101.27 114.43 127.51 Assets Gross Fixed Assets 29.77 29.77 27.01 24.25 21.49 18.73 15.97 13.21 10.46 7.70 4.94 Less: Depreciation 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 Net Fixed Assets 29.77 27.01 24.25 21.49 18.73 15.97 13.21 10.46 7.70 4.94 2.18 Current Assets 1.20 1.69 1.94 2.07 2.07 2.07 2.07 2.07 2.07 2.07 Cash & Bank Balance 0.27 11.08 21.55 31.68 43.46 55.31 67.28 79.41 91.50 107.42 123.26

Total Assets 30.03 39.28 47.49 55.11 64.26 73.35 82.56 91.94 101.27 114.43 127.51




4-1 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


4 TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRES (Tourism Infrastructure)

4.1 Project Concept

This is the most important concept considering the need to build relationships with the tourists on a long-term basis. Availability of proper and reliable information would help the tourists to plan their tours in a better way. Usually it has been found that problems faced by tourists are due to the lack of information on aspects like transport, linkages, place of stay etc. Information centres are the direct contact between the tourism promoters with the customers i.e., the tourists. The objective here is to convey all information required by the tourists ranging from reaching the destination to his/her returning back. An information centre should definitely possess equipment like Internet connected PC, well-designed interiors, required stationery and database of tourist destinations in Punjab along with well-trained executives. A typical tourist information centre consists of a desk, two chairs, a computer and occupied by two persons.


Information centres and Visitor Management Systems are proposed at all gateways and cities/towns with large variety of attractions and the destinations, which already attract large number of tourists. The destinations where Tourist information centres and Visitors Management Systems are proposed include New Delhi, Chandigarh, Patiala, Amritsar, Ludhiana, Jalandhar and Kapurthala. Similar centres may be replicated subsequently.


Market demand would be for all kinds of tourist inflow to different destinations. The target market for these projects will be all categories of tourists.


No significant environmental impact is envisaged.


No socio-economic impacts of these projects are envisaged except for the creation of employment to some extent.

4.6 Limitation



4-2 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



• The success would depend upon the efficiency of people hired for this job.

• The success of such project will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to that information centre.


Setting up a tourist information centre/kiosk should take 4-6 months.

4.8 Manpower Details (For all 7 centres)

Position Nos Reservation Assistants 7 Information Assistants 14 Peon 7 Grand Total 28

4.9 Project Cost (For all 7 centres)

S. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Civil Works 2.2 2 Equipment 8.1 3 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 0.8 4 Pre-operatives Expenses 0.1 5 Margin Money on Working Capital 2.1 6 Contingencies 1.3 7 Total Project Cost 14.6


5-1 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


5 WATER SPORTS COMPLEX (Tourism Project)

5.1 Project Concept

Water sports complexes can be developed on lakes, canals and other water bodies located in various tourist destinations of the state.

These water sports complex shall consist of the various types of safe and standardised water sports related equipments.

The activities envisaged in the complex include Aqua Tricycle (2 seater) Kayak (2 seater) Rowing Boat (6 seater) Pedal Boat (4 seater) and water scooter (3 seater) for each location.


The Water Sports activities are proposed to be set up extensively locations, viz. Ranjit Singh Dam, Shahpur Kandi in Pathankot, Anarkali, Baradari in Batala, Gurdaspur and Neelon Ludhiana. In some places water sports in proposed to be set up alongwith restaurants i.e. at Patiala Kanjli wetland area and Roper Beach.


There is growing demand for adventure sports and related activities in India. Market demand for the water sports complex will be mainly from Domestic Tourist and visitor flow at different destinations. The target market for these projects will be NRI’s and a segment of the domestic tourists and the locals.


5.4.1 Negative Impacts: Water Sports

The project components include the various water sports facilities. It is likely to have the following impacts:

(i) Air Pollution and Noise

Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities associates with the complex is likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant.

(ii) Solid Waste and Littering



5-2 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


(iii) Water Pollution

Increased tourist activities will create a stress on available water resources and increase the wastewater generation. Improper disposal of waste will lead to water pollution. Further there are chances of the aquatic life being damaged due to the fuel spill over from water scooters etc.


Certain portions of the revenue generated from the project can be allocated for overall environmental improvement and lake/River/ Water body conservation. The project will help in conserving the surrounding environment, both natural and cultural

5.4.3 Suggestions

Proper environment management and well-designed utility systems will be required to control the overall negative impact of the project.


These will be a reasonable socio-economic impact of this project. The projects would create employment opportunities for the local communities of those destinations if the government assists them in the acquiring the equipments. Women can be given the opportunity to own the equipments and run such water sports activities. This would lead to the empowerment of women and upliftment of the society to a certain extent at that destination. Moreover, these projects will also lead to peripheral economic activities like opening up of smaller shops and other small time vendors.

5.6 Limitation


• Identification of places where such projects are to be set up is based on our preliminary field survey and destination prioritisation and inflow of tourists at those destinations. The success would also depend upon the marketing of these water-sport activities aggressively and assessing the locations in details at a later date.

• Maintaining the attractiveness of the water bodies in due course would be the key for success of these projects.

• The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary from these projections due to inflationary economy.

• The success of such project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place as well as increase in overnight stay tourist some of the proposed destinations like Pathankot, Patiala and Kanjali.



5-3 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


5.7 Project Implementation Period

The water sports complex projects will require the implementation period (i.e. from inception to commissioning) of around 4-6 months.

Month Schedule 1 2 3 4 5 6 Detailed Project Report preparation Project Appraisal and Finance Building and civil works Facilities procurement Project operation

5.8 Manpower

Position No Manager Cum Accountant 1 Booking Clerk 1 Unskilled Labour 5

5.9 Assumptions

1 Capacity (Trips per Year ) Aqua Tricycle 4380 Kayak 2 Seater 4380 Rowing Boat - 6 seater 13140 Pedal Boat - 4 seater 8760 Water Scooter 6570 2 Occupancy Rate (in %) 1st Yr 55 2nd Yr 60 3rd Yr 65 4th Yr 70 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost Building /Sq. Feet in Rs 400

5.10 Project Cost

S. No Particulars Rs. in lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 6.00 2 Civil Works 1.50 3 Equipment 2.74 4 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 1.05 5 Preliminary Expenses 0.25 6 Pre-operatives Expenses 0.82 7 Margin Money on Working Capital 0.35 8 Contingencies 1.27 9 Total Project Cost 13.98 Say 14.00


5-4 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002





Rs. in Lakhs Description No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr Other expenses 2 30% 0.83 0.96 0.96 0.97 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 0.52 0.57 0.62 0.66 Total 1.35 1.53 1.58 1.63


Rs. in Lakhs Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From Aqua Tricycle Capacity Utilisation (In %) 55 60 65 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Total Number of Visitors 2409 2628 2847 3066 3066 3066 3066 3066 3066 3066 Total Income From Aqua Tricycle 1.45 1.58 1.71 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 Income From Kayak Capacity Utilisation (In %) 55 60 65 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Total Number of Visitors 2409 2628 2847 3066 3066 3066 3066 3066 3066 3066 Total Income From Kayak 1.45 1.58 1.71 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 1.84 Income From 6-Seater Rowing Boat Capacity Utilisation (In %) 55 60 65 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Total Number of Visitors 7227 7884 8541 9198 9198 9198 9198 9198 9198 9198 Total Income From 6-Seater Rowing Boat

3.61 3.94 4.27 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60

Income From Paddle Boat Capacity Utilisation (In %) 55 60 65 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Total Number of Visitors 4818 5256 5694 6132 6132 6132 6132 6132 6132 6132 Total Income From Paddle Boat 2.41 2.63 2.85 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 Income From Water Scooter Capacity Utilisation (In %) 55 60 65 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Total Number of Visitors 3614 3942 4271 4599 4599 4599 4599 4599 4599 4599 Total Income From Water Scooter 3.61 3.94 4.27 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60

Total Sales Revenue 12.53 13.67 14.80 15.94 15.94 15.94 15.94 15.94 15.94 15.94


5-5 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002





0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21

Salaries 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 Sub Total 4.67 5.41 5.41 5.41 5.41 5.41 5.41 5.41 5.41 5.41 Sales Expenses 0.31 0.34 0.37 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40

Total 4.98 5.75 5.78 5.81 5.81 5.81 5.81 5.81 5.81 5.81 Expected Sales Revenue

12.53 13.67 14.80 15.94 15.94 15.94 15.94 15.94 15.94 15.94


1.41 1.41 1.35 1.11 0.88 0.64 0.41 0.18


0.15 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18

Sub Total 1.56 1.57 1.52 1.29 1.06 0.83 0.59 0.36 0.18 0.18

Depreciation 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55

Profit Before Tax 5.44 5.79 6.95 8.29 8.52 8.76 8.99 9.23 9.40 9.40 Provision For Tax 1.60 1.85 2.37 2.92 3.06 3.18 3.30 3.19 3.54 3.54

Profit After Tax 3.84 3.94 4.58 5.37 5.47 5.58 5.70 6.04 5.86 5.86

Retained Profit 3.84 3.94 4.58 5.37 5.47 5.58 5.70 6.04 5.86 5.86

Cash Accrual From Operations

4.40 4.49 5.14 5.93 6.02 6.13 6.25 6.60 6.42 6.42


5-6 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


5.15 Cash Flow

Rs. in Lakhs Description Const.



6.99 7.36 8.47 9.58 9.58 9.58 9.58 9.58 9.58 9.58

Depreciation 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 Increase in Long Term Loan 9 Increase in Bank Borrowings 1.00 0.13 0.04 0.04 Total (A) 14 8.55 8.04 9.07 10.18 10.14 10.14 10.14 10.14 10.14 10.14 B. Disposition of Funds Capital Expenditure for the Project/Expansion

13.63

Increase in Current Assets 1.35 0.18 0.05 0.05 Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings Long Term Loan 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 1.56 Interest on LT loan 1.41 1.41 1.35 1.11 0.88 0.64 0.41 0.18 Interest on Bank Borrowings for Working Capital

0.15 0.17 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18

Taxation 1.60 1.85 2.37 2.92 3.06 3.18 3.30 3.19 3.54 3.54 Total (B) 13.63 4.50 3.60 5.50 5.83 5.68 5.57 5.45 5.10 3.72 3.72 Opening Balance of Cash in Hand & in Bank

0.35 4.40 8.84 12.40 16.76 21.22 25.79 30.47 35.51 41.93

Net Surplus / Deficit (A-B) 0.35 4.04 4.44 3.57 4.35 4.46 4.57 4.69 5.03 6.42 6.42 Closing Balance of Cash in Hand and at Bank

0.35 4.40 8.84 12.40 16.76 21.22 25.79 30.47 35.51 41.93 48.35

5.16 Balance Sheet

Rs. in Lakhs Operating Years

Particulars Const. Period Yr -1 Yr-2 Yr -3 Yr -4 Yr-5 Yr -6 Yr -7 Yr-8 Yr -9 Yr-10

Liabilities : Equity 4.61 4.61 4.61 4.61 4.61 4.61 4.61 4.61 4.61 4.61 4.61 Reserves & Surplus 3.84 7.78 12.36 17.73 23.20 28.77 34.47 40.51 46.37 52.24 Term Loan Long Term Loan 9.37 9.37 9.37 7.81 6.25 4.68 3.12 1.56 Working Capital Loan 1.00 1.13 1.17 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.21 Total Liabilities 13.98 18.82 22.89 25.95 29.80 33.71 37.72 41.86 46.34 52.20 58.06 Assets: Gross Fixed Assets 13.63 13.63 13.08 12.52 11.97 11.41 10.86 10.30 9.75 9.19 8.64 Less: Depreciation 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 Net Fixed Assets 13.63 13.08 12.52 11.97 11.41 10.86 10.30 9.75 9.19 8.64 8.09 Current Assets 1.35 1.53 1.58 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 Cash & Bank Balance 0.35 4.40 8.84 12.40 16.76 21.22 25.79 30.47 35.51 41.93 48.35 Total Assets 13.98 18.82 22.89 25.95 29.80 33.71 37.72 41.86 46.34 52.20 58.06


IRR 15.9% Average Cash Break Even Point 34% DSCR (in 4th Year) 2.63 ROI (in 4th Year) 71.20


6-1 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


6 MEENA BAZAAR (Tourism Project)

6.1 Project Concept

Haat bazaars are important infrastructure required in cities and towns where local art and culture are very prominent factor in attracting tourists. Meena Bazaars refer to the setting up of stalls to sell the local artifacts and handicrafts. This concept was successfully tried and tested in the ‘Red Fort of Delhi’. The major objective of these bazaars is to increase the popularity of Indian Art and Handicrafts thus ensuring steady income for the local artisans. This project concept helps in the upliftment of the economically poor artisans. Meena Bazaars should comprise of typical exhibition and display of products produced by the Artisans of Punjab for the visitors


Meena Bazaar is proposed at Patiala Fort and Bathinda Fort.


The Market demand for Haat will come from the locals, Domestic and Foreign Tourist visitors at the above destinations. The target market for Meena Bazaars will be leisure Tourists, special interest tourists and foreigners.



The project is envisaged to attract visitors/tourists in large numbers. It is likely to have the following impacts:




Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade the aesthetics of the area. Hotel Waste is considered very polluting for the general environment and sanitation.


There will be an increase in water consumption and hence wastewater generation. Disposal without proper treatment may lead to water pollution.


6-2 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



The project will help in conserving the surrounding environment, both natural and cultural. Due to the use of local resources, there will be minimal impact on the natural surroundings during construction. The project will also contribute to sustainable local development.


Meena Bazaar will have immense positive socio economic implication on the local community especially the woman community. With development of Meena Bazaar, more and more tourists will come in direct/indirect contact with the craftsman which will ultimately benefit the local craftsman. Meena Bazaar may become one of the main attractions for places like Patiala & Bhatinda and will attract more tourists. The earning and standard of living of local craftsman will improve.

6.6 Limitation


• The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure development at the place as well as increase in overnight stay tourist at that destination.



6.6.1 Project Implementation Period

The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 6 Months. Any construction at these sides will require synchronising with the existing heritage for structure.

Month Schedule 1 2 3 4 5 6 Detailed Project Report preparation Project Appraisal and Finance Building and civil works Facilities procurement Project operation

6.7 Manpower

Position No Managerial 1 Security 4 Administrative Staff 4 Unskilled Labour 2 Grand Total 11


6-3 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


6.8 Assumptions

1 No. of Stalls 15 2 Occupancy Rate (In %) 1st Yr 90 2nd Yr 100 3rd Yr 100 4th Yr 100 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost Building/Sq. Feet in Rs 800

6.9 Project Cost

Sr. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 12.50 2 Civil Works 19.45 3 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 1.85 4 Preliminary Expenses 0.20 5 Pre-operatives Expenses 1.92 6 Margin Money on Working Capital 0.40 7 Contingencies 3.63 8 Total Project Cost 39.96 Say 40.00




Rs. in Lakhs Description No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr Other expenses 2 30% 0.44 0.81 0.81 0.81 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 1.35 1.50 1.50 1.50 Total 1.79 2.31 2.31 2.31


6-4 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Capacity Utilisation 90 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Total no. stalls for revenue Generation

162 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180





0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16



32.40 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00 36.00


4.02 4.02 3.85 3.18 2.51 1.84 1.17 0.50


0.21 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27

Sub Total 4.22 4.28 4.11 3.44 2.78 2.11 1.44 0.77 0.27 0.27 Depreciation 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63


Profit After Tax 13.45 14.22 14.26 14.64 15.03 15.43 15.83 19.39 15.72 15.91

Retained Profit 13.45 14.22 14.26 14.64 15.03 15.43 15.83 19.39 15.72 15.91


14.07 14.84 14.89 15.27 15.66 16.05 16.45 20.02 16.34 16.53


6-5 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


6.14 Cash Flow




24.46 25.84 25.84 25.84 25.84 25.84 25.84 25.84 25.84 25.84


27


1.39 0.38

Total (A) 40 26.48 26.85 26.47 26.47 26.47 26.47 26.47 26.47 26.47 26.47 B. Disposition of Funds Capital Expenditure for the Project/ Expansion

39.56


1.79 0.52


0.21 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27

Taxation 6.79 7.34 7.46 7.75 8.03 8.31 8.58 5.68 9.86 9.67


0.40 14.07 28.78 39.20 50.01 61.21 72.80 84.79 100.35 116.69


0.40 13.67 14.70 10.43 10.81 11.20 11.59 11.99 15.56 16.34 16.53


0.40 14.07 28.78 39.20 50.01 61.21 72.80 84.79 100.35 116.69 133.22


6-6 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


6.15 Balance Sheet


Const. Period


Liabilities : Equity 13.19 13.19 13.19 13.19 13.19 13.19 13.19 13.19 13.19 13.19 13.19 Reserves & Surplus 13.45 27.66 41.93 56.57 71.60 87.03 102.86 122.25 137.97 153.88 Term Loan Long Term Loan 26.77 26.77 26.77 22.31 17.85 13.39 8.92 4.46 Working Capital Loan 1.39 1.77 1.77 1.77 1.77 1.77 1.77 1.77 1.77 1.77 Total Liabilities 39.96 54.80 69.39 79.20 89.38 99.95 110.91 122.28 137.21 152.93 168.83 Assets: Gross Fixed Assets 39.56 39.56 38.93 38.30 37.68 37.05 36.43 35.80 35.17 34.55 33.92 Less: Depreciation 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 Net Fixed Assets 39.56 38.93 38.30 37.68 37.05 36.43 35.80 35.17 34.55 33.92 33.30 Current Assets 1.79 2.31 2.31 2.31 2.31 2.31 2.31 2.31 2.31 2.31 Cash & Bank Balance 0.40 14.07 28.78 39.20 50.01 61.21 72.80 84.79 100.35 116.69 133.22

Total Assets 39.96 54.80 69.39 79.20 89.38 99.95 110.91 122.28 137.21 152.93 168.83




7-1 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


7 ART GALLERY (Tourism Project)

7.1 Project Concept

This Project would play an active role in providing the information about the historical importance of the destination along with the personality associated with. Chilla Baba Sheikh Farid Shakarkanj. Baba Farid was a famous Sufi Saint based in Pakistan who visited the place enroute Delhi.


Art Gallery is proposes to be set up in Faridkot.


The Market demand for the above type of gallery will come from foreign tourists interested in the mysticism of India and educational tour of domestic schools and colleges. The target market for these projects will be foreign and domestic educational tourists.



The project will help in heritage property conservation and increase in awareness about the culture of the place.

No significant environmental impact is envisaged.


Socio-economic impact of these projects will be a better understanding of the history of the Saint and creation of employment for some people. In case tourist activities increase in the location, economic activities may increase.

7.6 Limitation


• Location where such project is required was identified based on our survey and destination prioritization and inflow of tourists at those destinations.

• The success would depend upon the people disseminating the information on about the existence of such an art gallery.


7-2 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


• The success of the project will also depend on the exact inflow of tourists to the library art gallery.


7.7 Manpower

Position No Manager Cum Receptionist Cum Accountant 1 Chawkidar 1 Grand Total 2

7.8 Project Cost

S. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 3.95 2 Civil Works 10.00 3 Art material and Paneling etc. 2.30 4 Know - how & Detailed Engg. 1.50 5 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 0.40 6 Preliminary Expenses 0.20 7 Pre-operatives Expenses 0.80 8 Margin Money on Working Capital 0.15 9 Contingencies 1.91

10 Total Project Cost 21.22


8-1 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


8 BUDGET ACCOMMODATION (Accommodation)

8.1 Project Concept

The budget accommodations suggested in Punjab comprise of parking space, seating arrangement, restaurant, small shopping arcade, STD/ISD telephone booth and room accommodation of 30 rooms.


Budget accommodations in Punjab are proposed to be set up at:

1. Pathankot 2. Amritsar 3. Kapurthala 4. Hoshiarpur 5. Nawashahar 6. Jalandhar 7. Rupnagar 8. Fatehgarh Sahib 9. Ludhiana 10. Firozpur 11. Muktsar 12. Faridkot 13. Bathinda 14. Sangrur 15. Patiala


The demand will come mainly from budget tourist mainly domestic or foreign.



The project is estimated to attract visitors/ tourists in large numbers. It is likely to have the following impact:


Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant.


Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of restaurant waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade the aesthetics of the area.


There will be an increase in wastewater generation. Improper disposal may lead to water pollution.


8-2 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


(iv) Stress on resources like water and energy:

Increased tourist activities will create a stress on the available resources.

8.4.2 Suggestions

Proper environment management and well-designed utility systems will control the overall negative impact of the project.


This project would increase the employment opportunities for the local communities near the project site and would eventually lead to the rise in their per capita income. This project would also improve the infrastructural facilities in the state.

8.6 Limitation


• Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey, destination prioritization and inflow of tourists to those destinations.

• The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure (which increases the accessibility to the destination) at the place as well as increase in overnight stay of tourist at that destination.


• The project cost may vary from place to place depending upon land cost, construction material cost and labour cost, hence the project cost should be considered as indicative/ budgetary cost only.

• The feasibility of the project would depend upon the exact inflow of tourists to those destinations.



8-3 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12-24 months.

Months Schedule 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Detailed Project Report preparation Project Appraisal and Finance Acquisition of land Land Development Building and civil works Facilities procurement Project operation

8.8 Manpower

Position No Manager Cum Receptionist Cum Accountant 1 Cook 2 Steward Cum Asst.Cook 2 Caretaker 10 Driver 1 Restra Boy/Room Service Boys 5 Gen Operator cum Gardner 1 Chawkidar 3 Grand Total 25

8.9 Assumptions

1 Capacity Per Year in Number Total Room Night(Double Room) 8395 Total Room Night(Single Room) 2555 Capacity of Restaurant 10950 2 Occupancy Rate in% 1st Yr 55 2nd Yr 65 3rd Yr 75 4th Yr 85 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost Building / Sq. Feet in Rs 450


8-4 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


8.10 Project Cost

S.No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 11.97 2 Civil Works 40.07 3 Equipment 8.04 4 Know - how & Detailed Engg. 1.50 5 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 3.10 6 Preliminary Expenses 0.20 7 Pre-operatives Expenses 3.15 8 Margin Money on Working Capital 2.19 9 Contingencies 6.80 10 Total Project Cost 77.01




Rs. in Lakhs S.No Description No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr 1 Raw Material 1 25% 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 2 Other expenses 2 30% 4.8 6.0 6.4 6.87 3 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 2.53 2.99 3.44 3.90 Total 8.3 10.2 11.3 12.4


Rs. in Lakhs Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Occupancy Rate (%) 55 65 75 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 Total Bed Night (Double Room)

4617 5457 6296 7136 7136 7136 7136 7136 7136 7136

Total Bed Night (Single Room)

1405 1661 1916 2172 2172 2172 2172 2172 2172 2172

Capacity of Restaurant 6022.5 7117.5 8212.5 9307.5 9307.5 9307.5 9307.5 9307.5 9307.5 9307.5Income From Restaurant From Double Room 13.85 16.37 18.89 21.41 21.41 21.41 21.41 21.41 21.41 21.41 From Family Room 2.11 2.49 2.87 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 3.26 From Local 9.03 10.68 12.32 13.96 13.96 13.96 13.96 13.96 13.96 13.96 Total 24.99 29.54 34.08 38.63 38.63 38.63 38.63 38.63 38.63 38.63 Income From Room Double Room Total from Double Room 30.01 35.47 40.93 46.38 46.38 46.38 46.38 46.38 46.38 46.38 Family Room Total from Single Room 5.62 6.64 7.67 8.69 8.69 8.69 8.69 8.69 8.69 8.69 Total Sales Revenue Rs in Lakhs

60.63 71.65 82.67 93.70 93.70 93.70 93.70 93.70 93.70 93.70


8-5 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002





0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22



60.63 71.65 82.67 93.70 93.70 93.70 93.70 93.70 93.70 93.70


7.74 7.74 7.42 6.13 4.84 3.55 2.26 0.97


0.92 1.13 1.25 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37

Sub Total 8.66 8.87 8.67 7.50 6.21 4.92 3.63 2.34 1.37 1.37

Depreciation 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05

Profit Before Tax 21.35 24.60 33.28 42.92 44.21 45.50 46.79 48.08 49.05 49.05 Provision For Tax 7.79 11.16 14.82 15.44 16.04 16.60 11.10 19.13 18.78

Profit After Tax 21.35 16.81 22.12 28.10 28.77 29.46 30.19 36.98 29.92 30.27

Retained Profit 21.35 16.81 22.12 28.10 28.77 29.46 30.19 36.98 29.92 30.27


23.40 18.86 24.17 30.15 30.82 31.51 32.24 39.03 31.97 32.32


8-6 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


8.15 Cash Flow




30.01 33.47 41.94 50.42 50.42 50.42 50.42 50.42 50.42 50.42


52


6.13 1.39 0.81 0.81


74.82


8.33 1.91 1.07 1.07


0.92 1.13 1.25 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37 1.37

Taxation 7.79 11.16 14.82 15.44 16.04 16.60 11.10 19.13 18.78


2.19 23.40 41.74 57.04 78.33 100.55 123.46 147.10 177.53 209.50


2.19 21.20 18.35 15.30 21.29 22.22 22.91 23.64 30.43 31.97 32.32

Closing Balance of Cash in

2.19 23.40 41.74 57.04 78.33 100.55 123.46 147.10 177.53 209.50 241.82


8-7 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


8.16 Balance Sheet


Const. Period


Liabilities : Equity 25.41 25.41 25.41 25.41 25.41 25.41 25.41 25.41 25.41 25.41 25.41 Reserves & Surplus 21.35 38.16 60.28 88.38 117.14 146.61 176.80 213.77 243.70 273.97 Term Loan Long Term Loan 51.60 51.60 51.60 43.00 34.40 25.80 17.20 8.60 Working Capita l Loan

6.13 7.53 8.33 9.14 9.14 9.14 9.14 9.14 9.14 9.14

Total Liabilities 77.01 104.50 122.70 137.02 157.33 177.50 198.36 219.95 248.33 278.25 308.52 Assets: Gross Fixed Assets 74.82 74.82 72.77 70.72 68.67 66.62 64.57 62.52 60.47 58.42 56.37 Less: Depreciation 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 Net Fixed Assets 74.82 72.77 70.72 68.67 66.62 64.57 62.52 60.47 58.42 56.37 54.32 Current Assets 8.33 10.24 11.31 12.38 12.38 12.38 12.38 12.38 12.38 12.38 Cash & Bank Balance

2.19 23.40 41.74 57.04 78.33 100.55 123.46 147.10 177.53 209.50 241.82

Total Assets 77.01 104.50 122.70 137.02 157.33 177.50 198.36 219.95 248.33 278.25 308.52


IRR 25.6% Average Cash Break Even Point 33% DSCR (in 4th Year) 2.46% ROI (in 4th Year) 66.35%


9-1 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


9 RESTAURANTS, BARS & CAFETERIAS (Tourism Infrastructure)

9.1 Project Concept

Non-availability of proper food is a common problem faced by tourists all over India. Hence restaurants offering multi-cuisine food are required. Cafeterias are also required for the refreshment of the tourists during their course of long journeys, considering the fact that road travel is one of the important mode of travel in Punjab and the road connectivity is extremely good in most parts of the state.


Restaurants (with or without bars) and cafeterias are proposed at Patiala, Fatehgarh Sahib, Nangal, Amritsar and Jalandhar


Market demand would be for locals and all kinds of tourists visiting the destinations. The target market for these projects will be tourists in general.



• Change in Land Use

• Pollution


Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is likely to give rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant.



9.4.2 Suggestions

Proper environment management, well-designed utility systems and control on landuse transformation will be required.


9-2 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



There will significant socio-economic impact of their projects. This would create numerous self-employment opportunities for the unemployed and also the local communities of those destinations. The standard of living of the people involved in the establishment and running of such restaurants and cafeterias will improve.

9.6 Limitation



• The success would also depend upon the quality of food and refreshments offered by the restaurants and cafeterias.


• The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place as well as increase in overnight stay tourist at that destination.

• The success of such projects will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to that destination or passing through such destination.



The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12 months.

Months Schedule

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Detailed Project Report preparation

Project Appraisal and Finance Acquisition of land Building and civil works Facilities procurement Project operation

9.8 Manpower

Position Nos. Manager Cum Accountant 1 Cook 1 Waiter 2 Unskilled Labour 3 Grand Total 7


9-3 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


9.9 Assumptions

1 Capacity per Year in Numbers Tea & Snacks 36500 Restaurant Capacity 18250 2 Occupancy Rate (in %) Tea & Snacks Restaurant Capacity 1st Yr 80 80 2nd Yr 85 80 3rd Yr 90 85 4th Yr 90 90 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%

4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost Building /Sq. Feet in Rs 450

9.10 Project Cost

S.No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 20.65 2 Civil Works 5.91 3 Equipment 2.50 4 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 1.30 5 Preliminary Expenses 0.25 6 Pre-operatives Expenses 1.80 7 Margin Money on Working Capital 2.13 8 Contingencies 3.45 9 Total Project Cost 37.99 Say 38.00




S. No Description No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr 1 Raw Material 1 25% 1.42 1.46 1.55 1.60 2 Other expenses 2 30% 4.50 4.81 5.00 5.11 3 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 2.13 2.19 2.32 2.40 Total 8.04 8.46 8.87 9.10


9-4 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From Tea & Snacks Capacity Utilisation (%) 80 85 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 Total Number of Customer 29200 31025 32850 32850 32850 32850 32850 32850 32850 32850 Total Income From Tea &Snacks 21.90 23.27 24.64 24.64 24.64 24.64 24.64 24.64 24.64 24.64 Income From Restaurant Capacity Utilisation (%) 80 80 85 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 Total Number of Local Visitors 14600 14600 15513 16425 16425 16425 16425 16425 16425 16425 Total Income From Restaurant 29.20 29.20 31.03 32.85 32.85 32.85 32.85 32.85 32.85 32.85





0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21



51.10 52.47 55.66 57.49 57.49 57.49 57.49 57.49 57.49 57.49


3.82 3.82 3.66 3.02 2.39 1.75 1.11 0.48


0.89 0.93 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

Sub Total 4.70 4.75 4.64 4.03 3.39 2.75 2.12 1.48 1.00 1.00

Depreciation 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.72


Profit After Tax 12.49 11.97 13.24 14.30 14.65 15.01 15.38 16.89 15.75 15.81

Retained Profit 12.49 11.97 13.24 14.30 14.65 15.01 15.38 16.89 15.75 15.81


13.20 12.68 13.96 15.02 15.36 15.72 16.09 17.60 16.47 16.52


9-5 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


9.15 Cash Flow




23.41 22.88 24.93 26.10 26.10 26.10 26.10 26.10 26.10 26.10


25


5.92 0.30 0.31 0.18


35.86


8.04 0.41 0.41 0.24

Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings Long Term Loan 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 Interest on LT loan 3.82 3.82 3.66 3.02 2.39 1.75 1.11 0.48 Interest on Bank Borrowings for Working Capital

0.89 0.93 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

Taxation 6.22 6.16 7.05 7.77 8.06 8.34 8.60 7.73 9.35 9.29


2.13 13.20 25.77 35.38 46.10 57.22 68.70 80.55 93.91 110.38


2.13 11.07 12.57 9.61 10.72 11.12 11.48 11.85 13.36 16.47 16.52


2.13 13.20 25.77 35.38 46.10 57.22 68.70 80.55 93.91 110.38 126.90


9-6 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


9.16 Balance Sheet


Const. Period



Total Assets 37.99 56.39 68.65 77.96 88.19 98.60 109.37 120.50 133.15 148.89 164.70




10-1 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


10 5 STAR HOTEL (Accommodation)

10.1 Project Concept:

Tourist Accommodation is an essential infrastructure required in cities and towns where large number of tourist visit and stay overnight. 5 star hotel is proposed at destinations normally visited by upper class peoples like Non Resident Indians, upper class communities, Business Tourists, Foreigners etc. The proposed 5 star hotel will have 85 double rooms and 15 single rooms. The hotel should contain all the facilities and services essential for meeting the prescribed standard of a five-star hotel viz. a spacious and modern swimming pool having both cold and hot/warm water system, Café shop, bar, health club etc.


Two 5 star hotels have been proposed in Punjab at Ludhiana and Amritsar.


The demand of a 5 star hotel will be based on the flow of Domestic and Foreign Tourist at the destinations. The target market for 5 star hotels will be foreigners, NRI’s, upper class domestic tourists and business tourists.



The project is estimated to attract visitors/tourists in large numbers. It is likely to have the following impacts


Increased tourist inflow is likely to give rise in emissions and ambient noise level due to vehicles, diesel generators and other commercial establishments/ activities.




10-2 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



High-grade hotel and their clients use water leisurely. Hence, there will be an increase in wastewater generation. Improper disposal may lead to water pollution.


The project will help in attracting more tourists to the destination and also extend their stay at the destination. The extra revenue generated can be used in conserving the surrounding environment, both natural and cultural. Proper care in construction phase and using local resources will minimise the impact on the natural surroundings during construction. The project will also contribute to sustainable local development.

10.4.3 Suggestions

Proper handling of solid waste/ sewage and use of passive energy design will enhance the sustainability of the project.


Tourist accommodation at potential tourist destination will have positive socio economic implication on the local community. Growth in tourism and availability of good hotels will extend the stay of tourist at the destination. Also, availability of basic tourist infrastructure will attract more number of tourists to the place. It will enhance the tourist spending in the place and thereby benefit locals by increasing their income level. The socio economic impact on women will not be much in the cities.

10.6 Limitation


• Tourist accommodation is basic tourist infrastructure required for attracting tourist. Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and Destination prioritization.

• The success of such project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place as well as increase in overnight stay of tourist at that destination.





10-3 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 24 Months Months Schedule

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Detailed Project Report preparation

Project Appraisal and Finance

Acquisition of land Land Development Building and civil works

Facilities procurement

Project operation

10.8 Manpower

Position Nos. Manager Cum Receptionist Cum Accountant 1 Cook 2 Steward Cum Asst. Cook 2 Caretaker 15 Driver 1 Restra Boy 25 Gen Operator cum Gardner 1 Chawkidar 3 Grand Total 50

10.9 Assumptions

1 Capacity Per Year in Number Total Room Night (Double Room) 31025 Total Room Night (Single Room) 5475 Restaurant (50 Person) 18250 2 Occupancy Rate 1st Yr 40 2nd Yr 50 3rd Yr 55 4th Yr 60 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost Building / Sq. Feet in Rs 750


10-4 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


S. No

10.10 Project Cost

Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 100.44 2 Civil Works 248.22 3 Furniture & Furnishings 41.20 4 Know - how & Detailed Engg. 10.00 5 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 63.70 6 Preliminary Expenses 10.00 7 Pre-operatives Expenses 19.39 8 Margin Money on Working Capital 8.15 9 Contingencies 49.29

10 Total Project Cost 550.39






Description Yr-1 Yr-4 Yr-8 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-9 Yr-10 Occupancy Rate (%) 60 40 50 55 60 60 60 60 60 60 Total Bed Night (Double Room)

12410 15513 17064 18615 18615 18615 18615 18615 18615 18615

Total Bed Night 3011 3285 3285 3285 (Family Room)

2190 2738 3285 3285 3285 3285

Capacity of Restaurant 7300 9125 10037.5 10950 10950 10950 10950 10950 10950 10950 Income From Restaurant From Double Room 62.05 77.56 93.08 93.08 85.32 93.08 93.08 93.08 93.08 93.08 From Family Room 8.76 10.95 12.05 13.14 13.14 13.14 13.14 13.14 13.14 13.14 From Local 10.95 13.69 15.06 16.43 16.43 16.43 16.43 16.43 16.43 16.43 Total 81.76 102.20 112.42 122.64 122.64 122.64 122.64 122.64 122.64 122.64 Income From Room/Dormitory Double Room Total from Double Room 223.38 279.23 307.15 335.07 335.07 335.07 335.07 335.07 335.07 335.07 Family Room Total from Family Room 26.28 32.85 36.14 39.42 39.42 39.42 39.42 39.42 39.42 39.42 Total Sales Revenue Rs in Lakh

331.42 414.28 455.70 497.13 497.13 497.13 497.13 497.13 497.13 497.13


10-5 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Year Particulars


0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22

Salaries 17.70 17.70 17.70 17.70 17.70 17.70 17.70 17.70 17.70 17.70 Sub Total 82.42 126.77 131.88 136.99 136.99 136.99 136.99 136.99 136.99 136.99 Freight Expenses Sales Expenses 8.29 10.36 11.39 12.43 12.43 12.43 12.43 12.43 12.43 12.43


331.42 414.28 455.70 497.13 497.13 497.13 497.13 497.13 497.13 497.13


55.31 55.31 53.01 43.79 34.57 25.35 16.13 6.91


3.63 4.95 5.31 5.68 5.68 5.68 5.68 5.68 5.68 5.68

Sub Total 58.94 60.26 58.32 49.47 40.25 31.03 21.81 12.59 5.68 5.68

Depreciation 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13


Profit After Tax 117.02 136.25 157.66 184.11 188.55 193.34 198.37 241.30 197.71 199.77

Retained Profit 117.02 136.25 157.66 184.11 188.55 193.34 198.37 241.30 197.71 199.77


134.15 153.39 174.79 201.24 205.69 210.47 215.50 258.43 214.84 216.91


10-6 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


10.15 Cash Flow




223.58 260.01 295.29 330.58 330.58 330.58 330.58 330.58 330.58 330.58

Depreciation 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13Increase in Long Term Loan

369


24.18 8.82 2.42 2.42

Total (A) 550 264.90 285.96 314.84 350.13 347.71 347.71 347.71 347.71 347.71 347.71B. Disposition of Funds Capital Expenditure for the Project/Expansion

542.24


32.33 12.04 3.18 3.18

Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings Long Term Loan 61.46 61.46 61.46 61.46 61.46 61.46 Interest on LT loan

55.31 55.31 53.01 43.79 34.57 25.35 16.13 6.91

Interest on Bank Borrowings for Working Capital

3.63 4.95 5.31 5.68 5.68 5.68 5.68 5.68 5.68 5.68

Taxation 47.62 63.50 79.31 97.00 101.77 106.21 110.40 76.69 127.19 125.12


8.15 134.15 284.31 396.88 535.90 680.13 829.14 983.18 1180.16 1395.00


8.15 126.00 150.16 112.57 139.02 144.23 149.01 154.04 196.97 214.84 216.91

Closing Balance of Cash in Hand

8.15 134.15 284.31 396.88 535.90 680.13 829.14 983.18 1180.16 1395.00 1611.90


10-7 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


10.16 Balance Sheet

Operating Years Particulars

Const. Period


Liabilities : Equity 181.63 181.63 181.63 181.63 181.63 181.63 181.63 181.63 181.63 181.63 181.63 Reserves & Surplus 117.02 253.27 410.93 595.03 783.59 976.92 1175.29 1416.59 1614.30 1814.07Term Loan Long Term Loan 368.76 368.76 368.76 307.30 245.84 184.38 122.92 61.46 Working Capital Loan 24.18 33.00 35.42 37.84 37.84 37.84 37.84 37.84 37.84 37.84Total Liabilities 550.39 691.59 836.66 935.27 1060.34 1187.43 1319.31 1456.22 1636.06 1833.76 2033.54Assets: Gross Fixed Assets 542.24 542.24 525.10 507.97 490.84 473.71 456.57 439.44 422.31 405.17 388.04Less: Depreciation 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13 17.13Net Fixed Assets 542.24 525.10 507.97 490.84 473.71 456.57 439.44 422.31 405.17 388.04 370.91Current Assets 32.33 44.37 47.55 50.73 50.73 50.73 50.73 50.73 50.73 50.73Cash & Bank Balance 8.15 134.15 284.31 396.88 535.90 680.13 829.14 983.18 1180.16 1395.00 1611.90

Total Assets 550.39 691.59 836.66 935.27 1060.34 1187.43 1319.31 1456.22 1636.06 1833.76 2033.54




11-1 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


11 AMUSEMENT PARK (Tourism Project)

11.1 Project Concept

The project will involve setting up of an entertainment park in a sprawling landscaped location. The project will involve installation of different rides. The visitors will pay entry charges to the parks. The proposed rides in the park include:

1. Columbus / Pirate Ship 2. Water Cyclone 3. Crazy Cup 4. Water Slide for Kids 5. Umbrella Ride 6. Bumping Car (For Kids) 7. Children Boat Ride 8. Octopus 9. Merry Go Round 10. Local Family Train 11. Ramp Slide 12. Bumping Car (For Adults)


Amusement parks are proposed at Bathinda and Amritsar.


The Market demand for amusement park will come basically from the locals, Domestic Tourists and visitor flow that takes place at the proposed destinations. The target market for these amusement parks will be the locals, upper class and middle class domestic tourists. The demand is generally found to be high during weekends, festivals and public holidays. The proposed project is expected to attract large crowds from the neighbouring districts states as there are very little or no entertainment facilities in the region.


The project is likely to generate increased traffic flow and commercial establishments/ activities, which will have the following impact:

11.4.1 Negative Impact


Increased tourist inflow is likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise levels. However, the impact will not be significant.


11-2 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002





Being a water intensive project like amusement park, maintenance can put a stress on fresh water resources.


Development of well-designed open spaces will have prominent positive impact on the area. It will help in improving the physical environment of the area.

11.4.3 Suggestions

Proper environment management, recycling of water, tree plantations will help in controlling the negative impact of the project.


Emergence of water parks and a variety of theme-based parks in the recent time has gained momentum to a significant extent. These parks have increased the employment to a marginal extent in various ways.

11.6 Limitation

While using this project profile, following limitation should be kept in mind:


• The success of such project will depend on location and competitive pricing by the owner of such Amusement Park.


• The Amusement Park project cost may vary from place to place depending upon land cost, construction material cost and labour cost, hence the project cost should be considered as indicative/ budgetary cost only.


11-3 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002




Months Schedule

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24



Acquisition of land

Land Development

Building and civil works

Facilities procurement

Project operation

11.8 Manpower

Position No Manager Cum Receptionist Cum Accountant 1 Supervisor cum Eng. 2 Cook 1 Care Taker 6 Gen Operator cum Gardener 1 Ticket Salesman 1 Chawkidar 2 Restra Boy 2 Skilled Labour 10 Grand Total 26


11-4 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


11.9 Assumptions

1 Capacity/Year (In Numbers) Tea and Snacks 10950 Amusement Park 192720 Capacity of Restaurant 7300 2 Occupancy Rate (In %) Restaurant Amusement Park 1st Yr 40 50 2nd Yr 50 60 3rd Yr 60 70 4th Yr 60 70 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 5 Construction Cost Building /Sq. Feet in Rs 700

11.10 Project Cost

S.No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 5.85 2 Civil Works 11.40 3 Equipment 232.40 4 Know - how & Detailed Engg. 2.00 5 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 11.80 6 Preliminary Expenses 0.50 7 Pre-operatives Expenses 7.60 8 Margin Money on Working Capital 2.66 9 Contingencies 27.15

10 Total Project Cost 301.36 Say 301.00






11-5 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From Restaurant Occupancy Rate (%) 40 50 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Tea and Snacks 5.48 6.84 8.21 8.21 8.21 8.21 8.21 8.21 8.21 8.21 From Food 3.65 4.56 5.48 5.48 5.48 5.48 5.48 5.48 5.48 5.48 Total Income From Restaurant

9.13 11.41 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69 13.69

Income From Amusement Park Occupancy Rate (%) 50 60 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Total Income From Amusement Park

144.54 173.45 202.36 202.36 202.36 202.36 202.36 202.36 202.36 202.36

Total Sales Revenue Rs in Lakh

153.67 184.85 216.04 216.04 216.04 216.04 216.04 216.04 216.04 216.04




1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85



153.67 184.85 216.04 216.04 216.04 216.04 216.04 216.04 216.04 216.04

Gross Profit 126.64 122.90 152.95 152.95 152.95 152.95 152.95 152.95 152.95 152.95 Interest On Term Loan

30.29 30.29 29.02 23.98 18.93 13.88 8.83 3.79


1.25 2.03 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20

Sub Total 31.54 32.31 31.23 26.18 21.13 16.09 11.04 5.99 2.20 2.20

Depreciation 26.61 26.61 26.61 26.61 26.61 26.61 26.61 26.61 26.61 26.61


Profit After Tax 68.49 50.89 65.97 65.56 66.09 67.32 69.07 69.72 73.20 72.48

Retained Profit 68.49 50.89 65.97 65.56 66.09 67.32 69.07 69.72 73.20 72.48


95.10 77.50 92.58 92.17 92.70 93.93 95.68 96.33 99.81 99.09


11-6 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


11.15 Cash Flow




100.03 96.29 126.34 126.34 126.34 126.34 126.34 126.34 126.34 126.34


202


8.36 5.14 1.19


298.70


11.03 7.15 1.52


1.25 2.03 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20

Taxation 0 13.09 29.141 34.604 39.12 42.94 46.24 50.629 50.941 51.653


2.66 95.10 170.58 229.19 287.70 346.75 407.02 469.05 531.72 631.53


2.66 92.44 75.48 58.60 58.51 59.04 60.27 62.03 62.68 99.81 99.09

Closing Balance of Cash in Hand

2.66 95.10 170.58 229.19 287.70 346.75 407.02 469.05 531.72 631.53 730.62


11-7 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


11.16 Balance Sheet

Rs. in Lakhs Operating Years

Particulars Yr -7

Const. Period

Yr -1 Yr-2 Yr -3 Yr -4 Yr-5 Yr -6 Yr-8 Yr -9 Yr-10


Total Assets 301.36 378.22 434.24 467.76 499.66 532.09 565.76 601.17 637.24 710.44 782.92


IRR 32 Average Cash Break Even Point 20.41% DSCR (in 4th Year) 2.02 ROI(in 4th Year) 50.02%


Joint Director General (MR), Department of Tourism Ministry of Tourism & Culture C-1, Hutments, Dalhousie Road New Delhi – 110001 India



Punjab

July 2002


1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002 C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01



C:\websiteadd\pplan\punjab\Volume II\Annexure 4\propro12.doc/01



Punjab


12-1 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


12 BEACH COTTAGE WITH RESTAURANT (Accommodation)


Though Punjab does not have a coastline, developing a tourist attraction on the lines of beach tourism will attract a large number of tourists to have an experience of beach tourism. The place identified for the beach tourism is the Satluj water body at Ropar. This can be utilised in the best possible manner without distorting the serene beauty of the wetland by building beach cottages providing accommodation with restaurant and bar for tourists. The proposed beach cottage project envisages a capacity of 10 rooms providing double accommodation with restaurant and a open air spacious bar.

The restaurant shall depict in its menu the mouth watering specialities of Punjab. The guests can enjoy in the moonlit night the folk music and the traditional dance of Punjab. The project shall be finalised at the particular location after getting necessary clearance from the Environment and Forestry departments. A self-contained system for solid waste management would be apt for this beach cottage. Apart from hut and restaurant, there is a provision for Angling.


Artificial beach development project is proposed in Ropar on the banks of river Satluj.


The high-end Indian tourists and the foreign tourists who are on the look out for a serene vacation, rich in culture and traditions are the appropriate target market. Weekend tourists from Delhi and other major parts of Punjab can be targeted effectively. The transit tourists are the other potential segment which can be tapped effectively. The unique cottages can be promoted through tour operators, chartered flight operators as a unique cultural heritage away from the busy metropolitan life. Such a theme related resort providing natural ambience and traditional lifestyle will also attract more and more foreign tourists to the cottage.


12.4.1 Negative Impact





12-2 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste like polythene bags, food material and hotel/restaurant waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade the aesthetics of the area.


There will be an increase in wastewater generation. Improper disposal may lead to water pollution. Poor sewerage management will lead to severe water pollution. Increased traffic movement along the water body will disturb the local ecosystem.

(iv) Effect on Migratory Birds

The development is suggested at a site where there is minimum disturbance to the migratory birds. Hence, the damage will be minimum.

(v) Stress on resources like water and energy


12.4.2 Suggestions

Proper environment management and well-designed utility systems will control the overall negative impact of the project.


The tourists consider such spots as a weekend relaxation option, many of them do not stay for the night, and hence the target of the project should be to make the average stay of tourists 1.5 – 2 days. This would increase the tourist expenditure and thereby the income of the personnel employed in these resorts. The tourists coming to the resort can also be attracted towards the local arts and crafts by organizing tribal shows on weekends thereby increasing the income level of local craftsman.

12.6 Limitation


• Places for this project was identified based on our field survey and destination prioritization and inflow of tourists to those destinations.

• The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure (which increases the accessibility to the destination) at the place as well as increase in overnight stay of the tourists at that destination.



12-3 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


• Environmental considerations will have a significant bearing on the clearance of this project.




Months Schedule


Project Appraisal and Finance Acquisition of land Land Development Building and civil works Facilities procurement Project operation

12.8 Manpower

Position Nos Manager Cum Accountant 1 Cook 1 Steward/Caretaker 1 Asst. Cook 1 Guide cum Driver 2 Restra Boy 5 Gardner 1 Choukidar/security 1 Unskilled 6 Grand Total 19


12-4 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


12.9 Assumptions

1 Capacity per Year in Numbers Total Room Night(Log Hut) 3650 Restaurant Capacity 10950 Angling 3650 2 Occupancy Rate (in %) 1st Yr 60 2nd Yr 65 3rd Yr 70 4th Yr 70 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost Building/log-hut/Sq. Feet in Rs 300

12.10 Project Cost

S. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 5.50 2 Civil Works 3.95 3 Furniture & Furnishing 24.58 4 Know - how & Detailed Engg. 2.00 5 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 21.00 6 Preliminary Expenses 0.20 7 Pre-operatives Expenses 2.98 8 Margin Money on Working Capital 1.82 9 Contingencies 6.20





S.No Description No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr 1 Raw Material 1 25% 1.05 1.14 1.22 1.22 2 Other expenses 2 30% 3.77 4.73 4.92 4.92 3 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 2.14 2.32 2.50 2.50 Total 6.96 8.19 8.65 8.65


12-5 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From log Hut Room Capacity Utilisation (%) 60 65 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Total Room Night 2190 2373 2555 2555 2555 2555 2555 2555 2555 2555 Total Income From Room 21.90 23.73 25.55 25.55 25.55 25.55 25.55 25.55 25.55 25.55 Income From Restaurant From Room Service 8.76 9.49 10.22 10.22 10.22 10.22 10.22 10.22 10.22 10.22 From Local Capacity Utilisation (%) 60 65 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Total Number of Local Visitors 6570 7118 7665 7665 7665 7665 7665 7665 7665 7665 Income From Visitors 16.43 17.79 19.16 19.16 19.16 19.16 19.16 19.16 19.16 19.16 Total Income From Restaurant 25.19 27.28 29.38 29.38 29.38 29.38 29.38 29.38 29.38 29.38 Income From Angling Capacity Utilisation (%) 60 65 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Total Number of Visitors 2190 2373 2555 2555 2555 2555 2555 2555 2555 2555 Total Income From Angling 4.38 4.75 5.11 5.11 5.11 5.11 5.11 5.11 5.11 5.11




Yr -1 Yr-2 Yr -3 Yr -4 Yr-5 Yr -6 Yr -7 Yr-8 Yr -9 Yr-10 Operating Cost 14.22 19.90 20.95 20.95 20.95 20.95 20.95 20.95 20.95 20.95 Administrative Overheads 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 Salaries 6.90 6.90 6.90 6.90 6.90 6.90 6.90 6.90 6.90 6.90 Sub Total 21.32 27.00 28.05 28.05 28.05 28.05 28.05 28.05 28.05 28.05 Sales Expenses 1.29 1.39 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 Total 22.60 28.39 29.55 29.55 29.55 29.55 29.55 29.55 29.55 29.55 Expected Sales Revenue 51.47 55.75 60.04 60.04 60.04 60.04 60.04 60.04 60.04 60.04 Gross Profit 28.86 27.36 30.49 30.49 30.49 30.49 30.49 30.49 30.49 30.49 Financial Expenses Interest On Term Loan 6.86 6.86 6.57 5.43 4.29 3.14 2.00 0.86 Interest On Working Capital 0.77 0.90 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 Sub Total 7.63 7.76 7.53 6.38 5.24 4.10 2.95 1.81 0.96 0.96 Depreciation 5.23 5.23 5.23 5.23 5.23 5.23 5.23 5.23 5.23 5.23 Profit Before Tax 16.01 14.38 17.74 18.88 20.03 21.17 22.31 23.46 24.31 24.31 Provision For Tax 3.21 5.37 6.50 7.44 8.24 8.94 9.57 10.03 10.15 Profit After Tax 16.01 11.17 12.37 12.39 12.59 12.93 13.37 13.88 14.28 14.16 Retained Profit 16.01 11.17 12.37 12.39 12.59 12.93 13.37 13.88 14.28 14.16


21.23 16.40 17.60 17.61 17.82 18.16 18.60 19.11 19.51 19.39


12-6 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


12.15 Cash Flow




23.64 22.14 25.27 25.27 25.27 25.27 25.27 25.27 25.27 25.27


46


5.14 0.88 0.34

Total (A) 68 34.00 28.25 30.84 30.49 30.49 30.49 30.49 30.49 30.49 30.49 B. Disposition of Funds

Capital Expenditure for the Project/Expansion

66.41


6.96 1.23 0.46


0.77 0.90 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96

Taxation 0 3.21 5.37 6.50 7.44 8.24 8.94 9.57 10.03 10.15 Total (B) 66.41 14.59 12.20 20.98 20.50 20.30 19.95 19.51 19.01 10.99 11.11 Opening Balance of Cash in Hand & in Bank

1.82 21.23 37.28 47.14 57.14 67.34 77.88 88.86 100.35 119.86


1.82 19.41 16.05 9.86 10.00 10.20 10.54 10.98 11.49 19.51 19.39


1.82 21.23 37.28 47.14 57.14 67.34 77.88 88.86 100.35 119.86 139.24


12-7 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


12.16 Balance Sheet


Const. Period



Total Assets 68.23 89.38 101.43 106.52 111.29 116.26 121.58 127.33 133.59 147.88 162.04




13-1 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


13 LIVE THEATRE (Tourism Project)


Historical important events and the culture and Heritage of the state can be effectively presented through this concept. Local artists and the performers can add value to the tourist destinations. This project is crucial for projecting the image as a historically important destination and thus enhancing the image of the state as well as the country. The requirements for this Project are local artists, a stage to perform and the musical instruments.

The suggested project would also provide a shopping place for selling various local handicrafts and artefacts. The stalls would be made available by the government to local private parties and in return a monthly rent would be charged. The place will also have a restaurant.


The proposed Live Theatre cum Haat will be located at Patiala.


The Market demand for the Live Theatre will come from the Domestic and foreign Tourists visiting the destinations. The target market for proposed project will be leisure tourists. Special interest tourists and foreigners.


The project components includes adequate creation of a stage with good light and sound system

13.5 Negative Impacts






Increased tourist activities will create stress on available water resources and increase the wastewater generation. Improper disposal will lead to water and land pollution


13-2 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



This project will help in improving the overall physical environment and in heritage conservation. The project will help in heritage property conservation and increase awareness about the culture and heritage of the place.

13.5.3 Suggestions

Proper environment management, well-designed utility systems, adopting regulatory measures like restricting the vehicle entry to a certain limit, controlling tourist activities within the heritage area will help in controlling the negative impacts of the project.


Significant socio-economic impacts are envisaged as the local artists, women groups and people associated with handicrafts will get more opportunities for their livelihood.

13.7 Limitation


• Place for this project is identified based on our field survey and destination prioritization and inflow of tourists at this destination.

• The success of such project will depend on location and competitive pricing by the promotor and the quality of shows presented by the artists.





Months Schedule

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Detailed Project Report preparation Project Appraisal and Finance Acquisition of land Land Development Building and civil works Facilities procurement Project operation


13-3 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


13.9 Manpower

Position Nos Manager Cum Accountant 1 Booking Clerk 1 Unskilled Labour 10 Grand Total 12

13.10 Assumptions

1 Capacity per Year in Numbers 15 Stall for 12 months 180 1 Restaurant for 12 months 12 2 Occupancy Rate (in %) Stall Restaurant Theatre 1st Yr 100 100 50 2nd Yr 100 100 60 3rd Yr 100 100 70 4th Yr 100 100 80 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost Building (Hut Type)/Sq. Feet (In Rs) 75 Building /Sq. Feet (In Rs) 450

13.11 Project Cost

S. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 41.90 2 Civil Works 13.63 3 Equipment 14.58 4 Know - how & Detailed Engg. 2.00 5 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 4.00 6 Preliminary Expenses 0.25 7 Pre-operatives Expenses 4.13 8 Margin Money on Working Capital 1.03 9 Contingencies 8.15 10 Total Project Cost 89.68




13-4 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs S.No Description No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr 1 Other expenses 2 30% 1.57 2.08 2.08 2.08 2 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 3 Total 4.35 4.85 4.85 4.85


Rs. in Lakhs Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From Rent Stall Capacity Utilisation (In %) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Total Number of Stalls for Revenue Generation

180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180

Total Income From Stall 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 Restaurant Capacity Utilisation (In %) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Total Number of Rent/ Month 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Total Income From Restaurant 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 Total Sales Revenue 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60



Yr -1 Yr-2 Yr -3 Yr -4 Yr-5 Yr -6 Yr -7 Yr-8 Yr -9 Yr-10 Operating Cost 5.00 8.03 8.03 8.03 8.03 8.03 8.03 8.03 8.03 8.03 Administrative Overheads 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 Salaries 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 Sub Total 7.76 10.79 10.79 10.79 10.79 10.79 10.79 10.79 10.79 10.79 Sales Expenses 1.67 1.67 1.67 1.67 1.67 1.67 1.67 1.67 1.67 1.67 Total 9.42 12.45 12.45 12.45 12.45 12.45 12.45 12.45 12.45 12.45 Expected Sales Revenue 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60 66.60 Gross Profit 57.18 54.15 54.15 54.15 54.15 54.15 54.15 54.15 54.15 54.15 Financial Expenses Interest On Term Loan 9.01 9.01 8.64 7.13 5.63 4.13 2.63 1.13 Interest On Working Capital

0.50 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55


33.37 30.76 30.52 31.14 31.84 32.60 33.42 36.42 34.35 34.42


13-5 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


13.16 Cash Flow

Rs. in Lakhs




54.42 51.39 51.39 51.39 51.39 51.39 51.39 51.39 51.39 51.39


60


3.32 0.35


88.65


4.35 0.51


0.50 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55


1.03 33.37 63.98 84.49 105.61 127.43 150.02 173.42 199.82 234.17


1.03 32.35 30.60 20.51 21.12 21.82 22.59 23.40 26.40 34.35 34.42


1.03 33.37 63.98 84.49 105.61 127.43 150.02 173.42 199.82 234.17 268.59


13-6 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


13.17 Balance Sheet

Rs. in Lakhs



Liabilities : Equity 29.59 29.59 29.59 29.59 29.59 29.59 29.59 29.59 29.59 29.59 29.59 Reserves & Surplus

30.61 58.61 86.37 114.74 143.82 173.66 204.31 237.97 269.56 301.22


3.32 3.67 3.67 3.67 3.67 3.67 3.67 3.67 3.67 3.67

Total Liabilities 89.68 123.61 151.96 169.70 188.07 207.13 226.95 247.59 271.24 302.82 334.49 Assets: Gross Fixed Assets

88.65 88.65 85.89 83.13 80.37 77.61 74.84 72.08 69.32 66.56 63.80

Less: Depreciation 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 Net Fixed Assets 88.65 85.89 83.13 80.37 77.61 74.84 72.08 69.32 66.56 63.80 61.04 Current Assets 4.35 4.85 4.85 4.85 4.85 4.85 4.85 4.85 4.85 4.85 Cash & Bank Balance

1.03 33.37 63.98 84.49 105.61 127.43 150.02 173.42 199.82 234.17 268.59

Total Assets 89.68 123.61 151.96 169.70 188.07 207.13 226.95 247.59 271.24 302.82 334.49




14-1 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


14 LAKE COMPLEX (Tourism Project)


Lake Restaurant complex is proposed at Patiala near the Kali Temple. The complex will be developed on the lines of Sarhind Floating Restaurant. The restaurant is proposed to be located in the centre of the lake with a small wooden jetty and mechanised boats for ferrying the tourists. Adequate lighting, cleaning and beautification will be done. The Lake Complex will have:

Facility Number Capacity in Number Floating Restaurant 1 35 Water Ski 1 1 Paddle Boat 1 4 Kayaks 1 2 Canoes 1 2 Water Seater 1 2 Speed Boat 1 10


The proposed lake complex will be located at Patiala near the Kali Devi Temple.


Market demand will be mainly from the locals, domestic tourists and visitor flow at different tourist attractions at Patiala. The target market for this project will also be NRI’s and a segment foreign tourists.



The project components include restaurant, wooden jetty and rowing boats. It is likely to have the following impact:






14-2 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Increased tourist activities will create a stress on available water resources and increase the wastewater generation. Improper disposal of wastewater will lead to deterioration of water quality of the lake. Further there are chances of the aquatic life being damaged due to the oily and detergent discharge in to the lake.


Certain portions of the revenue generated from the project can be allocated for overall environmental improvement and lake conservation. The project will help in conserving the surrounding environment, both natural and cultural

14.4.3 Suggestions

Proper environment management and well-designed utility systems will be required to control the overall negative impacts of the project.


The socio-economic impact of these projects could be considered as good to a reasonable extent. This would create employment opportunities for the local communities. Women can be given the opportunity to run the complex, e.g. total complex run by the women employees only. This would lead to the empowerment of women and upliftment of the society to a certain extent at the destination.

14.6 Limitation


• The success of the project would depend on the quality of services and the marketing strategy. • Maintaining the environment and beauty of the lake in due course would be the key for success

of the project. • The financial viability of the project is worked out at constant price basis and it will vary from

these projections due to inflationary economy. • The success of such project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place as

well as increase in overnight stay tourist at that destination. • Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of

implementation.


The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12 Months

Months Schedule 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Detailed Project Report preparation Project Appraisal and Finance Acquisition of land Building and civil works Facilities procurement Project operation


14-3 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


14.8 Manpower

Position No Floatel Manager Cum Accountant 1 Receptionist cum Ticketing 1 Cook 1 Steward 1 Caretaker 1 Asst. Cook 1 Guide 1 Boat Man 2 Security 1 Boat pool man 1 Grand Total 11

14.9 Assumptions 1 Capacity per Year in Numbers Floatel 53600 Restaurant 46900 Water Ski 2010 Paddle Boat 8040 Kayaks 4020 Canoes 4020 Water Scooter 4020 Speed Boat 20100 2 Occupancy Rate (in %) 1st Yr 60 2nd Yr 65 3rd Yr 70 4th Yr 80 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost Building/Sq. Feet in Rs 450 Floating Platform/Sq. Feet in Rs 3100

14.10 Project Cost

S.No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Civil Works 30.17 2 Plant & Equipment 4.53 3 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 0.90 4 Preliminary Expenses 4.00 5 Pre-operatives Expenses 2.21 6 Margin Money on Working Capital 1.13 7 Contingencies 4.29 8 Total Project Cost 47.23


14-4 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002





S.No Description No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr 1 Raw Material 1 25% 1.06 1.14 1.23 1.41 2 Other expenses 2 30% 1.42 2.02 2.04 2.08 3 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 2.20 2.38 2.57 2.93 Total 4.67 5.55 5.84 6.42

14.13 Income Statement Rs. in Lakhs

Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From Floatel Capacity Utilisation(%) 60 65 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Total number of visitor 32160 34840 37520 42880 42880 42880 42880 42880 42880 42880 Total Income From Floatel 24.12 26.13 28.14 32.16 32.16 32.16 32.16 32.16 32.16 32.16 Income From Restaurant Capacity Utilisation 60 65 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Total number of visitor 28140 30485 32830 37520 37520 37520 37520 37520 37520 37520 Total Income From Restaurant 25.33 27.44 29.55 33.77 33.77 33.77 33.77 33.77 33.77 33.77 Income From Water Ski Capacity Utilisation (%) 60 65 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Total Number of Visitors 1206 1307 1407 1608 1608 1608 1608 1608 1608 1608 Total Income From Water Ski 0.24 0.26 0.28 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 Income From 4 Seater Paddle Boat Capacity Utilisation (%) 60 65 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Total Number of Visitors 4824 5226 5628 6432 6432 6432 6432 6432 6432 6432 Total Income From 4 Seater Paddle Boat

0.96 1.05 1.13 1.29 1.29 1.29 1.29 1.29 1.29 1.29

Income From Kayak Capacity Utilisation (In %) 60 65 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Total Number of Visitors 2412 2613 2814 3216 3216 3216 3216 3216 3216 3216 Total Income From Kayak 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 Income From Canoe Capacity Utilisation (In %) 60 65 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Total Number of Visitors 2412 2613 2814 3216 3216 3216 3216 3216 3216 3216 Total Income From Canoe 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 Income From Water Scooter Capacity Utilisation (In %) 60 65 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Total Number of Visitors 2412 2613 2814 3216 3216 3216 3216 3216 3216 3216 Total Income From Water Scooter

1.21 1.31 1.41 1.61 1.61 1.61 1.61 1.61 1.61 1.61



14-5 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002





0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25



52.82 57.22 61.63 70.43 70.43 70.43 70.43 70.43 70.43 70.43


4.75 4.75 4.55 3.76 2.97 2.18 1.38 0.59


0.53 0.63 0.66 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73

Sub Total 5.28 5.37 5.21 4.49 3.70 2.90 2.11 1.32 0.73 0.73

Depreciation 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30


Profit After Tax 14.73 14.30 16.33 20.83 21.24 21.67 22.12 27.53 21.62 21.92

Retained Profit 14.73 14.30 16.33 20.83 21.24 21.67 22.12 27.53 21.62 21.92


16.04 15.60 17.63 22.14 22.55 22.98 23.42 28.84 22.93 23.22


14-6 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


14.15 Cash Flow Rs. in Lakhs




26.82 26.56 29.79 36.27 36.27 36.27 36.27 36.27 36.27 36.27


32


3.54 0.63 0.23 0.45

Total (A) 47 31.67 28.50 31.32 38.02 37.57 37.57 37.57 37.57 37.57 37.57 B. Disposition of Funds

Capital Expenditure for the Project/Expansion

46.10


4.67 0.87 0.29 0.58

Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings Long Term Loan 5.27 5.27 5.27 5.27 5.27 5.27 Interest in Term Loans (R/C)

Interest on LT loan 4.75 4.75 4.55 3.76 2.97 2.18 1.38 0.59 Interest on Bank Borrowings for Working Capital

0.53 0.63 0.66 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73


1.13 16.04 31.40 43.70 60.43 77.70 95.40 113.55 137.11 160.04


1.13 14.91 15.36 12.29 16.73 17.27 17.70 18.15 23.56 22.93 23.22


1.13 16.04 31.40 43.70 60.43 77.70 95.40 113.55 137.11 160.04 183.26


14-7 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


14.16 Balance Sheet


Const. Period



Total Assets 47.23 65.51 80.44 91.72 107.73 123.70 140.09 156.93 179.19 200.81 222.73


IRR 19.4% Average Cash Break Even Point 25% DSCR (in 4th Year) 2.87 ROI (in 4th Year) 78%


15-1 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


15 HERITAGE GUESTHOUSE/LODGE (Accommodation)


In the Sarai Amanat Khan, a heritage structure exists wherein a heritage guesthouse/lodge can be built. Similarly in Jaijon Doaba village a small guesthouse/lodge can be set up covered into the Heritage hotel. The Heritage lodge will have 20 double rooms and 10 single rooms. Other entertainment activities like health club, and local cultural activities can be provided in the lodge.


Bara Sahib Guesthouse is proposed at Jaijon Doaba village in Hoshiarpur and Sarai Amanat Lodge is proposed at Sarai Amanat Khan near Wagha Border in Amritsar.


The demand will come from high-end domestic tourists and foreign tourists.





Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is likely to raise the gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant.


Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of restaurant waste will lead to water & land pollution and degrade the aesthetics of the area.


There will be an increase in wastewater generation. Improper disposal may lead to water pollution.

(iv) Stress on resources like water and energy



15-2 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


(v) Impact on heritage property

Because of increased inflow of tourists adequate maintenance and restoration measures if the heritage property at the site will be required

15.4.2 Suggestions

Proper environment management and well-designed utility systems will control the overall negative impacts of the project.


This project would increase the employment opportunities for the local communities. Local artists and women will get new avenues for socio-economic upliftment.

15.6 Limitation



• The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure (which increases the accessibility to the destination) at the place as well as increase in overnight stay tourist at that destination.



• The feasibility of the project would depend upon the exact inflow of tourists to those destinations. • Project cost details are indicating details have to be would out during the time of implementation.


The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 24 Months. Months Schedule

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24



Acquisition of land Land Development Building and civil works

Facilities procurement Project operation


15-3 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


15.8 Manpower

Position No Manager 1 Receptionist cum Clark cum Accountant 1 Cook 1 Steward 2 Caretaker 1 Asst. Cook 1 Restra Boy 2 Unskilled 10 Gen Operator cum Gardner 1 Chawkidar 2 Swimming Pool Incharge 1 Grand Total 23

15.9 Assumptions

1 Capacity Per Year in Number Total Bed Night(Double Room) 10950 Total Bed Night(Single Room) 3650 Capacity of Restaurant 18250 2 Occupancy Rate in % Room Restaurant 1st Yr 40 60 2nd Yr 45 65 3rd Yr 50 70 4th Yr 55 70 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost Building / Sq. Feet in Rs 1000

15.10 Project Cost

S.No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 34.07 2 Civil Works 135.88 3 Equipment 26.32 4 Know - how & Detailed Engg. 5.00 5 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 14.40 6 Pre-operatives Expenses 9.79 7 Margin Money on Working Capital 3.85 8 Contingencies 22.93 9 Total Project Cost 252.24 Say 252.00


15-4 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs

Equity 33% 83.24 Debt 67% 169.00

Total 100% 252.24


Rs. in Lakhs

S.No Description No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr 1 Raw Material 1 25% 1.16 1.28 1.41 1.49 2 Other expenses 2 30% 7.52 12.21 12.62 12.95 3 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 6.51 7.30 8.10 8.86

Total 15.19 20.80 22.13 23.30


Rs. in Lakhs Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From Room Tariff From Double Room Occupancy Rate (In %) 40 45 50 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 Total no. of Room Night 4380 4928 5475 6023 6023 6023 6023 6023 6023 6023 Income From Double Rooms

100.74 113.33 125.93 138.52 138.52 138.52 138.52 138.52 138.52 138.52

From Single Room Occupancy Rate (In %) 40 45 50 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 Total Number of Room Night

1460 1643 1825 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008 2008

Income From Single Room

27.74 31.21 34.68 38.14 38.14 38.14 38.14 38.14 38.14 38.14

Total Income From Room Tariff

128.48 144.54 160.60 176.66 176.66 176.66 176.66 176.66 176.66 176.66

Income From Restaurant From Room Service From Room (D) 13.14 14.78 16.43 18.07 18.07 18.07 18.07 18.07 18.07 18.07 From Room (S) 3.65 4.11 4.56 5.02 5.02 5.02 5.02 5.02 5.02 5.02 Income From Room Service

16.79 18.89 20.99 23.09 23.09 23.09 23.09 23.09 23.09 23.09

From Local Visitor Capacity (In %) 60 65 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Total Number of Visitor 10950 11863 12775 12775 12775 12775 12775 12775 12775 12775 Income From Local Visitor

10.95 11.86 12.78 12.78 12.78 12.78 12.78 12.78 12.78 12.78

Total Income From Restaurant

27.74 30.75 33.76 35.86 35.86 35.86 35.86 35.86 35.86 35.86


156.22 175.29 194.36 212.52 212.52 212.52 212.52 212.52 212.52 212.52


15-5 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs

Year Particulars Yr -1 Yr-2 Yr -3 Yr -4 Yr-5 Yr -6 Yr -7 Yr-8 Yr -9 Yr-10

Operating Cost 24.91 52.09 53.60 54.65 54.65 54.65 54.65 54.65 54.65 54.65 Administrative Overheads

0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28



156.22 175.29 194.36 212.52 212.52 212.52 212.52 212.52 212.52 212.52


25.35 25.35 24.29 20.07 15.84 11.62 7.39 3.17


1.70 2.30 2.46 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59

Sub Total 27.05 27.65 26.75 22.66 18.43 14.21 9.98 5.76 2.59 2.59

Depreciation 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21

Profit Before Tax

76.81 67.15 84.66 104.95 109.18 113.40 117.63 121.85 125.02 125.02

Provision For Tax

22.66 20.51 27.75 35.76 37.86 39.84 41.71 23.29 50.13 48.98

Profit After Tax 54.15 46.64 56.91 69.19 71.32 73.57 75.91 98.57 74.89 76.05

Retained Profit 54.15 46.64 56.91 69.19 71.32 73.57 75.91 98.57 74.89 76.05


61.36 53.85 64.12 76.40 78.53 80.78 83.12 105.78 82.10 83.26


15-6 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


15.15 Cash Flow

Rs. in Lakhs




103.86 94.80 111.41 127.61 127.61 127.61 127.61 127.61 127.61 127.61


169


11.34 4.01 1.02 0.90


248.39


15.19 5.61 1.33 1.17

Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings Long Term Loan 28.17 28.17 28.17 28.17 28.17 28.17 Interest in Term Loans (R/C) Interest on LT loan 25.35 25.35 24.29 20.07 15.84 11.62 7.39 3.17 Interest on Bank Borrowings for Working Capital

1.70 2.30 2.46 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59


3.85 61.36 113.61 149.25 197.22 247.58 300.19 355.14 432.76 514.86


3.85 57.51 52.25 35.64 47.97 50.36 52.61 54.96 77.61 82.10 83.26

Closing Balance of Cash in and at Bank

3.85 61.36 113.61 149.25 197.22 247.58 300.19 355.14 432.76 514.86 598.12


15-7 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


15.16 Balance Sheet

Rs. in Lakhs



Liabilities : Equity 83.24 83.24 83.24 83.24 83.24 83.24 83.24 83.24 83.24 83.24 83.24 Reserves & Surplus 54.15 100.79 157.70 226.89 298.20 371.77 447.68 546.25 621.14 697.19 Term Loan Long Term Loan 169.00 169.00 169.00 140.83 112.67 84.50 56.33 28.17 Working Capita l Loan

11.34 15.35 16.37 17.27 17.27 17.27 17.27 17.27 17.27 17.27

Total Liabilities 252.24 317.73 368.38 398.13 440.06 483.21 528.61 576.36 646.76 721.65 797.69 Assets: Gross Fixed Assets 248.39 248.39 241.18 233.97 226.76 219.54 212.33 205.12 197.91 190.70 183.49 Less: Depreciation 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21 7.21 Net Fixed Assets 248.39 241.18 233.97 226.76 219.54 212.33 205.12 197.91 190.70 183.49 176.28 Current Assets 15.19 20.80 22.13 23.30 23.30 23.30 23.30 23.30 23.30 23.30 Cash & Bank Balance

3.85 61.36 113.61 149.25 197.22 247.58 300.19 355.14 432.76 514.86 598.12

Total Assets 252.24 317.73 368.38 398.13 440.06 483.21 528.61 576.36 646.76 721.65 797.69




16-1 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


16 PARKING CUM SHOPPING COMPLEX (Tourism Infrastructure)


Non-availability of proper parking space at most of the tourist destinations is a common problem faced by the tourists all over India. Hence well organised parking places with a blend of other necessary services are required. Shopping complexes with gift shops, small eateries are also required to cater to the tourists need.


Parking cum shopping complexes are required at Durgiana Mandir in Amritsar, and at Manji Sahib and Charan Kamal Gurudwara in Ludhiana.


The target market for these projects will be all tourists visiting the Gurudwara and the locality.




• Land use transformation

• Pollution


Increased vehicular flow use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant.


Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste will lead to water & land pollution and may degrade the aesthetics of the area.

16.4.2 Positive impacts

(i) Environmental awareness

The project will help in increasing public appreciation and awareness of the natural and the cultural environment. Organised parking will lead to the reduction in noise and vehicular emission levels.


16-2 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


16.4.3 Suggestions

Proper environment management, well-designed utility systems and change in landuse pattern will be required.


The socio-economic impact of these projects could be considered as significant to a large extent. This would create numerous self-employment opportunities for the unemployed and also the local communities of those destinations by offering them employment opportunities with the new shops and other commercial establishments. This would improve the standard of living of the people involved in the establishment of such restaurants, cafeterias and gift shops. There will also be livelihood options for local vendors.

16.6 Limitation


• Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and destination prioritization and inflow of tourists to those destinations.

• The success would also depend upon the quality of shops, food and refreshments offered by the eating joints.


• The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place as well as increase in overnight stay of tourist at the destinations.

• The success of the projects will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to the destination or passing through such destination.



The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 8-12 Months.



16-3 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


16.8 Manpower

Position No Manager Cum Accountant 1 Booking Clerk 1 Unskilled 3 Grand Total 5

16.9 Assumptions

1 Capacity Per Year in Number Shopping Complex 360 Parking Complex 219000 2 Occupancy Rate (In %) Shopping Complex Parking Complex 1st Yr 90 60 2nd Yr 95 70 3rd Yr 100 80 4th Yr 100 90 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost Building /Sq. Feet in Rs 450

16.10 Project Cost

S. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 50.65 2 Civil Works 21.75 3 Equipment 0.02 4 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 0.10 5 Preliminary Expenses 0.25 6 Pre-operatives Expenses 4.10 7 Margin Money on Working Capital 0.82 8 Contingencies 7.77 9 Total Project Cost 85.47 Say 85.00




S.No Description No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr 1 Other expenses 2 30% 1.03 1.59 1.61 1.62 2 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 2.57 2.74 2.92 2.96 Total 3.60 4.34 4.53 4.58


16-4 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From Rent (Shops) Capacity Utilisation (%)

90 95 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Total Number of Shops For Revenue Generation

324 342 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360

Total Income From Rent (Shops)

55.08 58.14 61.20 61.20 61.20 61.20 61.20 61.20 61.20 61.20

Income From Parking Capacity Utilisation (In %)

60 70 80 90 90 90 90 90 90 90

Total Number of Vehicles Park

131400 153300 175200 197100 197100 197100 197100 197100 197100 197100

Total Income From Parking

6.57 7.67 8.76 9.86 9.86 9.86 9.86 9.86 9.86 9.86





0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21

Salaries 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 Sub Total 4.64 7.92 7.92 7.92 7.92 7.92 7.92 7.92 7.92 7.92 Sales Expenses 1.54 1.65 1.75 1.78 1.78 1.78 1.78 1.78 1.78 1.78 Total 6.19 9.57 9.67 9.70 9.70 9.70 9.70 9.70 9.70 9.70 Expected Sales Revenue

61.65 65.81 69.96 71.06 71.06 71.06 71.06 71.06 71.06 71.06


8.59 8.59 8.23 6.80 5.37 3.94 2.51 1.07


0.42 0.50 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53


30.49 30.90 33.69 35.26 36.16 37.05 37.95 43.21 38.39 38.66


16-5 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


16.15 Cash Flow

Rs. in Lakhs




54.90 55.67 59.72 60.78 60.78 60.78 60.78 60.78 60.78 60.78


57


2.78 0.53 0.15 0.04


84.65


3.60 0.74 0.19 0.05


0.42 0.50 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53


0.82 30.49 61.19 85.30 111.01 137.62 165.13 193.54 227.20 265.59


0.82 29.67 30.70 24.11 25.71 26.61 27.51 28.40 33.66 38.39 38.66


0.82 30.49 61.19 85.30 111.01 137.62 165.13 193.54 227.20 265.59 304.24


16-6 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


16.16 Balance Sheet


Const. Period



Total Assets 85.47 118.17 149.04 172.77 197.96 224.00 250.94 278.78 311.87 349.69 387.78




17-1 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


17 UNDERGROUND PARKING CUM SHOPPING COMPLEX (Tourism Infrastructure)


Non-availability of proper parking space at most of the tourist destinations is a common problem faced by the tourists all over India. Hence well organised parking places with a blend of other necessary services are required. Shopping complexes with gift shops, small eateries are also required to cater to the tourists need.


Parking cum shopping complexes are required at Golden Temple, Amritsar.


The target market for these projects will be all tourists visiting the Gurudwara and the locality.





• Pollution







The project will help in increasing public appreciation and awareness of the natural and the cultural environment. Organised parking will lead to the reduction in noise and vehicular emission levels.


17-2 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


17.4.3 Suggestions

Proper environment management, well-designed utility systems and change in landuse pattern will be required.


The socio-economic impact of these projects could be considered as significant to a large extent. This would create numerous self-employment opportunities for the unemployed and also the local communities of those destinations by offering them employment opportunities with the new shops and other commercial establishments. This would improve the standard of living of the people involved in the establishment of such restaurants, cafeterias and gift shops. There will also be livelihood options for local vendors.

17.6 Limitation


• Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and destination prioritization and inflow of tourists to those destinations.

• The success would also depend upon the quality of shops, food and refreshments offered by the eating joints.


• The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place as well as increase in overnight stay of tourist at the destinations.

• The success of the projects will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to the destination or passing through such destination.






17-3 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


17.8 Manpower

Position No Manager Cum Accountant 1 Booking Clerk 1 Unskilled 3 Grand Total 5

17.9 Assumptions

1 Capacity Per Year in Number Shopping Complex 360 365000Parking Complex 2 Occupancy Rate (In %) Shopping Complex Parking Complex 1st Yr 90 90 100 100 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 100 100 4th Yr 100 100 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 2 Debt 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost Building /Sq. Feet in Rs 800

17.10 Project Cost

S.No Particulars Rs. in lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 45.80 2 Civil Works 81.50 3 Equipment 0.02 4 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 2.15 5 Preliminary Expenses 0.25 6 Pre-operatives Expenses 7.15 7 Margin on Working Capital 1.63 8 Contingencies 13.85 9 Total Project Cost 152.35




S.No 2nd Yr Description No of month MM 1st Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr 1 Other expenses 2 30% 2.28 4.42 4.42 4.42 2 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 5.27 20% 4.74 5.27 5.27 Total 7.02 9.69 9.69 9.69


17-4 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs

Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From Stall Capacity Utilisation (%) 90 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Total Number of Rent Month

324 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360

Average Rant / Stall 25000 25000 25000 25000 25000 25000 25000 25000 25000 25000 Total Income From Stall

81.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 90.00 90.00

Income From Parking Capacity Utilisation (%) 90 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Total Number of Vehicles Park

328500 365000 365000 365000 365000 365000 365000 365000 365000 365000

Total Income From Parking

32.85 36.50 36.50 36.50 36.50 36.50 36.50 36.50 36.50 36.50



Rs. in Lakhs



0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21


113.85 126.50 126.50 126.50 126.50 126.50 126.50 126.50 126.50 126.50


15.31 15.31 14.67 12.12 9.57 7.02 4.47 1.91


0.81 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10


56.13 55.65 55.92 57.44 58.98 60.53 62.08 76.80 61.40 62.21


17-5 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


17.15 Cash Flow

Rs. in Lakhs




98.25 98.04 98.04 98.04 98.04 98.04 98.04 98.04 98.04 98.04


102


5.39 1.92 0.00 0.00


150.72


7.02 2.67


0.81 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10

Taxation 27.93 27.91 28.27 29.30 30.32 31.32 32.32 20.15 37.47 36.65


1.63 56.13 111.02 149.93 190.36 232.33 275.84 320.91 380.70 442.10


1.63 54.49 54.90 38.91 40.43 41.97 43.51 45.07 59.79 61.40 62.21


56.13 111.02 1.63 149.93 190.36 232.33 275.84 320.91 380.70 442.10 504.31


17-6 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


17.16 Balance Sheet

Rs. in Lakhs




54.20 107.92 161.92 217.44 274.49 333.09 393.25 468.13 527.60 587.89

Term Loan Long Term Loan 102.08 102.08 102.08 85.06 68.05 51.04 34.03 17.01 Working Capita l Loan

5.39 7.31 7.31 7.31 7.31 7.31 7.31 7.31 7.31 7.31


150.72 150.72 148.80 146.87 144.95 143.02 141.10 139.17 137.25 135.32 133.40

Less: Depreciation 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 Net Fixed Assets 150.72 148.80 146.87 144.95 143.02 141.10 139.17 137.25 135.32 133.40 131.47 Current Assets 7.02 9.69 9.69 9.69 9.69 9.69 9.69 9.69 9.69 9.69 Cash & Bank Balance

1.63 56.13 111.02 149.93 190.36 232.33 275.84 320.91 380.70 442.10 504.31

Total Assets 152.35 211.94 267.59 304.57 343.08 383.12 424.71 467.85 525.72 585.19 645.48


IRR 17.3% Average Cash Break Even Point 24.72% DSCR (in 4th Year) 2.39 ROI (in 4th Year) 64.89%


18-1 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


18 UPGRADATION OF PTDC COMPLEXES (Accommodation)


Tourist facilities of the PTDC Complexes visited during the field survey were not found up to the mark due local of maintenance. Most of these complexes need massive upgradation measures to make these establishments commercially viable. The minimum required tourist infrastructure like modern and clean bathrooms, curtains, bed & pillow covers, telephones and cable TV is also not available at most of the complexes. Considering the fact that all of the PTDC complexes are strategically located and have ample space for expansion, these can be upgraded and marketed very effectively for substantial revenue generation.


All existing PTDC Complexes (17 nos.).


Most of the PTDC complexes are located on NH/major State highways. Improvements in their conditions will attract the tourists of various categories travelling on these highways, more so because the State Government is laying emphasis highway tourism.



Upgradation of the complexes will not have a significant incremental rise in pollution levels. However, increased commercial activities will have some impact on gaseous emissions, solid waste and wastewater generation.


Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial activities is likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant.




18-2 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


18.5 Positive impact


The project will help in increasing public appreciation and awareness of the natural and the cultural environment.

18.5.2 Suggestions

Proper environment management practices for wastewater and solid waste management will be required.


Upgradation of the PTDC Complexes will provide temporary employment opportunity for some people involved in the renovation/upgradation work.

18.7 Limitation

• The success would depend upon the quality of food and refreshments offered by the PTDC complexes.

• Use of the area within the PTDC complexes as banquet halls, convention halls, will have a significant bearing on the success of this project. Similarly, improvement of the landscape and developing children’s park in the PTDC complex area will have a bearing on the success of the project.



• The upgraded PTDC complex will be successful depending on the exact inflow of tourists to that destination or passing through such destination.


18.8 Project Cost (For all 17 complexes)

S. No. Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 4.25 2 Civil Works 81.85 3 Equipment 234.11 4 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 28.35 5 Preliminary Expenses 0.25 6 Pre-operatives Expenses 18.98 7 Contingencies 36.78 8 Total Project Cost 404.57


19-1 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


19 REFURBISHMENT OF FORTS, PALACES AND OTHER HERITAGE BUILDINGS (Tourism Project)


The entire State of Punjab state is dotted with the ruins of old buildings. Since 1970 to date 56 ancient and historic sites have been declared “Protected Monuments” by the Punjab Government. The Government of India had separately declared 30 sites as protected sites. Among them are kos minars (small towers that were milestones for ancient roads), sarais, palaces,temples, tombs and forts. Some of the better known of these are: Sheesh Mahal and Quila Mubarak at Patiala, Aam Khas Bagh at Sirhind, Maharaja Ranjit Singh's summer palace at Amritsar, Mughal sarais at Shambhu and Doraha, the tombs of Ustaad and Shagird at village Talania in Fatehgarh Sahib District, Dera Mian Meer at Sirhind, Masjid Bhagat Sadna Qasai at Sirhind, the Moorish Masjid at Kapurthala, the ancestral homes of Lala Lajpat Rai at Jagraon and Shaheed Bhagat Singh at Khatkar Kalan.

Most of these heritage buildings need restoration & refurbishment and extensive marketing to make them popular among the tourists visiting the state.


Initially at Sheesh Mahal and Quila Mubarak at Patiala and then restoration work at other heritage sites can also be undertaken.


Domestic and foreign tourists.



The project will not have a significant incremental rise in pollution levels. However, during the refurbishment work there will be some generation of particulate matter, dust and noise levels but this impact will be localized and will not be very significant. Increased number of visitors will have some impact on vehicular emissions, solid waste and wastewater generation.


Incremental rise in particulate matter due to various construction/refurbishment related activities will take place but this will remain localised and for a short interval.


19-2 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


Increased vehicular activities are likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant.


Littering by visitors will result in waste generation.

19.5 Positive impacts


The project will help in increasing public appreciation and awareness of the natural and the cultural environment.

19.5.2 Suggestions

Proper environment management practices during the construction/refurbishment activities will be required to mitigate air pollution.


The socio-economic impact of these projects will be positive as an increase in number of visitors to these places will increase employment opportunities for the locals and women entrepreneurs specially the small time vendors.

19.7 Limitation

• These projects could be undertaken only by the ASI or State Government Cultural Department

• The success would depend upon the effective marketing of these places.

• Highly skilled manpower will be required.

• The success of such a project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place.

• The success of such project will depend on the inflow of tourists to that destination or passing through such destination.

• Detailed assessment of the total cost involved and the agencies restoration and refurbishment work has to be done at a later stage.


20-1 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


20 PUBLIC UTILITIES (Tourism Infrastructure)


Non-availability of public utilities at most of the tourist attraction sites is a common problem faced by tourists all over India. Hence clean and hygienic public utilities are suggested at some of the destinations frequently visited by the tourists in Punjab.


Gurudwara Nanksar at Ludhiana.


Tourists visiting the Gurudwara.



There will be no significant adverse environmental impact because of this project. In fact, the successful operation of this project will help in minimising the adverse environmental impact and help in maintaining the hygienic conditions in and around the area.


No adverse impact is envisaged.


No adverse impact is envisaged.


The project will help in maintaining the cleanliness and hygienic environment.

20.4.3 Suggestions

Proper drainage system, clean and un-interrupted water supply and regular disinfecting will be necessary.


20-2 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Position


No impact.

20.6 Limitation


• The success would also depend upon the hygiene and cleanliness maintained subsequent to construction.



20.8 Manpower

No Unskilled 3 Grand Total 3

20.9 Project Cost

Sr. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 0.20 2 Civil Works 50.25 3 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 2.15 4 Preliminary Expenses 0.20 5 Pre-operatives Expenses 2.61 6 Margin Money on Working Capital 0.27 7 Contingencies 5.57 8 Total Project Cost 61.25 Say 61.00


21-1 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


21 NATURE TOURISM (Tourism Project)


This is a very specific type of nature based tourism, in which small groups of people will be taken for experiencing various aspects of nature, and participate in wildlife viewing, nature trekking, education tours and so on. Special care will be taken to prevent negative impacts on the ecosystem. The important feature will be emphasizing the ecological fragility, carrying capacity and biodiversity conservation of the region, while acting as a liaison between local communities and the tourism industry. The proposed project takes into consideration the participation of local community/village in providing accommodation to visiting tourists.

The proposed nature based tourism projects will be promoted in two modes. The first mode shall focus on the casual visitors to the facilities at the Harike, Kanjali and Ropar wetlands including pilgrims to Gurudwaras, school/college students, organized groups and local villagers. The other mode shall be designed keeping in view the outstation visitors and serious birdwatchers.

The project components would as follows:

Activity Number Restaurant 1 Cycling 10 Aqua Tricycle 5 Kayak 4 Rowing Boat (Patrol Boat) 5 Rowing Boat 5


Nature based tourism projects are proposed at Harike Pattan and Kanjali.


There is growing demand for domestic nature tourism in India. Market demand will be from domestic and foreign tourists, NRIs and the local visitors.




Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial establishments/ activities is likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant if adequate environmental protection measures are adopted.




21-2 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Increased tourist activities will create a stress on available water resources and increase the wastewater generation. Improper disposal of waste will lead to water pollution. Further there are chances of the aquatic life being damaged due to the eutrophication if proper disposal methods for wastewater are not adopted.


Certain portions of the revenue generated from the project can be allocated for overall environmental improvement and water body conservation. The project will help in conserving the surrounding environment, both natural and cultural

21.4.3 Suggestions

Proper environment management and well-designed utility systems will be required to control the overall negative impacts of the project. Adequate safeguarding measures should be undertaken to instigate the undesirable environmental impact on these eco-sensitive sites.


The project would create employment opportunities for the local communities of the destinations if government assists the locals to acquire the equipments. Women can be given the opportunity to own the equipment and run such water sporting activities. This would lead to the empowerment of women and upliftment of the society to a certain extent at that destination. It is envisaged that the tourist visiting these places will stay with the local villages, this increasing the economic status of the people.

21.6 Limitation


• Places where such projects are required were identified based on our field survey and destination prioritisation and inflow of tourists at those destinations.

• The success would also depend upon the marketing of these places aggressively.

• Maintaining the attractiveness of the water bodies in due course would be the key for success of these projects.


• The success of such project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place as well as increase in overnight stay tourist at that destination.



The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12 months


21-3 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


Months Schedule 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Detailed Project Report preparation Project Appraisal and Finance Building and civil works Facilities procurement Project operation

21.8 Manpower

Position No Manager Cum Accountant 1 Cook 1 Waiter 3 Unskilled Labour 5 Grand Total 10

21.9 Assumptions

1 Capacity Per Year in Number Restaurant 9125 Cycling 3650 Aqua Tricycle 21900 Kayak 2 Seater 21900 Rowing Boat - 6 seater 65700 Pedal Boat - 4 seater 43800 2 Occupancy Rate (in %) Restaurant Cycling Water Sports 40 1st Yr 40 30 2nd Yr 50 35 50 40 3rd Yr 60 60 4th Yr 70 50 70 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% Construction Cost 6 Building /Sq. Feet in Rs 450

21.10 Project Cost

S. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 3.30 2 Civil Works 8.30 3 Equipment 7.42 4 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 1.10 5 Preliminary Expenses 0.25 6 Pre-operatives Expenses 1.02 7 Margin on Working Capital 0.62 8 Contingencies 2.20 9 Total Project Cost 24.20


21-4 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002







Rs. in Lakhs Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From Restaurant Capacity Utilisation 40 50 60 70 70 70 70 70 70 70Total Number of Customer 3650 4563 5475 6388 6388 6388 6388 6388 6388 6388Average Bill/Person 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75Total Income From Restaurant 2.74 3.42 4.11 4.79 4.79 4.79 4.79 4.79 4.79 4.79Income From Cycling Capacity Utilisation (In %) 30 35 40 50 50 50 50 50 50 50Total Number of Local Visitors 1095 1278 1460 1825 1825 1825 1825 1825 1825 1825Total Income From Cycling 0.27 0.32 0.37 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.46Income From Aqua Tricycle Capacity Utilisation (In %) 40 50 60 70 70 70 70 70 70 70Total Number of Visitors 8760 10950 13140 15330 15330 15330 15330 15330 15330 15330Total Income From Tricycle 3.07 3.83 4.60 5.37 5.37 5.37 5.37 5.37 5.37 5.37Income From Kayak Capacity Utilisation (In %) 40 50 60 70 70 70 70 70 70 70Total Number of Visitors 8760 10950 13140 15330 15330 15330 15330 15330 15330 15330Total Income From Kayak 2.63 3.29 3.94 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60Income From 6-Seater Rowing Boat Capacity Utilisation (In %) 40 50 60 70 70 70 70 70 70 70Total Number of Visitors 26280 32850 39420 45990 45990 45990 45990 45990 45990 45990Total Income From 6-Seater Rowing Boat 6.57 8.21 9.86 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50Income From Paddle Boat Capacity Utilisation (In %) 40 50 60 70 70 70 70 70 70 70Total Number of Visitors 17520 21900 26280 30660 30660 30660 30660 30660 30660 30660Total Income From Paddle Boat 4.38 5.48 6.57 7.67 7.67 7.67 7.67 7.67 7.67 7.67Total Sales Revenue 19.66 24.55 29.44 34.37 34.37 34.37 34.37 34.37 34.37 34.37


21-5 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs



0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21


19.66 24.55 29.44 34.37 34.37 34.37 34.37 34.37 34.37 34.37


2.43 2.43 2.33 1.93 1.52 1.11 0.71 0.30


0.26 0.33 0.35 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38

Sub Total 2.69 2.76 2.68 2.31 1.90 1.50 1.09 0.69 0.38 0.38 Depreciation 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 Profit Before Tax 6.80 9.10 13.93 19.07 19.48 19.88 20.29 20.70 21.00 21.00 Provision For Tax 1.71 2.78 4.70 6.68 6.93 7.15 7.36 6.38 8.00 7.95 Profit After Tax 5.10 6.32 9.23 12.40 12.55 12.73 12.93 14.32 13.00 13.05 Retained Profit 5.10 6.32 9.23 12.40 12.55 12.73 12.93 14.32 13.00 13.05


6.23 7.46 10.37 13.54 13.69 13.87 14.07 15.46 14.14 14.19


21-6 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


21.15 Cash Flow

Rs. in Lakhs




9.49 11.86 16.61 21.38 21.38 21.38 21.38 21.38 21.38 21.38


16


1.72 0.46 0.18 0.19


23.58

Increase in Current Assets 2.33 0.63 0.23 0.24

Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowing Long Term Loan 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 Interest on LT loan 2.43 2.43 2.33 1.93 1.52 1.11 0.71 0.30 Interest on Bank Borrowings for Working Capital

0.26 0.33 0.35 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38

Taxation 1.71 2.78 4.70 6.68 6.93 7.15 7.36 6.38 8.00 7.95


0.62 6.23 13.53 21.15 31.93 42.92 54.08 65.45 78.20 92.34

Net Surplus/Deficit (A-B) 0.62 5.62 7.29 7.62 10.78 10.99 11.17 11.37 12.75 14.14 14.19


0.62 6.23 13.53 21.15 31.93 42.92 54.08 65.45 78.20 92.34 106.53


21-7 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


21.16 Balance Sheet




Total Assets 24.20 31.01 37.79 44.50 54.38 64.23 74.26 84.49 96.10 109.10 122.14


IRR 20.3% Average Cash Break Even Point 34% DSCR (in 4th Year) 3.34 ROI ( in 4th Year) 91.47%


22-1 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


22 YOGA AND MEDITATION CENTRE (Tourism Project)


Vishweshwaranand Vedic Research Institute is an institution devoted to the ancient science of Bhrigusamhita. This Institute is famous for its outstanding contribution to keep this science alive and disseminate information among the domestic and foreign students.

It is proposed to utilise this unique asset of the state for tourism promotion. Along with a separate wing for providing professional services to the visitors in the field of Bhrigusamhita, a separate centre for meditation and yoga classes is also proposed at VVRI Hoshiarpur.


The proposed project is suggested at VVRI, Hoshiarpur.


Market demand would be for all kinds of domestic & foreign tourist. Domestic tourists and students from various parts of the country and even abroad may visit this establishment.


No significant environmental impacts are envisaged.


No socio-economic impacts of these projects are envisaged except for the creation of employment to some extent.

22.6 Limitation


• The success would depend upon the marketing strategy and efficiency of the people associated with the institute such that the erstwhile tourist inflow is restored.

• The success of such project will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to that information centre.



The project implementation period i.e. from inception to commissioning will take around 12 Months


22-2 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


Months Schedule


Project Appraisal and Finance Acquisition of land Building and civil works Facilities procurement Project operation

22.8 Manpower

Position No Liaison Office 1 Yoga Expert 1 Semi Skilled Yoga Asst. 1 Unskilled 5 Grand Total 8

22.9 Assumptions

1 Capacity (In Numbers) Yoga Center 1440 Aurvedic Center 9900 2 Occupancy Rate Ayurvedic Center Yoga Center 1st Yr 60 60 2nd Yr 70 65 3rd Yr 80 70 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost Building /Sq. Feet in Rs 450

22.10 Project Cost

Rs. in Lakhs S. No Particulars 1 Land & Site Development 2.30 2 Civil Works 3.31 3 Equipment 0.09 4 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 1.10 5 Preliminary Expenses 2.00 6 Pre-operatives Expenses 0.66 7 Margin Money on Working Capital 0.97 8 Contingencies 1.04 9 Total Project Cost 11.47 Say 11.50


22-3 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs

Equity 33% 3.79 Debt 67% 7.69

Total 100% 11.47


Rs. in Lakhs

S. No Description No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr 1 Raw Material 1 25% 0.41 0.48 0.55 0.55 2 Other expenses 2 30% 2.34 2.61 2.76 2.76 3 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 0.83 0.97 1.11 1.11

Total 3.59 4.06 4.42 4.42


Rs. in Lakhs

Description Yr-1 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Income From Ayurvedic Center Capacity Utilisation

60 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

Total Number of Patient

864 1008 1152 1152 1152 1152 1152 1152 1152 1152

Total Income From Ayurvedic Center

5.18 6.05 6.91 6.91 6.91 6.91 6.91 6.91 6.91 6.91

Income From Yoga Center Capacity Utilisation (In %)

60 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

Total Number of Visitors

5940 6930 7920 7920 7920 7920 7920 7920 7920 7920

Total Income From Ayurvedic Center

14.85 17.33 19.80 19.80 19.80 19.80 19.80 19.80 19.80 19.80

Total Sales Revenue

20.03 23.37 26.71 26.71 26.71 26.71 26.71 26.71 26.71 26.71


22-4 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs



0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21 0.21



20.03 23.37 26.71 26.71 26.71 26.71 26.71 26.71 26.71 26.71


1.15 1.15 1.11 0.91 0.72 0.53 0.34 0.14


0.39 0.44 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49

Sub Total 1.55 1.60 1.59 1.40 1.21 1.01 0.82 0.63 0.49 0.49

Depreciation 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30


Profit After Tax 2.85 3.88 5.41 5.50 5.60 5.70 5.81 6.67 5.81 5.85

Retained Profit 2.85 3.88 5.41 5.50 5.60 5.70 5.81 6.67 5.81 5.85


3.15 4.19 5.71 5.80 5.90 6.00 6.11 6.98 6.11 6.15


22-5 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


22.15 Cash Flow




5.66 7.42 9.85 9.85 9.85 9.85 9.85 9.85 9.85 9.85


8


2.62 0.35 0.27


10.50


3.59 0.47 0.36


0.39 0.44 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49 0.49


0.97 3.15 7.21 11.56 16.08 20.70 25.42 30.25 35.95 42.06


0.97 2.18 4.06 4.34 4.52 4.62 4.72 4.83 5.70 6.11 6.15


0.97 3.15 7.21 11.56 16.08 20.70 25.42 30.25 35.95 42.06 48.21


22-6 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


22.16 Balance Sheet




Total Assets 11.47 16.94 21.17 25.57 29.79 34.10 38.52 43.05 48.44 54.25 60.10


IRR 22.6% Average Cash Break Even Point 45% DSCR (in 4th Year) 3.06 ROI (in 4th Year) 84.26


23-1 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


23 DEER PARK (Tourism Project)


This is a very specific type of nature based tourism, in which deers will be kept for entertainment.


Deer park is proposed at Vaishnav Monastery, Village Pandori, Gurdaspur.


The project would attract mainly the locals and a small segment of domestic tourists.




Increased vehicular flow, use of Diesel Generators and other commercial activities is likely to cause rise in gaseous emissions and ambient noise level. However, the impact will not be very significant if adequate environmental protection measures are adopted.


Inadequate facilities and improper disposal of waste (littered by tourist) will lead to water & land pollution and degrade the aesthetics of the area.


No significant impact on water environment except some increase in overall water demand.

(iv) Impact on wildlife

Susceptibility of the deer imported from some other places for this project to the new environment will be a major environmental issue.


23-2 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



The socio-economic impact of these projects could be considered as good to a reasonable extent. This would create employment opportunities for the local communities.

23.6 Limitation


• The success would largely depend upon the marketing of the project.

• The success of such project will depend on development of basic infrastructure at the place as well as increase in tourist inflow at the destination.


23.7 Manpower

Position No Doctor 1 Choukidar/security 3 Care Taker 5 Grand Total 9

23.8 Project Cost

S. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 0.60 2 Civil Works 0.56 3 Equipment 2.88 4 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 2.15 5 Preliminary Expenses 0.20 6 Pre-operatives Expenses 0.40 7 Margin Money on Working Capital 0.40 8 Contingencies 0.72 9 Total Project Cost 7.91


24-1 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


There are no casinos in India. Most of the domestic tourists have to go to the neighbouring countries to avail the enjoyment of a casino. Though the law of the land doesn't permit opening and running of a casino, it was felt during the survey that there is ample demand for a casino in the state. Keeping in view the various steps being taken by the government for tourism promotion and shifts in policy to keep a pace with the changing environment, the team suggested a casino project in the state on a long-term basis.


24 CASINO (Tourism Project)


Besides the casino, the project will comprise of a restaurant, bar and other recreational activities.


The project is suggested at Patiala.

Market demand would be for attract locals, high end domestic tourists and foreign tourists.


24.4.1 Negative Impacts: Restaurants and Cafeterias



• Pollution






24-2 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


24.4.2 Suggestions


24.5 Limitation


• Present government policy which doesn't allow casino is the foremost limitation of such project.

• The success would depend upon the marketing and quality of services provided by the establishment.


• The success of such project will depend on the exact inflow of tourists to that destination or passing through such destination.

• Assessment of the exact project cost has to be done at later stage.


25-1 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



25 PALACE ON WHEELS (Tourism Infrastructure)


"Patiala Palace on Wheels" is a project suggested on the lines of the train which runs between Delhi and Rajasthan. The train will start from Delhi connect Bathinda via Patiala, go to Amritsar and come back Delhi back in 5-6 days.

The proposed train will have total 21 coaches out of which, 2 will have Gen. set, 2 will have Restaurant and remaining 17 coaches will have 5 star hotel. Further is having all facilities like attached bathroom (hot/cold water), TV, Sofa, A/c etc. Each coach can accommodate 8 passengers.


Delhi - Patiala - Bathinda - Amritsar - Delhi


High-end domestic tourists and foreign tourist.

25.4 Limitation


• The success would depend upon the marketing and quality of services provided.


• Detail Technical viability of the project has to be assessed.



Months Schedule

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24



Acquisition of land Land Development Building and civil works Facilities procurement Project operation


25-2 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


No

25.6 Manpower

Position Restaurant Manager 1 Chief Cook 1 TTC 2 Waiter 20 Technician 5 Security 19 Safaiwala /Unskilled Labour 10 Grand Total 58

25.7 Assumptions

1 Capacity per Year in Numbers Tourist 49640 2 Occupancy Rate in % 1st Yr 35 2nd Yr 40 3rd Yr 45 4th Yr 50 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% Construction Cost

25.8 Project Cost

Sr. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 0.40 2 Civil Works 2.05 3 Equipment including Coaches 1361.03 4 Know - how & Detailed Engg. 50.00 5 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 137.85 6 Preliminary Expenses 2.00 7 Pre-operatives Expenses 49.54 8 Margin Money on Working Capital 258.22 9 Contingencies 186.11



25-3 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002





Rs. in Lakhs S. No Description No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr 1 Raw Material 1 25% 135.73 155.13 174.52 193.91 2 Other expenses 2 30% 657.14 768.39 857.59 946.79 3 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 135.73 155.13 174.52 193.91 Total 928.61 1078.64 1206.62 1334.60


Rs. in Lakhs

Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Capacity Utilisation

35 40 45 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Total Tourist 17374 19856 22338 24820 24820 24820 24820 24820 24820 24820

Total Sales Revenue

3257.63 3723.00 4188.38 4653.75 4653.75 4653.75 4653.75 4653.75 4653.75 4653.75


25-4 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs


Operating Cost

1777.85 2142.88 2375.57 2608.25 2608.25 2608.25 2608.25 2608.25 2608.25 2608.25

Administrative Overheads

13.13 13.13 13.13 13.13 13.13 13.13 13.13 13.13 13.13 13.13

Salaries 34.40 34.40 34.40 34.40 34.40 34.40 34.40 34.40 34.40 34.40 Sub Total 1825.38 2190.40 2423.09 2655.78 2655.78 2655.78 2655.78 2655.78 2655.78 2655.78 Sales Expenses

488.64 558.45 628.26 698.06 698.06 698.06 698.06 698.06 698.06 698.06


3257.63 3723.00 4188.38 4653.75 4653.75 4653.75 4653.75 4653.75 4653.75 4653.75


205.74 205.74 197.17 162.88 128.59 94.30 60.01 25.72


100.56 116.75 130.62 144.50 144.50 144.50 144.50 144.50 144.50 144.50

Sub Total 306.30 322.49 327.79 307.38 273.09 238.79 204.50 170.21 144.50 144.50

Depreciation 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98

Profit Before Tax

472.33 486.68 644.26 827.56 861.85 896.14 930.43 964.72 990.44 990.44

Provision For Tax

67.06 113.70 200.73 288.98 318.13 342.90 364.43 402.97 392.82 397.90

Profit After Tax

405.26 372.97 443.52 538.58 543.72 553.24 566.00 561.75 597.62 592.53

Retained Profit

405.26 372.97 443.52 538.58 543.72 553.24 566.00 561.75 597.62 592.53


570.24 537.95 608.50 703.55 708.70 718.21 730.97 726.73 762.59 757.51


25-5 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


25.13 Cash Flow

Rs. in Lakhs

Description Const.

Period


A. Sources of Funds

Increase in Equity 676

Profit Before Tax

with Interest

Added Back

778.63 809.17 972.05 1134.93 1134.93 1134.93 1134.93 1134.93 1134.93 1134.93

Depreciation 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98

Increase in Long

Term Loan

1372

Increase in Bank

Borrowings

670.39 107.93 92.49 92.49

Total (A) 2047 1613.99 1082.08 1229.52 1392.40 1299.91 1299.91 1299.91 1299.91 1299.91 1299.91

B. Disposition of Funds

Capital

Expenditure for

the Project/

Expansion

1788.98

Increase in

Current Assets

928.61 150.03 127.98 127.98

Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings

Long Term Loan 228.60 228.60 228.60 228.60 228.60 228.60

Interest in Term Loans (R/C)

Interest on LT

loan

205.74 205.74 197.17 162.88 128.59 94.30 60.01 25.72

Interest on Bank

Borrowings for

Working Capital

100.56 116.75 130.62 144.50 144.50 144.50 144.50 144.50 144.50 144.50

Taxation 67.06 113.70 200.73 288.98 318.13 342.90 364.43 402.97 392.82 397.90

Total (B) 1788.98 1301.97 586.23 885.11 952.94 819.82 810.30 797.54 801.78 537.32 542.40

Opening

Balance of Cash

in Hand & in

Bank

258.22 570.24 1066.09 1410.50 1849.97 2330.06 2819.67 3322.04 3820.17 4582.76

Net Surplus /

Deficit (A-B)

258.22 312.02 495.85 344.41 439.47 480.09 489.61 502.37 498.13 762.59 757.51


258.22 570.24 1066.09 1410.50 1849.97 2330.06 2819.67 3322.04 3820.17 4582.76 5340.28


25-6 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


25.14 Balance Sheet


Const.

Period


Liabilities :

Equity 675.58 675.58 675.58 675.58 675.58 675.58 675.58 675.58 675.58 675.58 675.58

Reserves &

Surplus

405.26 778.24 1221.76 1760.34 2304.06 2857.29 3423.29 3985.04 4582.66 5175.19

Term Loan

Long Term Loan 1371.62 1371.62 1371.62 1143.02 914.42 685.81 457.21 228.60

Working Capital

Loan

670.39 778.32 870.81 963.30 963.30 963.30 963.30 963.30 963.30 963.30

Total Liabilities 2047.20 3122.85 3603.75 3911.17 4313.63 4628.75 4953.38 5290.77 5623.92 6221.54 6814.07

Assets:

Gross Fixed

Assets

1788.98 1788.98 1624.00 1459.02 1294.04 1129.07 964.09 799.11 634.13 469.15 304.18

Less:

Depreciation

164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98 164.98

Net Fixed Assets 1788.98 1624.00 1459.02 1294.04 1129.07 964.09 799.11 634.13 469.15 304.18 139.20

Current Assets 928.61 1078.64 1206.62 1334.60 1334.60 1334.60 1334.60 1334.60 1334.60 1334.60

Cash & Bank

Balance

258.22 570.24 1066.09 1410.50 1849.97 2330.06 2819.67 3322.04 3820.17 4582.76 5340.28

Total Assets 2047.20 3122.85 3603.75 3911.17 4313.63 4628.75 4953.38 5290.77 5623.92 6221.54 6814.07




26-1 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


26 HERITAGE TRAIN (Tourism Project)


A heritage train is suggested for Jaijon Doaba village in Hoshiarpur. The train will run between Jalandhar and Jaijon village. The train will have 4 AC Coaches with 5 star facility.

26.2 Proposed Route

• Jalandhar - Jaijon Doaba - Jalandhar


High-end domestic tourists and foreign tourist.


26.5 Limitation


• The success would depend upon the marketing and quality of services provided.


• Detail Technical Viability of the Project has to be assessed.




Months Schedule

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Detailed Project Report preparation Project Appraisal and Finance Acquisition of land Land Development Building and civil works Facilities procurement Project operation


26-2 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


26.7 Manpower

Position Nos. Manager 1 Chief Cook 1 TTC 1 Waiter 10 Technician 2 Security 4 Safaiwala /Unskilled Labour 10 Grand Total 29

26.8 Assumptions

1 Capacity Per Year in Number Total Tourist in Numbers 11680 2 Occupancy Rate in % 1st Yr 60 2nd Yr 70 3rd Yr 80 4th Yr 90 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2%

4 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 5 Interest 15% On Long Term Loan On Working Capital 15% 6 Construction Cost 750 Building construction cost per square feet in Rs

26.9 Project Cost

S. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 0.40 2 Civil Works 2.75 3 Equipment including Fishes & Orchids 202.00 4 Know - how & Detailed Engg. 50.00 5 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 26.15 6 Pre-operatives Expenses 6.37 7 Margin Money on Working Capital 21.70 8 Contingencies 30.94 9 Total Project Cost 340.31


Rs. in Lakhs Equity 33% 125.91 Debt 67% 228.01 Total 353.92 100%


26-3 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs S.No Description No of month MM 2nd Yr 3rd Yr 4th Yr 1st Yr 1 Raw Material 1 10.22 25% 8.76 11.68 13.14 2 Other expenses 2 66.45 30% 55.30 73.75 81.05 3 Outstanding Debtors 14.60 17.03 0.5 20% 19.47 21.90 Total 78.66 93.71 104.90 116.09


Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-9 Yr-10

Income From Train Capacity Utilisation 60 70 80 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 Total visitors 7008 8176 9344 10512 10512 10512 10512 10512 10512 10512



Year Particulars


8.13 8.13 8.13 8.13 8.13 8.13 8.13 8.13 8.13 8.13



350.40 408.80 467.20 525.60 525.60 525.60 525.60 525.60 525.60 525.60


34.20 34.20 32.78 27.08 21.38 15.68 9.98 4.28


8.54 10.17 11.39 12.62 12.62 12.62 12.62 12.62 12.62 12.62

Sub Total 42.75 44.37 44.17 39.69 33.99 28.29 22.59 16.89 12.62 12.62

Depreciation 25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23


Profit After Tax 55.72 49.78 65.87 85.91 87.00 88.75 90.99 91.01 96.25 95.49

Retained Profit 55.72 49.78 65.87 85.91 87.00 88.75 90.99 91.01 96.25 95.49


80.95 75.01 91.09 111.14 112.23 113.98 116.22 116.24 121.47 120.72


26-4 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


26.14 Cash Flow




98.46 107.49 139.61 171.73 171.73 171.73 171.73 171.73 171.73 171.73


228


56.96 10.85 8.15 8.15


318.61


78.66 15.04 11.19 11.19


8.54 10.17 11.39 12.62 12.62 12.62 12.62 12.62 12.62 12.62

Taxation 13.34 29.58 46.13 50.74 54.69 58.15 63.83 62.87 63.62


35.31 94.56 165.37 215.42 285.52 359.75 435.72 513.94 592.18 713.65


35.31 59.24 70.81 50.05 70.10 74.22 75.97 78.22 78.24 121.47 120.72


35.31 94.56 165.37 215.42 285.52 359.75 435.72 513.94 592.18 713.65 834.37


26-5 of 5 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


26.15 Balance Sheet




55.72 105.50 171.37 257.28 344.28 433.02 524.02 615.02 711.27 806.76


56.96 67.81 75.96 84.11 84.11 84.11 84.11 84.11 84.11 84.11


318.61 318.61 293.38 268.15 242.92 217.69 192.47 167.24 142.01 116.78 91.55

Less: Depreciation

25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23 25.23

Net Fixed Assets 318.61 293.38 268.15 242.92 217.69 192.47 167.24 142.01 116.78 91.55 66.32 Current Assets 78.66 93.71 104.90 116.09 116.09 116.09 116.09 116.09 116.09 116.09 Cash & Bank Balance

35.31 94.56 165.37 215.42 285.52 359.75 435.72 513.94 592.18 713.65 834.37

Total Assets 353.92 466.60 527.23 563.25 619.31 668.31 719.05 772.04 825.05 921.30 1016.79




27-1 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



27 GOLF RESORT (Tourism Project)


Golf course provides entertainment facility to the high-end tourists.


The project is suggested at Anandpur Sahib.


Market demand would be for rich locals, high end domestic tourists and a very small segment of foreign tourists.



• Land use transformation:

• Pollution


Impact on air environment will be almost negligible. Increases vehicular movements can be a source for gaseous emissions but the overall impact will not be significant.

27.5 Suggestions



The socio-economic impact of these projects would not be very significant.

27.7 Limitation



27-2 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002









Months Schedule 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24



Acquisition of land Land Development Building and civil works Facilities procurement Project operation

27.9 Manpower

Position Nos. Manager 1 Receptionist cum Clark cum Accountant 1 Cook 1 Steward 2 Caretaker 1 Asst. Cook 1 Golf Equipment Operator 3 Restra Boy 4 Unskilled 10 Gen Operator cum Gardner 1 Chawkidar 2 Swimming Pool Incharge 1 Grand Total 28


27-3 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


27.10 Assumptions

1 Capacity per Year in Numbers Golf 36500 Total Bed Night (Double Room) 730 Total Bed Night (Single Room) 730 Capacity of Restaurant 18250 2 Occupancy Rate in % Room Restaurant Golf 1st Yr 50 60 40 2nd Yr 50 70 50 3rd Yr 100 80 60 4th Yr 100 50 30 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge 2% 5 Debt Equity Equity 1 Debt 2 6 Interest On Long Term Loan 15% On Working Capital 15% Construction Cost

27.11 Project Cost

S. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 200.00 2 Civil Works 38.88 3 Equipment 493.12 4 Know - how & Detailed Engg. 75.00 5 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 11.50 6 Pre-operatives Expenses 19.42 7 Margin Money on Working Capital 4.60 8 Contingencies 84.25 9 Total Project Cost 926.76






27-4 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From Room Tariff From Double Rooms Occupancy Rate (In %) 100 100 100 100 50 50 100 100 100 100 Total Number of Room Night

365 365 730 730 730 730 730 730 730 730

Income From Double 7.30 7.30 14.60 14.60 14.60 14.60 14.60 14.60 14.60 14.60 From Single Room Occupancy Rate (In %) 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Total Number of Room Night

365 365 730 730 730 730 730 730 730 730

Income From Room 5.48 5.48 10.95 10.95 10.95 10.95 10.95 10.95 10.95 10.95 Total Income From Room Tariff

12.78 12.78 25.55 25.55 25.55 25.55 25.55 25.55 25.55 25.55

Income From Restaurant From Room Service From Double Room 1.10 1.10 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 2.19 From Single Room 0.73 0.73 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46 1.46 Income From Single Room

1.83 1.83 3.65 3.65 3.65 3.65 3.65 3.65 3.65 3.65

From Local Visitor Capacity (In %) 50 60 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Total Number of Visitor 9125 10950 12775 14600 14600 14600 14600 14600 14600 14600 Income From Local Visitor

9.13 10.95 12.78 14.60 14.60 14.60 14.60 14.60 14.60 14.60

Total Income From Restaurant

10.95 12.78 16.43 18.25 18.25 18.25 18.25 18.25 18.25 18.25

Total Income From Golf Capacity (In %) 30 40 50 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Total Number of Golfer

10950 14600 18250 21900 21900 21900 21900 21900 21900 21900

Total Income From Golf

273.75 365.00 456.25 547.50 547.50 547.50 547.50 547.50 547.50 547.50


297.48 390.55 498.23 591.30 591.30 591.30 591.30 591.30 591.30 591.30


27-5 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002





0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28



297.48 390.55 498.23 591.30 591.30 591.30 591.30 591.30 591.30 591.30


93.14 93.14 89.26 73.74 58.21 42.69 27.17 11.64


2.24 2.95 3.64 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21

Sub Total 95.38 96.09 92.89 77.94 62.42 46.90 31.37 15.85 4.21 4.21

Depreciation 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84


Profit After Tax 104.17 138.85 194.82 252.77 256.86 262.48 269.21 275.93 282.69 281.30

Retained Profit 104.17 138.85 194.82 252.77 256.86 262.48 269.21 275.93 282.69 281.30


162.00 196.69 252.65 310.61 314.70 320.31 327.05 333.77 340.53 339.14


27-6 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


27.16 Cash Flow

Description Const.

Period


A. Sources of Funds

Increase in Equity 305.83

Profit Before Tax

with Interest Added

Back

199.55 278.93 379.40 466.90 466.90 466.90 466.90 466.90 466.90 466.90

Depreciation 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84

Increase in Long

Term Loan

620.93

Increase in Bank

Borrowings

14.94 4.76 4.54 3.81

Total (A) 926.76 272.32 341.52 441.78 528.55 524.74 524.74 524.74 524.74 524.74 524.74

B. Disposition of Funds

Capital Expenditure

for the

Project/Expansion

922.17

Increase in Current

Assets

19.53 6.24 5.84 4.88

Decrease in Secured Medium & Long Term Borrowings

Long Term Loan 103.49 103.49 103.49 103.49 103.49 103.49

Interest in Term

Loans (R/C)

Interest on LT loan 93.14 93.14 89.26 73.74 58.21 42.69 27.17 11.64

Interest on Bank

Borrowings for

Working Capital

2.24 2.95 3.64 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21

Taxation 43.99 91.68 136.19 147.62 157.53 166.32 175.12 180.01 181.40

Total (B) 922.17 114.91 146.32 293.91 322.51 313.53 307.92 301.18 294.46 184.21 185.61

Opening Balance of

Cash in Hand & in

Bank

4.60 162.00 357.21 505.08 711.13 922.34 1139.17 1362.73 1593.01 1933.53

Net Surplus /

Deficit (A-B)

4.60 157.41 195.21 147.87 206.04 211.21 216.82 223.56 230.28 340.53 339.14


4.60 162.00 357.21 505.08 711.13 922.34 1139.17 1362.73 1593.01 1933.53 2272.67


27-7 of 7 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


27.17 Balance Sheet


Const.

Period


Liabilities :

Equity 305.83 305.83 305.83 305.83 305.83 305.83 305.83 305.83 305.83 305.83 305.83

Reserves &

Surplus

104.17 243.02 437.83 690.60 947.47 1209.94 1479.15 1755.08 2037.77 2319.07

Term Loan

Long Term

Loan

620.93 620.93 620.93 517.44 413.95 310.47 206.98 103.49

Working

Capital Loan

14.94 19.69 24.24 28.05 28.05 28.05 28.05 28.05 28.05 28.05

Total

Liabilities

926.76 1045.87 1189.47 1285.34 1438.43 1591.81 1750.80 1916.52 2088.96 2371.65 2652.95

Assets:

Gross Fixed

Assets

922.17 922.17 864.33 806.49 748.65 690.82 632.98 575.14 517.30 459.46 401.63

Less:

Depreciation

57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84 57.84

Net Fixed

Assets

922.17 864.33 806.49 748.65 690.82 632.98 575.14 517.30 459.46 401.63 343.79

Current Assets 19.53 25.77 31.61 36.49 36.49 36.49 36.49 36.49 36.49 36.49

Cash & Bank

Balance

4.60 162.00 357.21 505.08 711.13 922.34 1139.17 1362.73 1593.01 1933.53 2272.67

Total Assets 926.76 1045.87 1189.47 1285.34 1438.43 1591.81 1750.80 1916.52 2088.96 2371.65 2652.95




28-1 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


28 RACE COURSE (Tourism Project)


Race course provides entertainment facility to the high-end tourists.


The project is suggested at Patiala.


Market demand would be for rich locals, high end domestic tourists and a very small segment of foreign tourists.




• Land use transformation:

• Pollution:

(i) Air pollution and noise:

Impact on air environment will be almost negligible. Increases vehicular movements can be a source for gaseous emissions but the overall impact will not be significant.

28.4.2 Suggestions



The socio-economic impact of these projects would not be very significant.


28-2 of 2 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


28.6 Limitation




• The actual cost needs to be worked out at a later date based on the configuration.


29-1 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


29 SADA PIND (Tourism Project)


This concept will be an approach to develop the community-based tourism that directly benefits the villagers. It will help in developing cultural understanding among the tourists. It will also offer them the opportunity to experience the rural way of life. The project has been conceptualized as a model to develop further villages on similar pattern. The lodgings designed in the traditional style and built of local materials, provision of special meals offering local food products and traditional cuisine, local folk dance and music can become a part of the product. This will be a form of tourism in which local people will be closely involved. They will show tourists aspects of the area in which they live and of their daily life. Visitors will leave the area feeling they have made new friends and with information on the many positive developments going on in rural Punjab.

The projects based on the above philosophy include:

• Village Tour centre at Patiala district

• Classical/folk dance & music and Food Festivals.


The project is suggested at Chhatbir Village in Patiala District.


The target group is domestic and foreign tourists both.


(i) Negative Impacts

As such no major adverse is anticipated due to this project as only local resources are proposed to be utilised for developing this project.

(ii) Positive Impacts

The project will help in creating general environmental awareness.


Significant socio-economic impacts are envisaged as the local artists, women groups and people associated with handicrafts will get more opportunities for their livelihood.


29-2 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


29.6 Limitation


• Place for this project is identified based on our field survey and destination prioritisation and inflow of tourists at this destination.

• The success of such project will depend on proper marketing and originality of the product.




Month Schedule

1 2 3 4 5 6 Detailed Project Report preparation Project Appraisal and Finance Building and civil works Facilities procurement Project operation

29.8 Manpower

Position No Manager Cum Accountant 1 Guide 1 Choukidar/security 4 Unskilled 10 Grand Total 16

29.9 Assumptions

1 Capacity per Year in Numbers Total Room Night(Log Hut) 3650 2 Occupancy Rate in % 1st Yr 55 2nd Yr 65 3rd Yr 75 4th Yr 80 3 Rate of Income Tax 35% +Surcharge2% 4 Debt Equity Equity Debt 5 Interest On Long Term Loan 0.150 On Working Capital 0.150 6 Construction Cost Building/log-hut/Sq. Feet in Rs 75 Utility/Sq. Feet in Rs 500 Office/Sq. Feet in Rs 500


29-3 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


29.10 Project Cost

S. No Particulars Rs. in Lakhs 1 Land & Site Development 2.60 2 Civil Works 1.00 3 Equipment 0.87 4 Miscellaneous Fixed Assets 0.95 5 Preliminary Expenses 0.20 6 Pre-operatives Expenses 0.39 7 Margin Money on Working Capital 0.54 8 Contingencies 0.66 9 Total Project Cost 7.21




Rs. in Lakhs S.No Description No of month MM 1st Yr 2nd Yr 4th Yr 3rd Yr 1 Raw Material 1 25% 0.17 0.20 0.23 0.24 2 Other expenses 30% 1.37 1.51 1.58 1.61 2 3 Outstanding Debtors 0.5 20% 0.42 0.57 0.49 0.61 Total 1.96 2.20 2.38 2.46


Rs. in Lakhs

Description Yr-1 Yr-2 Yr-3 Yr-4 Yr-5 Yr-6 Yr-7 Yr-8 Yr-9 Yr-10 Income From Log Hut Capacity Utilisation 55 65 75 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 Total Log Hut Night 2738 2920 2920 2920 2920 2920 2008 2373 2920 2920



29-4 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002



Rs. in Lakhs

Year Particulars Yr -1 Yr-2 Yr -3 Yr -4 Yr-5 Yr-10 Yr -6 Yr -7 Yr-8 Yr -9


0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20



10.04 11.86 13.69 14.60 14.60 14.60 14.60 14.60 14.60 14.60

Gross Profit 1.80 2.80 4.22 4.93 4.93 4.93 4.93 4.93 4.93 4.93 Financial Expenses Interest On Term Loan 0.72 0.72 0.69 0.57 0.45 0.33 0.21 0.09


0.21 0.24 0.26 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27

Sub Total 0.94 0.96 0.95 0.84 0.72 0.60 0.48 0.36 0.27 0.27

Depreciation 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27


Profit After Tax 0.55 1.11 1.98 2.47 2.52 2.58 2.64 2.87 2.72 2.72

Retained Profit 0.55 1.11 1.98 2.47 2.52 2.58 2.64 2.87 2.72 2.72


0.82 1.39 2.26 2.75 2.80 2.85 2.92 3.14 2.99 3.00


29-5 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


29.15 Cash Flow

Rs. in Lakhs




1.52 2.53 3.95 4.65 4.65 4.65 4.65 4.65 4.65 4.65


5


1.42 0.18 0.13 0.07


6.67


1.96 0.24 0.17 0.09


0.21 0.24 0.26 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27


0.54 0.82 2.14 3.55 5.47 7.46 9.51 11.62 13.96 16.95


0.54 0.28 1.32 1.41 1.92 1.99 2.05 2.11 2.33 2.99 3.00


0.54 0.82 2.14 3.55 5.47 7.46 9.51 11.62 13.96 16.95 19.95


29-6 of 6 1450/Punjab/A/30 July 2002


29.16 Balance Sheet

Rs. in Lakhs




Total Assets 7.21 9.18 10.47 11.78 13.51 15.23 17.01 18.85 20.91 23.63 26.35




APPENDIX 2.1: ADMINISTRATIVE SET UP OF PUNJAB Description Number Division 4 Districts 17 Tehsils/Sub divisions 72 Sub Tehsil 55 Zila Parishad 17 Blocks 138 Towns 115 Cities 10 Villages 12413 Source : Statistical Abstract of Punjab – 2000

1 of 1 1441/Karnataka/A/February 2003


APPENDIX 2.2: PUNJAB – BASIC FACTS ABOUT PUNJAB 1 Capital Chandigarh 2 Area 50,362 Sq. Kilometres 3 Area % of the Country 1.53 % 4 Districts 17 5 Tehsils/Subdivisions 71 6 Population (2001) Males – 12,963,362

Females – 11,325,934 Total – 24,289,296

7 Total Population % of the Country 2.37 8 Sex Ratio 874 Females per 1000 males 9 Population Density 482 Persons per Sq. KM

10 Literacy Rate Males – 75.63% Females– 63.55% Overall – 69.95%

11 Net Domestic Product (1999-2000) Rs. 54,960 Crores 12 Share of Hospitality

Industry (Hotels and Restaurants) 9.96%

13 Per Capita Income (1999 – 2000) Rs. 23040 14 Main Languages Hindi & Punjabi 15 Airports Domestic – 2 (Chandigarh & Ludhiana)

International – 1 (Amritsar) 16 Area under cultivation 84% 17 Railway Network 3726 Kms 18 Roads Network 45263 Kms - NH – 1729 Kms, SH & others – 43534 19 Power Generation (May 2001)

Hydle – 2855 MW Thermal – 2800 MW Nuclear – 90 MW Total – 5745 MW

20 Number of Bank Branches (31.03.2000)

2574

21 Number of Post Offices 3941 22 Number of Police Stations 356

Sources: - Census of India – 2001 (Provisional Population Total Series) , Economic Survey, Internet Services, Government of Punjab Reports and Statistical Abstract of Punjab



APPENDIX 2.3: PUNJAB – DISTRICT-WISE POPULATION AREA AND LITERACY RATE

Sr. No. Name of District Population (2001) Area (Sq. Km) Literacy Rate (%) 1 Gurdaspur 2,096,889 3570 74.19 2 Amritsar 3,074,207 5075 67.85 3 Kapurthala 752,287 1646 73.56 4 Jalandhar 1,953,508 2658 77.91 5 Hoshiarpur 1,478,045 3310 81.4 6 Nawanshahr 586,637 1258 76.86 7 Rupnagar (Ropar) 1,110,000 2117 78.49 8 Fatehgarh Sahib 539,751 1180 74.1 9 Ludhiana 3,030,352 3744 76.54 10 Moga 886,313 1672 63.94 11 Firozpur 1,744,753 5865 61.42 12 Muktsar (Khidrana) 776,702 2596 58.67 13 Faridkot 552,466 1472 63.34 14 Bathinda 1,181,236 3377 61.51 15 Mansa 688,630 2174 52.5 16 Sangrur 1,998,464 5021 60.04 17 Patiala 1,839,056 3627 69.96 TOTAL 24,289,296 50362 69.95 Source : Census of India, 2001 (Provisional Population Totals Series)



APPENDIX 2.4: d



APPENDIX 2.5: TOTAL NUMBER OF REGISTERED VEHICLES IN PUNJAB

Type of vehicle Numbers Two Wheelers 1320,010

Three Wheelers 26,643 Cars 93.278 Jeeps 16,955 Taxis 5,124 Buses 14,438 Trucks 64,140

Tractors 371,720 Trailers 309 Others 2,442 Total 1915,059

Source: Statistical Abstract of Punjab – 2000



APPENDIX 2.6: REST HOUSES OF IRRIGATION DEPARTMENT IN PUNJAB

Sr. No. Name of Circle District / Location Location of Rest House 1 Ferozpur Canal Circle. Ferozpur Jandwala, Diwan Khera,

Rajwanwali, Waryam Khera, Churiwalw, Danewala, Sherewala, Khuban, Kamalwala, Ghubaya, Islanwala.

Muktsar Rasoclpur, Kandukhar, Malout (Ghaga), Semmewali.

2 1.B. Circle, Patiala. Sangrur Ladbanjara, Sangatpur, Kotra, Herokalan, Laggar, Pandner.

Mansa Phalera, Uoha, Malkon, Nanaran, Khara, Bajewala, Jhahlawalw, Sada Singh Wala, Bheni Bagha, Jourkian.

Bathinda Jansi Bagh Wali, Beham Jassa singh, Golewala.

3 Water Cell, Chandigarh. Kapurthala Nathu Chahal 4 B.M.L.Circle, Patiala. Patiala Karhali, Maru,

Old Devigarh. Sangrur Humjheri 5 Upperbari Doab Circle,

Amritsar. Amritsar Musa, Lalu Chuman,

Kasel, Pohwind, Lopoke, Dhing Nangal, Pakhoke.

6 Sirhind Canal Circle, Ludhiana. Bathinda Dialpura Mirza, Gulabgarh, Phulomithi, Mehoan Sarai Mohalan.

Sangrur Jodhpur, Mour Darake, Doraz.

Faridkot Kasam Bhatti, Barra, Dhiman Wali.

Moga Ghholia Khuri, Chuhar Chak.

Ferozpur Fidda, Joge-Wala Ludhiana Chakkar Source : Government of Punjab – Irrigation Department



APPENDIX 2.7: DETAILS OF ON GOING RAILWAY PROJECTS: 2002-03

Figures are as per Pink Book 2002-03 Latest Anticipated

Cost Plan Head

Rly Name of Project Kms State

Amount (Rs. in Crore)

DL NR Jalandhar – Pathankot – Jammu Tawi 203 PUN., J&K, HP

374.00

NL NR Nagal Dam – Talwara & Taking over siding of Mukerian Talwara

113 HP, PUN

210

NL NR Abohar – Fazilka 25 PUN 72.00

NL NR Beas to Dera Baba Jaimal Singh 5 PUN 4.07

NL NR Chandigarh – Ludhiana 95 PUN 248.00

NL NR Kalka – Parvanoo 7 PUN 36.99

NL NR Taran Taran – Goindwal 21 PUN 37.15

RE NR Delhi – Ambala Cantt – Ludhiana 503 HAR, DLI, PUN

296.41

RE NR Ludhiana – Amristar 136 PUN 98.19

DL – Doubling

NL – New Line

GC – Gauge Conversion

RE – Railway Electrification


Study Report on Preparation of 20 Years Perspective Plan for Dalal Mott MacDonald Development of Sustainable Tourism in Joint Director General (MR), Department of Tourism Punjab Appendix 4.1

APPENDIX 4.1 DESTINATION PRIORITIZATION Destination

Patiala Fatehgarh Sahib Rupnagar Amritsar Gurdaspur Kapurthala Ludhiana Hoshiarpur Jalandhar Bathinda Muktsar Faridkot Anandpur Sahib

Sr.No. Parameter

Wei

ghta

ge (%

)

Rat

ing

Scor

e

Rat

ing

Scor

e

Rat

ing

Scor

e

Rat

ing

Scor

e

Rat

ing

Scor

e

Rat

ing

Scor

e

Rat

ing

Scor

e

Rat

ing

Scor

e

Rat

ing

Scor

e

Rat

ing

Scor

e

Rat

ing

Scor

e

Rat

ing

Scor

e

Rat

ing

Scor

e

1 State govt. priority 15% 5 0.75 2 0.3 2 0.3 5 0.75 3 0.45 3 0.45 3 0.45 1 0.15 3 0.45 2 0.3 2 0.3 1 0.15 4 0.62 Volume of current/potential

traffic flow 10% 3 0.3 3 0.3 3 0.3 5 0.5 5 0.5 3 0.3 4 0.4 2 0.2 4 0.4 3 0.3 2 0.2 1 0.1 4 0.4

3 Number of tourist attractions 5% 5 0.25 4 0.2 1 0.05 5 0.25 3 0.15 2 0.1 2 0.1 1 0.05 3 0.15 2 0.1 1 0.05 1 0.05 2 0.1

4 Significance of tourist destination (historical/religious/cultural)

10% 5 0.5 4 0.4 1 0.1 5 0.5 3 0.3 3 0.3 2 0.2 1 0.1 3 0.3 4 0.4 4 0.4 2 0.2 5 0.5

5

Tourist infrastructure availability(Tourist Accommodation, internal transport, wayside amenities, entertainment avenues, souvenir/gift/shopping centre, tourism info centres, travel agent/tourist taxi operators, coolies, civic amenities like clean drinking water& toilets, facilities for elderly/disabled/ families with young children)

10% 3 0.3 2 0.2 4 0.4 4 0.4 1 0.1 3 0.3 4 0.4 1 0.1 4 0.4 4 0.4 1 0.1 1 0.1 3 0.3

6

Tourism related basic infrastructure availability) (Airport, rail, road, water, elect, sewerage, communication, banking, emergency medical )

15% 3 0.45 3 0.45 4 0.6 4 0.6 2 0.3 4 0.6 3 0.45 2 0.3 4 0.6 4 0.6 1 0.15 1 0.15 3 0.45

7 Sustainability for tourism development(environment related issues)

10% 4 0.4 5 0.5 2 0.2 3 0.3 2 0.2 3 0.3 3 0.3 2 0.2 3 0.3 4 0.4 3 0.3 2 0.2 4 0.4

8

Potential for socio economic development (income generation, encouragement to local crafts / women entrepreneurship

10% 3 0.3 2 0.2 2 0.2 3 0.3 4 0.4 2 0.2 2 0.2 3 0.3 2 0.2 3 0.3 2 0.2 2 0.2 2 0.2

9

Institutional / support mechanisms –availability(Fin. Inst, entrpreneurs, NGOs,human resources)

5% 1 0.05 1 0.05 1 0.05 2 0.1 1 0.05 1 0.05 1 0.05 1 0.05 1 0.05 1 0.05 1 0.05 1 0.05 2 0.1

10 Others(part of tourist circuit, climate/tourist season etc)

10% 2 0.2 2 0.2 4 0.4 4 0.4 4 0.4 2 0.2 3 0.3 1 0.1 2 0.2 1 0.1 1 0.1 1 0.1 4 0.4

Total 100% 3.50 2.80 2.60 4.10 2.85 2.80 2.85 1.55 3.05 2.95 1.85 1.3 3.45 Note: Rating scale 1-5 (where 1 is low and 5 is high)

Score = Rating x weightage

Page 1 of 1


APPENDIX 5.1 TOURIST ACCOMMODATION FACILITIES FOR THE NEXT 20 YEARS S.No Name of Location 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-07 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17 2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23

300 250 350 3001. Amritsar 1192.56 945.67 1324.32 1192.56 225 100 350 3502. Pathankot

597.22 263.52 1324.32 1324.32 100 1003. Kapurthala 263.52 263.52 250 100 4. Patiala 658.8 263.52 50 50 755. Fatehgarh Sahib 131.76 131.76 298.14 50 75 75 75 756. Rupnagar 131.76 298.14 298.14 298.14 298.14 300 100 300 400 250 2507. Ludhiana 1192.56 263.52 1192.56 1742.95 658.8 658.8 100 8. Hoshiarpur 263.52 100 200 2509. Jalandhar 263.34 527.22 658.8 50 50 50 7510. Bathinda 131.76 131.76 131.76 298.14 25 11. Faridkot 70.18 4012. Nawanshahr 131.76 50 2513. Moga 131.76 70.18 50 14. Firozpur 131.76 50 15. Muktsar 131.76

Number of Rooms Rs. in Lakhs

Page 1 of 1


Page 1 of 1

APPENDIX 5.2 ESTIMATED SHARE OF TOURISM IN GDP Contribution of Tourism to GDP (Rs in Crore) Year

Domestic Foreign Total Share of Tourism

in GDP (%) 2001-2002 706.51 19.89 726.39 1.63 2002-2003 728.41 20.96 749.37 1.61 2003-2004 750.99 22.10 773.09 1.60 2004-2005 808.15 32.34 840.49 1.67 2005-2006 871.91 35.49 907.40 1.74 2006-2007 940.75 38.95 979.70 1.80 2007-2008 1015.09 42.75 1057.84 1.87 2008-2009 1095.36 46.93 1142.29 1.94 2009-2010 1182.06 51.52 1233.58 2.02 2010-2011 1288.59 115.13 1403.72 2.21 2011-2012 1419.21 128.66 1547.87 2.34 2012-2013 1563.25 143.80 1707.05 2.48 2013-2014 1722.11 160.73 1882.84 2.63 2014-2015 1897.33 179.68 2077.01 2.79 2015-2016 2055.20 509.28 2564.49 3.32 2016-2017 2296.94 577.49 2874.44 3.57 2017-2018 2567.60 654.97 3222.57 3.85 2018-2019 2870.69 742.97 3613.67 4.15 2019-2020 3210.18 842.96 4053.15 4.48 2020-2021 3590.51 956.60 4547.11 4.83 2021-2022 4016.68 1085.76 5102.44 5.21

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

2001-2002

2002-2003

2003-2004

2004-2005

2005-2006

2006-2007

2007-2008

2008-2009

2009-2010

2010-2011

2011-2012

2012-2013

2013-2014

2014-2015

2015-2016

2016-2017

2017-2018

2018-2019

2019-2020

2020-2021

2021-2022

Share of Tourism in GDP (%age)


APPENDIX 5.3 INVESTMENT PLAN ON MAJOR HEADS

Short Term Mid Term Long Term

Type of Projects

2002

-03

2003

-04

2004

-05

2005

-06

2006

-07

2007

-08

2008

-09

2009

-10

2010

-11

2011

-12

2012

-13

2013

-14

2014

-15

2015

-16

2016

-17

2017

-18

2018

-19

2019

-20

2020

-21

2021

-22

2022

-23

Accommodation 214.20 597.22 658.80 131.76 527.04 1455.90 1192.56 992.50 658.80 945.67 1088.88 1490.70 1456.08 4024.21 298.14 1255.08 1851.36 1658.02

Tourism Projects 134.89 125.11 13.98 243.71 474.77 383.77 957.81 38.99 3006.43 2.00 290.23 1.00 1.00 340.35 38.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

Tourism Infrastructure

259.60 170.94 85.47 37.99 61.25

Promotion 12.98 17.45 6.26 0.70 29.86 8.05 5.19 6.83 18.39 9.24 20.30 3.30 6.18 5.45 7.46 8.98 20.32 1.50 6.28 9.26 8.30

Human Resource Management

6.49 8.73 3.13 0.35 14.93 5.37 3.46 4.55 12.26 6.16 20.30 3.30 6.18 5.45 7.46 8.98 20.32 1.50 6.28 9.26 8.30

Tourism Management/ Administration

7.79 10.47 3.75 0.42 17.92 8.59 5.54 7.29 19.61 9.85 24.36 3.96 7.42 6.54 8.95 10.78 24.38 1.79 7.54 11.11 9.95

Others (Incentives/ Subsidies)

6.49 8.73 3.13 0.35 14.93 26.84 17.30 22.77 61.29 30.79 40.60 6.61 12.36 10.90 14.92 17.96 40.63 2.99 12.56 18.52 16.59

Total Rs in Lakhs

293.35 394.47 141.37 15.80 674.86 1122.31 723.49 952.25 2563.25 1287.59 4165.74 677.98 1268.03 1118.22 1530.48 1843.14 4168.84 306.92 1288.74 1900.52 1702.15

Page 1 of 1


APPENDIX 5.4 DESTINATION AND PROJECT WISE INVESTMENT PHASING FOR THE NEXT 20 YEARS


Zone Location Projects Type of Projects

2002

-03

2003

-04

2004

-05

2005

-06

2006

-07

2007

-08

2008

-09

2009

-10

2010

-11

2011

-12

2012

-13

2013

-14

2014

-15

2015

-16

2016

-17

2017

-18

2018

-19

2019

-20

2020

-21

2021

-22

2022

-23

Promotion 12.98 17.45 6.26 0.70 29.86 8.05 5.19 6.83 18.39 9.24 20.30 3.30 6.18 5.45 7.46 8.98 20.32 1.50 6.28 9.26 8.30 Human Resource

Management 6.49 8.73 3.13 0.35 14.93 5.37 3.46 4.55 12.26 6.16 20.30 3.30 6.18 5.45 7.46 8.98 20.32 1.50 6.28 9.26 8.30

Tourism Management/Administration

7.79 10.47 3.75 0.42 17.92 8.59 5.54 7.29 19.61 9.85 24.36 3.96 7.42 6.54 8.95 10.78 24.38 1.79 7.54 11.11 9.95

Others (Incentives/Subsidies)

6.49 8.73 3.13 0.35 14.93 26.84 17.30 22.77 61.29 30.79 40.60 6.61 12.36 10.90 14.92 17.96 40.63 2.99 12.56 18.52 16.59

Delhi & Chandigarh

KIOSKS Other 2.09

Highway Patrol her OtPatiala Palace on Wheel

Culture and Heritage

47.2 20Gen

eral

Pro

ject

s

Wayside Amenities / Sinage

Other 94.71

Parking Golden Temple

Religious 2.35 15

Harike Birdwatch Eco and Village 60.95Parking Shopping -Durgiana Mandir

Religious

85.47

Ram Tirth Restaurant Religious 37.99 Ammusment Park Adventure 301.36Sarai Amanat Lodge Heritage 252.24Garden Restaurent Heritage and

Leisure 7.99 3

Border Restaurent rest 7.99 Special Inte 3KIOSKS Other 2.09 Punjabi Cultural Festivals

Culture 1.00 1.00

Punjabi Food Festtival Culture 1.00 1.00Room Infrastructure 1192.56 945.67 1324.32 1192.56

Amritsar

PTDC Upgradation Infrastructure 23.8 Coral Tourist Complex

Leisure 121.8

Anarkali Water Sports Complex

Adventure 13.98

Beutification of Shamsher Khan Tomb

Heritage 3.46

Deer Park Nature .91 7

Gurudaspur

KIOSKS er 2.09 OthMaharaja Ranjit Singh Dam Sports Complex

Adventure 13.98

Evening in Shimla ure .14 Leis 22

Am

ritsa

r

Pathankot

Sahpur Kandi Water Sports Complex

Adventure 13.98

Page 1 of 3




2002

-03

2003

-04

2004

-05

2005

-06

2006

-07

2007

-08

2008

-09

2009

-10

2010

-11

2011

-12

2012

-13

2013

-14

2014

-15

2015

-16

2016

-17

2017

-18

2018

-19

2019

-20

2020

-21

2021

-22

2022

-23

Punjabi Cultural Festivals

Culture 1.00 1.00

Punjabi Food Festtival Culture 1.00 1.00PTDC Upgradation Infrastructure 23.8

Room Infrastructure 597.22 263.52 1324.32 1324.32Kanjali Complex Eco and Leisure 24.2 Room Infrastructure 263.52 263.52

Kapurthala

PTDC Upgradation Infrastructure 23.8 Patiala Live Theatre 9.68 Culture and

Heritage 8

Baba Ala Sound & Light Show

Heritage 0.03 3

Patiala ka Meena Bazaar


9.96 3

Highway Restaure e 7.99 nt Leisur 3Patiala Lake Complex Leisure 47.23Punjab Race Course Leisure Patiala di Casino ure LeisRefurbishment of Sheesh Mahal


Sada Pind Village 7.21 KIOSKS er 2.09 OthPTDC Upgradation Infrastructure 23.8Punjabi Cultural Festivals

Culture 1.00 .00 1

Room Infrastructure 658.8 263.52

Patiala

Punjabi Food Festtival Culture 1.00Café-de -Fathegarh Sahib

Religious and Leisure

7.99 3

Aamkhas Bagh Rstrnt. Children Park

Heritage and Leisure

30.35 37.99

Room Infrastructure 131.76 131.76 298.14

Fatehgarh Sahib

PTDC Upgradation Infrastructure 23.8 Maharaja Ranjit Singh Rope Way

Adventure 898.02

Ropar Beach Eco and Leisure 68.23Room Infrastructure 131.76 298.14 298.14 298.14 298.14

Rupnagar

PTDC Upgradation Infrastructure 23.8 Nangal Fast Food Centre

Leisure 7.99 3

Ananadpur Golf Course

Leisure 926.76


Culture 1.00

Patia

la

Anandpur Sahib

Punjabi Food Festtival Culture 1.00Neelo Water Sports Adventure 13.09

Ludh

iana

Ludhiana Charan Kamal Shopping Cum Parking

Religious 85.47

Page 2 of 3




2002

-03

2003

-04

2004

-05

2005

-06

2006

-07

2007

-08

2008

-09

2009

-10

2010

-11

2011

-12

2012

-13

2013

-14

2014

-15

2015

-16

2016

-17

2017

-18

2018

-19

2019

-20

2020

-21

2021

-22

2022

-23

Public Utilities at Gurudwara Nanaksar

Religious 61.25

Manji Sahib Shopping Cum Parking

Religious 85.47

KIOSKS Other 2.09 Room Infrastructure 1192.56 263.52 1192.56 1742.95 658.8 658.8

PTDC Upgradation Infrastructure 23.8 Bhrigusamhita Institute

Special Interest 9.78

Heritage Train and Bara Sahib

Heritage and Leisure

0.31 34

PTDC Upgradation Infrastructure 23.8

Hoshiarpur

Room Infrastructure 263.52Noor Mahal Rasoi Heritage 37.99 KIOSKS Other 2.09 Room Infrastructure 263.34 527.22 658.8

Jalandher

PTDC Upgradation Infrastructure 23.8 Bathinda Fort Meena Bazar


39.96

Room Infrastructure 131.76 131.76 131.76 298.14Razia Sultan Sound &Light

Heritage 0. 3 03

Bathinda Ammusment Park

Adventure 301.36


Culture 1.00

Bathinda

Punjabi Food Festtival Culture 1.00 Baba Farid Art Gallery

Heritage 1.22 2

Bat

hind

a

Faridkot

Room re 0.18 Infrastructu 7 Nawanshahr Room Infrastructure 131.76 Moga Room Infrastructure 131.76 70.18 Firozpur Room Infrastructure 131.76 Muktsar Room Infrastructure 131.76

Total Investment Rs in Cr/ Year

2.93 3.94 1.41 0.16 6.75 11.23 7.23 9.52 25.63 12.88 41.66 6.78 12.68 11.18 15.30 18.43 41.69 3.07 12.89 19.01 17.02

Total Investment Rs in Cr(Termwise)

15.20 66.49 199.71

Total Investment Rs in Cr

281.39

Page 3 of 3


APPENDIX 5.5 EMPLOYMENT GENERATION PROJECTIONS OVER THE NEXT 20 YEARS Year 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022

Employment Generation 1393 1874 672 75 3206 5331 3437 4523 12175 6116 19787 3220 6023 5312 7270 8755 19802 1458 6122 9027 8085

Cumulative Employment Generation 1393 3267 3939 4014 7219 12550 15987 20510 32685 38801 58589 61809 67832 73144 80414 89168 108971 110428 116550 125577 133663

1393 3267 3939 40147219

1255015987

20510

3268538801

5858961809

6783273144

80414

89168

108971 110428116550

125577

133663

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

140000

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022Year

Num

ber

Cumulative Employment Generation

Page 1 of 1


APPENDIX 5.6 IDENTIFIED TOURIST CIRCUITS

Talwandi Sabo

Anandpur Sahib

A. 5.6.1.: Gurudwara Circuit

Page 1 of 3


A. 5.6.2.: Punjab Darshan Circuit

Anandpur Sahib

Page 2 of 3


A. 5.6.3.: Patiala Palace on Wheels

Anandpur Sahib

Page 3 of 3

Punjab

Documents

Transcript of Punjab